JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY HYDERABAD

(Established by State Act No. 30 of 2008)

Kukatpally, Hyderabad, Telangana (India).

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS FOR B.TECH. REGULAR STUDENTS

WITH EFFECT FROM
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 (R-16)
1.0 Under-Graduate Degree Programme in Engineering & Technology (UGP in
E&T)
1.1 JNTUH offers a 4-year (8 semesters) Bachelor of Technology (B.Tech.) degree
programme, under Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) at its non-autonomous
constituent and affiliated colleges with effect from the academic year 2016-17 in the
following branches of Engineering:
Branch
Civil Engineering
Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Mechanical Engineering
Electronics and Communication Engineering
Computer Science and Engineering
Chemical Engineering
Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering
Bio-Medical Engineering
Information Technology
Mechanical Engineering (Mechatronics)
Electronics and Telematics Engineering
Metallurgy and Material Technology
Electronics and Computer Engineering
Mechanical Engineering (Production)
Aeronautical Engineering
Instrumentation and Control Engineering
Biotechnology
Automobile Engineering
Mining Engineering
Petroleum Engineering
Civil and Environmental Engineering
Mechanical Engineering (Nano Technology)
Computer Science & Technology
Pharmaceutical Engineering

1
2.0 Eligibility for admission
2.1 Admission to the under graduate programme shall be made either on the basis of the
merit rank obtained by the qualified student in entrance test conducted by the
Telangana State Government (EAMCET) or the University or on the basis of any
other order of merit approved by the University, subject to reservations as prescribed
by the government from time to time.
2.2 The medium of instructions for the entire under graduate programme in E&T will be
English only.
3.0 B.Tech. Programme structure
3.1 A student after securing admission shall pursue the under graduate programme in
B.Tech. in a minimum period of four academic years (8 semesters), and a maximum
period of eight academic years (16 semesters) starting from the date of commencement
of first year first semester, failing which student shall forfeit seat in B.Tech course.

Each semester is structured to provide 24 credits, totaling to 192 credits for the entire
B.Tech. programme.
Each student shall secure 192 credits (with CGPA ≥ 5) required for the completion of
the under graduate programme and award of the B.Tech. degree.
3.2 UGC/ AICTE specified definitions/ descriptions are adopted appropriately for
various terms and abbreviations used in these academic regulations/ norms, which are
listed below.
3.2.1 Semester scheme
Each under graduate programme is of 4 academic years (8 semesters) with the academic
year being divided into two semesters of 22 weeks ( 90 instructional days) each, each
semester having - ‘Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE)’ and ‘Semester End
Examination (SEE)’. Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) and Credit Based Semester
System (CBSS) as indicated by UGC and curriculum / course structure as suggested by
AICTE are followed.
3.2.2 Credit courses
All subjects/ courses are to be registered by the student in a semester to earn credits
which shall be assigned to each subject/ course in an L: T: P: C (lecture periods: tutorial
periods: practical periods: credits) structure based on the following general pattern.
 One credit for one hour/ week/ semester for theory/ lecture (L) courses.
 One credit for two hours/ week/ semester for laboratory/ practical (P) courses or
Tutorials (T).
Courses like Environmental Science, Professional Ethics, Gender Sensitization lab and
other student activities like NCC/NSO and NSS are identified as mandatory courses.
These courses will not carry any credits.

2
 3.2.3 Subject Course Classification
All subjects/ courses offered for the under graduate programme in E&T (B.Tech. degree
programmes) are broadly classified as follows. The university has followed almost all the
guidelines issued by AICTE/UGC.

Broad Course Course Group/

S. No. Course Description
Classification Category

Includes mathematics, physics and chemistry

1 BS – Basic Sciences
subjects
Foundation
Courses ES - Engineering
2 Includes fundamental engineering subjects
Sciences
(FnC)
HS – Humanities and Includes subjects related to humanities, social
3
Social sciences sciences and management
Core Courses PC – Professional Includes core subjects related to the parent
4
(CoC) Core discipline/ department/ branch of Engineering.

PE – Professional Includes elective subjects related to the parent

5
Elective Electives discipline/ department/ branch of Engineering.

Courses Elective subjects which include inter-

disciplinary subjects or subjects in an area
6 (EℓC) OE – Open Electives
outside the parent discipline/ department/ branch
of Engineering.
B.Tech. project or UG project or UG major
7 Project Work
project
Industrial training/ Industrial training/ Internship/ UG Mini-project/
8
Core Courses Mini- project Mini-project
Seminar/ Colloquium based on core contents
9 Seminar related to parent discipline/ department/ branch
of Engineering.
10 Minor courses - 1 or 2 Credit courses (subset of HS)
Mandatory
11 - Mandatory courses (non-credit)
Courses (MC)

4.0 Course registration

4.1 A ‘faculty advisor or counselor’ shall be assigned to a group of 15 students, who will
advise student about the under graduate programme, its course structure and curriculum,
choice/option for subjects/ courses, based on their competence, progress, pre-requisites
and interest.
3
4.2 The academic section of the college invites ‘registration forms’ from students before the
beginning of the semester through ‘on-line registration’, ensuring ‘date and time
stamping’. The on-line registration requests for any ‘current semester’ shall be
completed before the commencement of SEEs (Semester End Examinations) of the
‘preceding semester’.
4.3 A student can apply for on-line registration, only after obtaining the ‘written
approval’ from faculty advisor/counselor, which should be submitted to the college
academic section through the Head of the Department. A copy of it shall be retained
with Head of the Department, faculty advisor/ counselor and the student.
4.4 A student may be permitted to register for the subjects/ courses of choice with a total of
24 credits per semester (minimum of 20 credits and maximum of 28 credits per
semester and permitted deviation of ± 17%), based on progress and SGPA/ CGPA, and
completion of the ‘pre-requisites’ as indicated for various subjects/ courses, in the
department course structure and syllabus contents. However, a minimum of 20 credits
per semester must be registered to ensure the ‘studentship’ in any semester.
4.5 Choice for ‘additional subjects/ courses’ to reach the maximum permissible limit of
28 credits (above the typical 24 credit norm) must be clearly indicated, which needs the
specific approval and signature of the faculty advisor/ counselor.
4.6 If the student submits ambiguous choices or multiple options or erroneous entries
during on-line registration for the subject(s) / course(s) under a given/ specified course
group/ category as listed in the course structure, only the first mentioned subject/ course
in that category will be taken into consideration.
4.7 Subject/ course options exercised through on-line registration are final and cannot be
changed or inter-changed; further, alternate choices also will not be considered.
However, if the subject/ course that has already been listed for registration by the Head
of the Department in a semester could not be offered due to any unforeseen or
unexpected reasons, then the student shall be allowed to have alternate choice either for
a new subject (subject to offering of such a subject), or for another existing subject
(subject to availability of seats). Such alternate arrangements will be made by the head
of the department, with due notification and time-framed schedule, within the first
week after the commencement of class-work for that semester.
4.8 Dropping of subjects/ courses may be permitted, only after obtaining prior approval
from the faculty advisor/ counselor (subject to retaining a minimum of 20 credits),
‘within a period of 15 days’ from the beginning of the current semester.
4.9 Open electives: The students have to choose one open elective (OE-I) during III year I
semester, one (OE-II) during III year II semester, and one (OE-III) in IV year II
semester, from the list of open electives given. However, the student cannot opt for an
open elective subject offered by their own (parent) department, if it is already listed
under any category of the subjects offered by parent department in any semester.
4.10 Professional electives: students have to choose professional elective (PE-I) in III year
II semester, Professional electives II, III, and IV (PE-II, III and IV) in IV year I
4
 semester, Professional electives V, and VI (PE-V and VI) in IV year II semester, from
the list of professional electives given. However, the students may opt for professional
elective subjects offered in the related area.
5.0 Subjects/ courses to be offered
5.1 A typical section (or class) strength for each semester shall be 60.
5.2 A subject/ course may be offered to the students, only if a minimum of 20 students (1/3
of the section strength) opt for it. The maximum strength of a section is limited to 80
(60 + 1/3 of the section strength).
5.3 More than one faculty member may offer the same subject (lab/ practical may be
included with the corresponding theory subject in the same semester) in any semester.
However, selection of choice for students will be based on - ‘first come first serve
basis and CGPA criterion’ (i.e. the first focus shall be on early on-line entry from the
student for registration in that semester, and the second focus, if needed, will be on
CGPA of the student).
5.4 If more entries for registration of a subject come into picture, then the Head of
Department concerned shall decide, whether or not to offer such a subject/ course for
two (or multiple) sections.
5.5 In case of options coming from students of other departments/ branches/ disciplines (not
considering open electives), first priority shall be given to the student of the ‘parent
department’.
6.0 Attendance requirements:
6.1 A student shall be eligible to appear for the semester end examinations, if student
acquires a minimum of 75% of attendance in aggregate of all the subjects/ courses
(excluding attendance in mandatory courses Environmental Science, Professional
Ethics, Gender Sensitization Lab, NCC/NSO and NSS) for that semester.
6.2 Shortage of attendance in aggregate up to 10% (65% and above, and below 75%) in
each semester may be condoned by the college academic committee on genuine and
valid grounds, based on the student’s representation with supporting evidence.
6.3 A stipulated fee shall be payable towards condoning of shortage of attendance.
6.4 Shortage of attendance below 65% in aggregate shall in no case be condoned.
6.5 Students whose shortage of attendance is not condoned in any semester are not
eligible to take their end examinations of that semester. They get detained and
their registration for that semester shall stand cancelled. They will not be
promoted to the next semester. They may seek re-registration for all those subjects
registered in that semester in which student was detained, by seeking re-admission into
that semester as and when offered; in case if there are any professional electives and/ or
open electives, the same may also be re-registered if offered. However, if those
electives are not offered in later semesters, then alternate electives may be chosen from
the same set of elective subjects offered under that category.

5
6.6 A student fulfilling the attendance requirement in the present semester shall not be
eligible for readmission into the same class.
7.0 Academic requirements
The following academic requirements have to be satisfied, in addition to the
attendance requirements mentioned in item no.6.
7.1 A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the
credits allotted to each subject/ course, if student secures not less than 35% marks (26
out of 75 marks) in the semester end examination, and a minimum of 40% of marks in
the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End
Examination) taken together; in terms of letter grades, this implies securing ‘C’ grade
or above in that subject/ course.
7.2 A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the
credits allotted to UG Mini Project and seminar, if student secures not less than 40%
marks (i.e. 40 out of 100 allotted marks) in each of them. The student would be
treated as failed, if student (i) does not submit a report on UG Mini Project, or does
not make a presentation of the same before the evaluation committee as per schedule,
or (ii) does not present the seminar as required in the IV year I Semester, or (iii)
secures less than 40% marks in industry UG Mini Project / seminar evaluations.
Student may reappear once for each of the above evaluations, when they are
scheduled again; if student fails in such ‘one reappearance’ evaluation also, student
has to reappear for the same in the next subsequent semester, as and when it is
scheduled.
7.3 Promotion Rules
S. No. Promotion Conditions to be fulfilled
1 First year first semester to Regular course of study of first year
first year second semester first semester.
2 First year second semester to (i) Regular course of study of first
second year first semester year second semester.
(ii) Must have secured at least 24
credits out of 48 credits i.e., 50%
credits up to first year second
semester from all the relevant regular
and supplementary examinations,
whether the student takes those
examinations or not.
3. Second year first semester to Regular course of study of second
second year second semester year first semester.
4 Second year second semester (i) Regular course of study of second

6
 to third year first semester year second semester.
(ii) Must have secured at least 58
credits out of 96 credits i.e., 60%
credits up to second year second
semester from all the relevant regular
and supplementary examinations,
whether the student takes those
examinations or not.
5 Third year first semester to Regular course of study of third year
third year second semester first semester.
6 Third year second semester (i) Regular course of study of third
to fourth year first semester year second semester.
(ii) Must have secured at least 86
credits out of 144 credits i.e., 60%
credits up to third year second
semester from all the relevant regular
and supplementary examinations,
whether the student takes those
examinations or not.
7 Fourth year first semester to Regular course of study of fourth year
fourth year second semester first semester.

7.4 A student shall register for all subjects covering 192 credits as specified and listed in
the course structure, fulfills all the attendance and academic requirements for 192
credits, ‘earn all 192 credits by securing SGPA  5.0 (in each semester), and CGPA
(at the end of each successive semester)  5.0, to successfully complete the under
graduate programme.
7.5 After securing the necessary 192 credits as specified for the successful completion of
the entire under graduate programme, the student can avail exemption of two subjects
up to 6 credits, that is, one open elective and one professional elective subject or two
professional elective subjects for optional drop out from these 192 credits earned;
resulting in 186 credits for under graduate programme performance evaluation, i.e.,
the performance of the student in these 186 credits shall alone be taken into account
for the calculation of ‘the final CGPA (at the end of under graduate programme,
which takes the SGPA of the IV year II semester into account)’ , and shall be
indicated in the grade card of IV year II semester. However, the performance of
student in the earlier individual semesters, with the corresponding SGPA and CGPA
for which grade cards have already been given will not be altered.
7.6 If a student registers for some more ‘extra subjects’ (in the parent department or
other departments/branches of engg.) other than those listed subjects totaling to 192

7
 credits as specified in the course structure of his department, the performances in
those ‘extra subjects’ (although evaluated and graded using the same procedure as
that of the required 192 credits) will not be taken into account while calculating the
SGPA and CGPA. For such ‘extra subjects’ registered, % of marks and letter grade
alone will be indicated in the grade card as a performance measure, subject to
completion of the attendance and academic requirements as stated in regulations 6 and
7.1 – 7.5 above.
7.7 A student eligible to appear in the end semester examination for any subject/ course,
but absent from it or failed (thereby failing to secure ‘C’ grade or above) may
reappear for that subject/ course in the supplementary examination as and when
conducted. In such cases, internal marks (CIE) assessed earlier for that subject/
course will be carried over, and added to the marks to be obtained in the SEE
supplementary examination for evaluating performance in that subject.
7.8 A student detained in a semester due to shortage of attendance may be re-
admitted when the same semester is offered in the next academic year for
fulfillment of academic requirements. The academic regulations under which
student has been readmitted shall be applicable. However, no grade allotments or
SGPA/ CGPA calculations will be done for the entire semester in which student has
been detained.
7.9 A student detained due to lack of credits, shall be promoted to the next academic
year only after acquiring the required academic credits. The academic regulations
under which student has been readmitted shall be applicable to him.
8.0 Evaluation - Distribution and Weightage of marks
8.1 The performance of a student in every subject/course (including practicals and UG
major project) will be evaluated for 100 marks each, with 25 marks allotted for CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and 75 marks for SEE (Semester End-Examination).
8.2 For theory subjects, during a semester, there shall be two mid-term examinations.
Each mid-term examination consists of one objective paper, one descriptive paper and
one assignment. The objective paper and the descriptive paper shall be for 10 marks
each with a total duration of 1 hour 20 minutes (20 minutes for objective and 60
minutes for descriptive paper). The objective paper is set with 20 bits of multiple
choice, fill-in the blanks and matching type of questions for a total of 10 marks. The
descriptive paper shall contain 4 full questions out of which, the student has to answer
2 questions, each carrying 5 marks. While the first mid-term examination shall be
conducted on 50% of the syllabus, the second mid-term examination shall be
conducted on the remaining 50% of the syllabus. Five marks are allocated for
assignments (as specified by the subject teacher concerned). The first assignment
should be submitted before the conduct of the first mid-examination, and the second
assignment should be submitted before the conduct of the second mid-examination.
The total marks secured by the student in each mid-term examination are evaluated
for 25 marks, and the average of the two mid-term examinations shall be taken as the

8
 final marks secured by each student in internals/sessionals. If any student is absent
from any subject of a mid-term examination, an on-line test will be conducted for him
by the university. The details of the question paper pattern are as follows,
 The end semester examinations will be conducted for 75 marks consisting of
two parts viz. i) Part- A for 25 marks, ii) Part - B for 50 marks.
 Part-A is compulsory question which consists of ten sub-questions. The first
five sub-questions are from each unit and carry 2 marks each. The next five
sub-questions are one from each unit and carry 3 marks each.
 Part-B consists of five questions (numbered from 2 to 6) carrying 10 marks
each. Each of these questions is from one unit and may contain sub-questions.
For each question there will be an “either” “or” choice, which means that there
will be two questions from each unit and the student should answer either of
the two questions.
8.3 For practical subjects there shall be a continuous internal evaluation during the
semester for 25 sessional marks and 75 semester end examination marks. Out of the
25 marks for internal evaluation, day-to-day work in the laboratory shall be evaluated
for 15 marks and internal practical examination shall be evaluated for 10 marks
conducted by the laboratory teacher concerned. The semester end examination shall
be conducted with an external examiner and the laboratory teacher. The external
examiner shall be appointed from the clusters of colleges which are decided by the
examination branch of the university.
8.4 For the subject having design and/or drawing, (such as engineering graphics,
engineering drawing, machine drawing) and estimation, the distribution shall be 25
marks for continuous internal evaluation (15 marks for day-to-day work and 10 marks
for internal tests) and 75 marks for semester end examination. There shall be two
internal tests in a semester and the average of the two shall be considered for the
award of marks for internal tests.
8.5 There shall be an UG mini-project, in collaboration with an industry of their
specialization. Students will register for this immediately after III year II semester
examinations and pursue it during summer vacation. The UG mini-project shall be
submitted in a report form and presented before the committee in IV year I semester.
It shall be evaluated for 100 marks. The committee consists of an external examiner,
Head of the Department, supervisor of the UG mini-project and a senior faculty
member of the department. There shall be no internal marks for UG mini-project.
8.6 There shall be a seminar presentation in IV year I semester. For the seminar, the
student shall collect the information on a specialized topic, prepare a technical report,
and submit it to the department. It shall be evaluated by the departmental committee
consisting of Head of the Department, seminar supervisor and a senior faculty
member. The seminar report shall be evaluated for 100 marks. There shall be no
semester end examination for the seminar.

9
8.7 Out of a total of 100 marks for the UG major Project, 25 marks shall be allotted for
internal evaluation and 75 marks for the end semester examination (viva voce). The
end semester examination of the UG major Project shall be conducted by the same
committee as appointed for the UG mini-project. In addition, the UG major Project
supervisor shall also be included in the committee. The topics for UG mini project,
seminar and UG major Project shall be different from one another. The evaluation of
UG major Project shall be made at the end of IV year II semester. The internal
evaluation shall be on the basis of two seminars given by each student on the topic of
UG major Project.
8.8 The laboratory marks and the sessional marks awarded by the college are subject to
scrutiny and scaling by the university wherever necessary. In such cases, the sessional
and laboratory marks awarded by the college will be referred to a committee. The
committee will arrive at a scaling factor and the marks will be scaled accordingly.
The recommendations of the committee are final and binding. The laboratory records
and internal test papers shall be preserved in the respective institutions as per the
university rules and produced before the committees of the university as and when
asked for.
8.9 For mandatory courses Environmental Science, Professional Ethics and gender
sensitization lab, a student has to secure 40 marks out of 100 marks (i.e. 40% of the
marks allotted) in the continuous internal evaluation for passing the subject/course.
8.10 For mandatory courses NCC/ NSO and NSS, a ‘satisfactory participation certificate’
shall be issued to the student from the authorities concerned, only after securing 
65% attendance in such a course.
8.11 No marks or letter grade shall be allotted for all mandatory/non-credit courses.
9.0 Grading procedure
9.1 Marks will be awarded to indicate the performance of student in each theory subject,
labaratory / practicals, seminar, UG mini project, UG major project. Based on the
percentage of marks obtained (Continuous Internal Evaluation plus Semester End
Examination, both taken together) as specified in item 8 above, a corresponding letter
grade shall be given.
9.2 As a measure of the performance of student, a 10-point absolute grading system using
the following letter grades (as per UGC/AICTE guidelines) and corresponding
percentage of marks shall be followed:

% of Marks Secured in a Subject/Course Letter Grade

Grade Points
(Class Intervals) (UGC Guidelines)
O
Greater than or equal to 90% 10
(Outstanding)
A+
80 and less than 90% 9
(Excellent)

10
 A
70 and less than 80% 8
(Very Good)
B+
60 and less than 70% 7
(Good)
B
50 and less than 60% 6
(Average)
C
40 and less than 50% 5
(Pass)
F
Below 40% 0
(FAIL)

Absent Ab 0

9.3 A student obtaining ‘F’ grade in any subject shall be deemed to have ‘failed’ and is
required to reappear as a ‘supplementary student’ in the semester end examination, as
and when offered. In such cases, internal marks in those subjects will remain the same
as those obtained earlier.
9.4 A student who has not appeared for examination in any subject, ‘Ab’ grade will be
allocated in that subject, and student shall be considered ‘failed’. Student will be
required to reappear as a ‘supplementary student’ in the semester end examination, as
and when offered.
9.5 A letter grade does not indicate any specific percentage of marks secured by the
student, but it indicates only the range of percentage of marks.
9.6 A student earns grade point (GP) in each subject/ course, on the basis of the letter
grade secured in that subject/ course. The corresponding ‘credit points’ (CP) are
computed by multiplying the grade point with credits for that particular subject/
course.
Credit points (CP) = grade point (GP) x credits …. For a course
9.7 The student passes the subject/ course only when GP  5 (‘C’ grade or above)
9.8 The semester grade point average (SGPA) is calculated by dividing the sum of credit
points (CP) secured from all subjects/ courses registered in a semester, by the total
number of credits registered during that semester. SGPA is rounded off to two
decimal places. SGPA is thus computed as
SGPA = { ∑ }/{∑ } …. For each semester,
where ‘i’ is the subject indicator index (takes into account all subjects in a semester),
‘N’ is the no. of subjects ‘registered’ for the semester (as specifically required and
listed under the course structure of the parent department), C is the no. of credits
allotted to the ith subject, and G represents the grade points (GP) corresponding to the
letter grade awarded for that ith subject.

11
9.9 The cumulative grade point average (CGPA) is a measure of the overall cumulative
performance of a student in all semesters considered for registration. The CGPA is the
ratio of the total credit points secured by a student in all registered courses in all
semesters, and the total number of credits registered in all the semesters. CGPA is
rounded off to two decimal places. CGPA is thus computed from the I year II
semester onwards at the end of each semester as per the formula
CGPA = { ∑ }/{∑ } … for all S semesters registered

(i.e., up to and inclusive of S semesters, S  2),

where ‘M’ is the total no. of subjects (as specifically required and listed under the
course structure of the parent department) the student has ‘registered’ i.e., from the
1st semester onwards up to and inclusive of the 8th semester, ‘j’ is the subject indicator
index (takes into account all subjects from 1 to 8 semesters), C is the no. of credits
allotted to the jth subject, and G represents the grade points (GP) corresponding to the
letter grade awarded for that jth subject. After registration and completion of I year I
semester, the SGPA of that semester itself may be taken as the CGPA, as there are no
cumulative effects.
Illustration of calculation of SGPA
Illustration of calculation of CGPA: Letter Grade Credit
Course/Subject Credits
Grade Points Points
Course 1 4 A 8 4 x 8 = 32
Course 2 4 O 10 4 x 10 = 40
Course 3 4 C 5 4 x 5 = 20
Course 4 3 B 6 3 x 6 = 18
Course 5 3 A+ 9 3 x 9 = 27
Course 6 3 C 5 3 x 5 = 15
21 152

SGPA = 152/21 = 7.23

Credits x
Semester Credits SGPA
SGPA
Semester I 24 7 24 x 7 = 168
Semester II 24 6 24 x 6 = 144
Semester III 24 6.5 24 x 6.5 = 156
Semester IV 24 6 24 x 6 = 144
Semester V 24 7.5 24 x 7.5 = 180

12
 Semester VI 24 8 24 x 8 = 192
Semester VII 24 8.5 24 x 8.5 = 204
Semester VIII 24 8 24 x 8 = 192
192 1380

CGPA = 1380/192 = 7.18

9.10 For merit ranking or comparison purposes or any other listing, only the ‘rounded off’
values of the CGPAs will be used.
9.11 For calculations listed in regulations 9.6 to 9.9, performance in failed subjects/ courses
(securing F grade) will also be taken into account, and the credits of such subjects/
courses will also be included in the multiplications and summations. After passing the
failed subject(s) newly secured letter grades will be taken into account for calculation
of SGPA and CGPA. However, mandatory courses will not be taken into
consideration.

10.0 Passing standards

10.1 A student shall be declared successful or ‘passed’ in a semester, if student secures a
GP ≥ 5 (‘C’ grade or above) in every subject/course in that semester (i.e. when
student gets an SGPA  5.00 at the end of that particular semester); and a student
shall be declared successful or ‘passed’ in the entire under graduate programme, only
when gets a CGPA  5.00 for the award of the degree as required.
10.2 After the completion of each semester, a grade card or grade sheet (or transcript) shall
be issued to all the registered students of that semester, indicating the letter grades and
credits earned. It will show the details of the courses registered (course code, title, no.
of credits, and grade earned etc.), credits earned, SGPA, and CGPA.
11.0 Declaration of results
11.1 Computation of SGPA and CGPA are done using the procedure listed in 9.6 to 9.9.
11.2 For final percentage of marks equivalent to the computed final CGPA, the following
formula may be used.
% of Marks = (final CGPA – 0.5) x 10
12.0 Award of degree
12.1 A student who registers for all the specified subjects/ courses as listed in the course
structure and secures the required number of 192 credits (with CGPA  5.0), within 8
academic years from the date of commencement of the first academic year, shall be
declared to have ‘qualified’ for the award of the B.Tech. degree in the chosen branch
of Engineering as selected at the time of admission.

13
12.2 A student who qualifies for the award of the degree as listed in item 12.1 shall be
placed in the following classes.
12.3 Students with final CGPA (at the end of the under graduate programme)  8.00, and
fulfilling the following conditions -
(i) Should have passed all the subjects/courses in ‘first appearance’ within the
first 4 academic years (or 8 sequential semesters) from the date of
commencement of first year first semester.
(ii) Should have secured a CGPA  8.00, at the end of each of the 8 sequential
semesters, starting from I year I semester onwards.
(iii) Should not have been detained or prevented from writing the end semester
examinations in any semester due to shortage of attendance or any other
reason, shall be placed in ‘first class with distinction’.
12.4 Students with final CGPA (at the end of the under graduate programme)  6.50 but <
8.00, shall be placed in ‘first class’.
12.5 Students with final CGPA (at the end of the under graduate programme)  5.50 but <
6.50, shall be placed in ‘second class’.
12.6 All other students who qualify for the award of the degree (as per item 12.1), with
final CGPA (at the end of the under graduate programme)  5.00 but < 5.50, shall be
placed in ‘pass class’.
12.7 A student with final CGPA (at the end of the under graduate programme) < 5.00 will
not be eligible for the award of the degree.
12.8 Students fulfilling the conditions listed under item 12.3 alone will be eligible for
award of ‘university rank’ and ‘gold medal’.
13.0 Withholding of results
13.1 If the student has not paid the fees to the university/ college at any stage, or has dues
pending due to any reason whatsoever, or if any case of indiscipline is pending, the
result of the student may be withheld, and student will not be allowed to go into the
next higher semester. The award or issue of the degree may also be withheld in such
cases.
14.0 Transitory regulations
A. For students detained due to shortage of attendance:
1. A Student who has been detained in I year of R09/R13/R15 Regulations due to lack of
attendance, shall be permitted to join I year I Semester of R16 Regulations and he is
required to complete the study of B.Tech./B. Pharmacy programme within the
stipulated period of eight academic years from the date of first admission in I Year.
2. A student who has been detained in any semester of II, III and IV years of
R09/R13/R15 regulations for want of attendance, shall be permitted to join the
corresponding semester of R16 regulations and is required to complete the study of
14
 B.Tech./B. Pharmacy within the stipulated period of eight academic years from the
date of first admission in I Year. The R16 Academic Regulations under which a
student has been readmitted shall be applicable to that student from that semester.
See rule (C) for further Transitory Regulations.
B. For students detained due to shortage of credits:
3. A student of R09/R13/R15 Regulations who has been detained due to lack of credits,
shall be promoted to the next semester of R16 Regulations only after acquiring the
required credits as per the corresponding regulations of his/her first admission. The
student is required to complete the study of B.Tech./B. Pharmacy within the stipulated
period of eight academic years from the year of first admission. The R16 Academic
Regulations are applicable to a student from the year of readmission onwards.
See rule (C) for further Transitory Regulations.
C. For readmitted students in R16 Regulations:
4. A student who has failed in any subject under any regulation has to pass those
subjects in the same regulations.
5. The maximum credits that a student acquires for the award of degree, shall be the sum
of the total number of credits secured in all the regulations of his/her study including
R16 Regulations. The performance evaluation of the student will be done after the
exemption of two subjects if total credits acquired are ≤ 206, three subjects if total
credits acquired are > 206 (see R16 Regulations for exemption details).
6. If a student readmitted to R16 Regulations, has any subject with 80% of syllabus
common with his/her previous regulations, that particular subject in R16 Regulations
will be substituted by another subject to be suggested by the University.
Note: If a student readmitted to R16 Regulations, has not studied any subjects/topics in
his/her earlier regulations of study which is prerequisite for further subjects in R16
Regulations, the College Principals concerned shall conduct remedial classes to cover
those subjects/topics for the benefit of the students.
15.0 Student transfers
15.1 There shall be no branch transfers after the completion of admission process.
15.2 There shall be no transfers from one college/stream to another within the constituent
colleges and units of Jawaharlal Nehru Technological University Hyderabad.
15.3 The students seeking transfer to colleges affiliated to JNTUH from various other
Universities/institutions have to pass the failed subjects which are equivalent to the
subjects of JNTUH, and also pass the subjects of JNTUH which the students have not
studied at the earlier institution. Further, though the students have passed some of the
subjects at the earlier institutions, if the same subjects are prescribed in different
semesters of JNTUH, the students have to study those subjects in JNTUH in spite of
the fact that those subjects are repeated.

15
15.4 The transferred students from other Universities/institutions to JNTUH affiliated
colleges who are on rolls to be provide one chance to write the CBT (internal marks)
in the failed subjects and/or subjects not studied as per the clearance letter issued
by the university.
15.5 The autonomous affiliated colleges have to provide one chance to write the internal
examinations in the failed subjects and/or subjects not studied, to the students
transferred from other universities/institutions to JNTUH autonomous affiliated
colleges who are on rolls, as per the clearance (equivalence) letter issued by the
University.
16.0 Scope
16.1 The academic regulations should be read as a whole, for the purpose of any
interpretation.
16.2 In case of any doubt or ambiguity in the interpretation of the above rules, the decision
of the vice-chancellor is final.
16.3 The university may change or amend the academic regulations, course structure or
syllabi at any time, and the changes or amendments made shall be applicable to all
students with effect from the dates notified by the university authorities.

16
JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY HYDERABAD
(Established by State Act No. 30 of 2008)
Kukatpally, Hyderabad, Telangana (India).

Academic Regulations for B.Tech. (Lateral Entry Scheme) from the AY 2017-18

1. Eligibility for award of B. Tech. Degree (LES)

The LES students after securing admission shall pursue a course of study for not less than
three academic years and not more than six academic years.
2. The student shall register for 144 credits and secure 144 credits with CGPA ≥ 5 from II
year to IV year B.Tech. programme (LES) for the award of B.Tech. degree. Out of the
144 credits secured, the student can avail exemption up to 6 credits, that is, one open
elective subject and one professional elective subject or two professional elective subjects
resulting in 138 credits for B.Tech programme performance evaluation.
3. The students, who fail to fulfil the requirement for the award of the degree in six
academic years from the year of admission, shall forfeit their seat in B.Tech.
4. The attendance requirements of B. Tech. (Regular) shall be applicable to B.Tech. (LES).
5. Promotion rule
S. No Promotion Conditions to be fulfilled
1 Second year first semester to second Regular course of study of second year
year second semester first semester.
2 Second year second semester to (i) Regular course of study of second
third year first semester year second semester.
(ii) Must have secured at least 29 credits
out of 48 credits i.e., 60% credits up to
second year second semester from all
the relevant regular and supplementary
examinations, whether the student takes
those examinations or not.
3 Third year first semester to third Regular course of study of third year
year second semester first semester.
4 Third year second semester to (i) Regular course of study of third year
fourth year first semester second semester.
(ii) Must have secured at least 58 credits
out of 96 credits i.e., 60% credits up to
third year second semester from all the

17
 relevant regular and supplementary
examinations, whether the student takes
those examinations or not.
5 Fourth year first semester to fourth Regular course of study of fourth year
year second semester first semester.

6. All the other regulations as applicable to B. Tech. 4-year degree course (Regular) will
hold good for B. Tech. (Lateral Entry Scheme).

MALPRACTICES RULES
DISCIPLINARY ACTION FOR / IMPROPER CONDUCT IN EXAMINATIONS
Nature of Malpractices/Improper
Punishment
conduct
If the student:
Possesses or keeps accessible in
examination hall, any paper, note book,
programmable calculators, cell phones,
pager, palm computers or any other
form of material concerned with or
Expulsion from the examination hall and
related to the subject of the examination
1. (a) cancellation of the performance in that subject
(theory or practical) in which student is
only.
appearing but has not made use of
(material shall include any marks on the
body of the student which can be used
as an aid in the subject of the
examination)
Gives assistance or guidance or receives
Expulsion from the examination hall and
it from any other student orally or by
cancellation of the performance in that subject
any other body language methods or
(b) only of all the students involved. In case of an
communicates through cell phones with
outsider, he will be handed over to the police
any student or persons in or outside the
and a case is registered against him.
exam hall in respect of any matter.
Has copied in the examination hall from Expulsion from the examination hall and
any paper, book, programmable cancellation of the performance in that subject
calculators, palm computers or any and all other subjects the student has already
2. other form of material relevant to the appeared including practical examinations and
subject of the examination (theory or project work and shall not be permitted to
practical) in which the student is appear for the remaining examinations of the
appearing. subjects of that semester/year.

18
 The hall ticket of the student is to be cancelled
and sent to the university.
The student who has impersonated shall be
expelled from examination hall. The student is
also debarred and forfeits the seat. The
performance of the original student who has
been impersonated, shall be cancelled in all the
subjects of the examination (including
practicals and project work) already appeared
and shall not be allowed to appear for
Impersonates any other student in
3. examinations of the remaining subjects of that
connection with the examination.
semester/year. The student is also debarred for
two consecutive semesters from class work and
all university examinations. The continuation
of the course by the student is subject to the
academic regulations in connection with
forfeiture of seat. If the imposter is an
outsider, he will be handed over to the police
and a case is registered against him.
Expulsion from the examination hall and
cancellation of performance in that subject and
all the other subjects the student has already
Smuggles in the answer book or appeared including practical examinations and
additional sheet or takes out or arranges project work and shall not be permitted for the
to send out the question paper during remaining examinations of the subjects of that
4.
the examination or answer book or semester/year. The student is also debarred for
additional sheet, during or after the two consecutive semesters from class work and
examination. all university examinations. The continuation
of the course by the student is subject to the
academic regulations in connection with
forfeiture of seat.
Uses objectionable, abusive or offensive
language in the answer paper or in
5. letters to the examiners or writes to the Cancellation of the performance in that subject.
examiner requesting him to award pass
marks.
Refuses to obey the orders of the chief In case of students of the college, they shall be
superintendent/assistant – expelled from examination halls and
6. superintendent / any officer on duty or cancellation of their performance in that
misbehaves or creates disturbance of subject and all other subjects the student(s) has
any kind in and around the examination (have) already appeared and shall not be
hall or organizes a walk out or instigates permitted to appear for the remaining

19
 others to walk out, or threatens the examinations of the subjects of that
officer-in charge or any person on duty semester/year. The students also are debarred
in or outside the examination hall of any and forfeit their seats. In case of outsiders,
injury to his person or to any of his they will be handed over to the police and a
relations whether by words, either police case is registered against them.
spoken or written or by signs or by
visible representation, assaults the
officer-in-charge, or any person on duty
in or outside the examination hall or any
of his relations, or indulges in any other
act of misconduct or mischief which
result in damage to or destruction of
property in the examination hall or any
part of the college campus or engages in
any other act which in the opinion of
the officer on duty amounts to use of
unfair means or misconduct or has the
tendency to disrupt the orderly conduct
of the examination.
Expulsion from the examination hall and
cancellation of performance in that subject and
all the other subjects the student has already
appeared including practical examinations and
Leaves the exam hall taking away project work and shall not be permitted for the
answer script or intentionally tears of remaining examinations of the subjects of that
7.
the script or any part thereof inside or semester/year. The student is also debarred for
outside the examination hall. two consecutive semesters from class work and
all university examinations. The continuation
of the course by the student is subject to the
academic regulations in connection with
forfeiture of seat.
Expulsion from the examination hall and
cancellation of the performance in that subject
Possess any lethal weapon or firearm in and all other subjects the student has already
the examination hall. appeared including practical examinations and
8.
project work and shall not be permitted for the
remaining examinations of the subjects of that
semester/year. The student is also debarred
and forfeits the seat.
If student of the college, who is not a Student of the colleges expulsion from the
9. student for the particular examination or examination hall and cancellation of the
any person not connected with the performance in that subject and all other

20
 college indulges in any malpractice or subjects the student has already appeared
improper conduct mentioned in clause 6 including practical examinations and project
to 8. work and shall not be permitted for the
remaining examinations of the subjects of that
semester/year. The student is also debarred and
forfeits the seat.Person(s) who do not belong to
the college will be handed over to police and, a
police case will be registered against them.
Expulsion from the examination hall and
cancellation of the performance in that subject
and all other subjects the student has already
Comes in a drunken condition to the
10. appeared including practical examinations and
examination hall.
project work and shall not be permitted for the
remaining examinations of the subjects of that
semester/year.
Cancellation of the performance in that subject
Copying detected on the basis of
and all other subjects the student has appeared
11. internal evidence, such as, during
including practical examinations and project
valuation or during special scrutiny.
work of that semester/year examinations.
If any malpractice is detected which is
not covered in the above clauses 1 to 11
12. shall be reported to the university for
further action to award suitable
punishment.

Malpractices identified by squad or special invigilators

1. Punishments to the students as per the above guidelines.
2. Punishment for institutions : (if the squad reports that the college is also involved in
encouraging malpractices)
a. A show cause notice shall be issued to the college.
b. Impose a suitable fine on the college.
c. Shifting the examination centre from the college to another college for a specific
period of not less than one year.

*****

21
 R16 B.TECH IT

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY HYDERABAD

B.TECH I YEAR COURSE STRUCTURE AND SYLLABUS (R16)

(Common for EEE, ECE, CSE, EIE, BME, IT, ETE, ECM, ICE)

Applicable From 2017-18 Admitted Batch

I YEAR I SEMESTER

Course
S. No Course Title L T P Credits
Code
1 MA101BS Mathematics-I 3 1 0 3
2 CH102BS Engineering Chemistry 4 0 0 4
3 PH103BS Engineering Physics-I 3 0 0 3
4 EN104HS Professional Communication in English 3 0 0 3
5 ME105ES Engineering Mechanics 3 0 0 3
6 EE106ES Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering 4 0 0 4
7 EN107HS English Language Communication Skills Lab 0 0 3 2
8 ME108ES Engineering Workshop 0 0 3 2
9 *EA109MC NSS 0 0 0 0
Total Credits 20 1 6 24

I YEAR II SEMESTER

Course
S. No Course Title L T P Credits
Code
1 PH201BS Engineering Physics-II 3 0 0 3
2 MA202BS Mathematics-II 4 1 0 4
3 MA203BS Mathematics-III 4 1 0 4
4 CS204ES Computer Programming in C 3 0 0 3
5 ME205ES Engineering Graphics 2 0 4 4
6 CH206BS Engineering Chemistry Lab 0 0 3 2
7 PH207BS Engineering Physics Lab 0 0 3 2
8 CS208ES Computer Programming in C Lab 0 0 3 2
9 *EA209MC NCC/NSO 0 0 0 0
Total Credits 16 2 13 24

*Mandatory Course – Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory.

22
 R16 B.TECH IT

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY HYDERABAD

B.TECH. INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

II, III, IV YEARS COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS (R16)

Applicable From 2016-17 Admitted Batch

II YEAR I SEMESTER

Course
S. No Course Title L T P Credits
Code
1 MA301BS Mathematics – IV 4 1 0 4
2 CS302ES Data Structures through C++ 4 0 0 4
CS303ES Mathematical Foundations of Computer
3 4 0 0 4
Science
4 CS304ES Digital Logic Design 3 0 0 3
5 CS305ES Object Oriented Programming through Java 3 0 0 3
6 CS306ES Data Structures through C++ Lab 0 0 3 2
7 CS307ES IT Workshop 0 0 3 2
CS308ES Object Oriented Programming through Java
8 0 0 3 2
Lab
9 * MC300ES Environmental Science and Technology 3 0 0 0
Total Credits 21 1 9 24

II YEAR II SEMESTER

Course
S. No Course Title L T P Credits
Code
1 CS401BS Computer Organization 4 0 0 4
2 CS402ES Database Management Systems 4 0 0 4
3 CS403ES Operating Systems 4 0 0 4
4 CS404ES Formal Languages and Automata Theory 3 0 0 3
5 SM405MS Business Economics and Financial Analysis 3 0 0 3
6 CS406ES Computer Organization Lab 0 0 3 2
7 CS407ES Database Management Systems Lab 0 0 3 2
8 CS408ES Operating Systems Lab 0 0 3 2
9 * MC400HS Gender Sensitization Lab 0 0 3 0
Total Credits 18 0 12 24

23
 R16 B.TECH IT

III YEAR I SEMESTER

Course
S. No Course Title L T P Credits
Code
1 CS501PC Design and Analysis of Algorithms 4 0 0 4
2 CS502PC Data Communication and Computer Networks 4 0 0 4
3 CS503PC Software Engineering 4 0 0 4
4 SM504MS Fundamentals of Management 3 0 0 3
5 Open Elective –I 3 0 0 3
6 CS505PC Design and Analysis of Algorithms Lab 0 0 3 2
7 CS506PC Computer Networks Lab 0 0 3 2
8 CS507PC Software Engineering Lab 0 0 3 2
9 *MC500HS Professional Ethics 3 0 0 0
Total Credits 21 0 9 24

III YEAR II SEMESTER

Course
S. No Course Title L T P Credits
Code
1 CS601PC Compiler Design 4 0 0 4
2 CS602PC Web Technologies 4 0 0 4
3 CS603PC Cryptography and Network Security 4 0 0 4
4 Open Elective-II 3 0 0 3
5 Professional Elective-I 3 0 0 3
6 CS604PC Cryptography and Network Security Lab 0 0 3 2
7 CS605PC Web Technologies Lab 0 0 3 2
8 EN606HS Advanced English Communication Skills Lab 0 0 3 2
Total Credits 18 0 9 24

During Summer Vacation between III and IV Years: Industry Oriented Mini Project

IV YEAR I SEMESTER
Course
S. No Course Title L T P Credits
Code
1 CS701PC Data Mining 4 0 0 4
2 IT702PC Android Application Development 4 0 0 4
3 Professional Elective – II 3 0 0 3
4 Professional Elective – III 3 0 0 3
5 Professional Elective – IV 3 0 0 3
6 IT703PC Android Application Development Lab 0 0 3 2
7 PE-II Lab # 0 0 3 2
CS751PC Python Programming Lab
CS753PC Web Scripting Languages Lab

24
 R16 B.TECH IT

IT752PC Ethical Hacking Lab

CS754PC Internet of Things Lab
8 IT705PC Industry Oriented Mini Project 0 0 3 2
9 IT706PC Seminar 0 0 2 1
Total Credits 17 0 11 24

#
Courses in PE - II and PE - II Lab must be in 1-1 correspondence.

IV YEAR II SEMESTER
Course
S. No Course Title L T P Credits
Code
1 Open Elective – III 3 0 0 3
2 Professional Elective – V 3 0 0 3
3 Professional Elective – VI 3 0 0 3
4 IT801PC Major Project 0 0 30 15
Total Credits 9 0 30 24

Professional Elective – I
CS611PE Mobile Computing
IT612PE Object Oriented Analysis and Design
IT613PE Computer Forensics
CS614PE Information Security Management (Security Analyst - I)
CS615PE Introduction to Analytics (Associate Analytics - I)

Professional Elective - II #
CS721PE Python Programming
CS723PE Web Scripting Languages
IT722PE Ethical Hacking
CS724PE Internet of Things

Professional Elective - III

IT731PE Web and Database Security
IT732PE Embedded Systems
IT733PE Artificial Intelligence
CS734PE Software Process and Project Management

Professional Elective - IV
CS743PE Blockchain Technology
CS742PE Cloud Computing
CS744PE Social Network Analysis
IT741PE Information Retrieval Systems

25
 R16 B.TECH IT

Professional Elective -V
IT851PE Steganography and Watermarking
CS852PE Real-Time Systems
CS853PE Data Analytics
CS854PE Modern Software Engineering

Professional Elective –VI

IT861PE Intrusion Detection System
IT862PE ADHOC and Sensor Networks
CS864PE Neural Networks and Deep Learning
IT863PE Human Computer Interaction

*Open Elective subjects’ syllabus is provided in a separate document.

*Open Elective – Students should take Open Electives from the List of Open Electives
Offered by Other Departments/Branches Only.

Ex: - A Student of Mechanical Engineering can take Open Electives from all other
departments/branches except Open Electives offered by Mechanical Engineering Dept.

26
 R16 B.TECH IT

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY HYDERABAD

LIST OF OPEN ELECTIVES OFFERED BY VARIOUS DEPARTMENTS FOR
B.TECH. III AND IV YEARS

S. Name of the Department Open Elective – I Open Elective – II

No. Offering Open Electives (Semester – V) (Semester – VI)
1 Aeronautical Engg. AE511OE: Introduction AE621OE: Introduction to
to Space Technology Aerospace Engineering
2 Automobile Engg. CE511OE: Disaster MT621OE: Data Structures
Management MT622OE: Artificial
MT512OE: Intellectual Neural Networks
Property Rights
3 Biomedical Engg. BM511OE: Reliability BM621OE: Medical
Engineering Electronics
4 Civil Engg. CE511OE: Disaster CE621OE: Remote
Management. Sensing and GIS
CE622OE: Geo-
Informatics
CE623OE: Intellectual
Property Rights
5 Civil and Environmental CE511OE: Disaster CN621OE: Environmental
Engg. Management Impact Assessment
CE623OE: Intellectual
Property Rights
6 Computer Science and Engg. CS511OE: Operating CS621OE: Java
/ Information Technology Systems Programming
CS512OE: Database CS622OE: Software
Management Systems Testing Methodologies
CS623OE: Cyber Security
7 Electronics and EC511OE: Principles of EC621OE: Principles of
Communication Engg. / Electronic Computer Communications
Electronics and Telematics Communications and Networks
Engg.
8 Electronics and Computer EM511OE: Scripting EM621OE: Soft
Engg. Languages Computing Techniques
9 Electrical and Electronics EE511OE: Non- EE621OE: Design
Engg. Conventional Power Estimation and Costing of
Generation Electrical Systems
EE512OE: Electrical EE622OE: Energy Storage
Engineering Materials Systems
EE513OE: EE623OE: Introduction to
Nanotechnology Mechatronics
10 Electronics and EI511OE: Electronic EI621OE: Industrial
Instrumentation Engg. Measurements and Electronics
Instrumentation
11 Mechanical Engg. ME511OE: Optimization ME621OE: World Class
Techniques Manufacturing
ME512OE: Computer ME622OE: Fundamentals
Graphics of Robotics
ME513OE: Introduction ME623OE: Fabrication

27
 R16 B.TECH IT

to Mechatronics Processes
ME514OE:
Fundamentals of
Mechanical Engineering
12 Mechanical Engg. (Material NT511OE: Fabrication NT621OE: Introduction to
Science and Processes Material Handling
Nanotechnology) NT512OE: Non NT622OE: Non-
destructive Testing Conventional Energy
Methods Sources
NT513OE: NT623OE: Robotics
Fundamentals of
Engineering Materials
13 Mechanical Engg. MT511OE: Analog and MT621OE: Data Structures
(mechatronics) Digital I.C. Applications MT622OE: Artificial
MT512OE: Intellectual Neural Networks
Property Rights MT623OE: Industrial
MT513OE: Computer Management
Organization
14 Metallurgical and Materials MM511OE: Materials MM621OE: Science and
Engg. Characterization Technology of Nano
Techniques Materials
MM622OE: Metallurgy of
Non Metallurgists
15 Mining Engg. MN511OE: Introduction MN621OE: Coal
to Mining Technology Gasification, Coal Bed
Methane and Shale Gas
16 Petroleum Engg. PE511OE: Materials PE621OE: Energy
Science and Engineering Management and
PE512OE: Renewable Conservation
Energy Sources PE622OE: Optimization
PE513OE: Techniques
Environmental PE623OE:
Engineering Entrepreneurship and
Small Business Enterprises

S. Name of the Department Open Elective –III

No. Offering Open Electives (Semester – VIII)
1 Aeronautical Engg. AE831OE: Air Transportation Systems
AE832OE: Rockets and Missiles
2 Automobile Engg. AM831OE: Introduction to Mechatronics
AM832OE: Microprocessors and Microcontrollers
3 Biomedical Engg. BM831OE: Telemetry and Telecontrol
BM832OE: Electromagnetic Interference and
Compatibility
4 Civil Engg. CE831OE: Environmental Impact Assessment
CE832OE: Optimization Techniques in Engineering
CE833OE: Entrepreneurship and Small Business
Enterprises
5 Civil and Environmental CN831OE: Remote Sensing and GIS
Engg. CE833OE: Entrepreneurship and Small Business

28
 R16 B.TECH IT

Enterprises
6 Computer Science and CS831OE: Linux Programming
Engg. / Information CS832OE: R Programming
Technology CS833OE: PHP Programming
7 Electronics and EC831OE: Electronic Measuring Instruments
Communication Engg. /
Electronics and Telematics
Engg.
8 Electronics and Computer EM831OE: Data Analytics
Engg.
9 Electrical and Electronics EE831OE: Entrepreneur Resource Planning
Engg. EE832OE: Management Information Systems
EE833OE: Organizational Behaviour
10 Electronics and EI831OE: Sensors and Transducers,
Instrumentation Engg. EI832OE: PC Based Instrumentation
11 Mechanical Engg. ME831OE: Total Quality Management
ME832OE: Industrial Safety, Health, and
Environmental Engineering
ME833OE: Basics of Thermodynamics
ME834OE: Reliability Engineering
12 Mechanical Engg. (Material NT831OE: Concepts of Nano Science And Technology
Science and NT832OE: Synthesis of Nanomaterials
Nanotechnology) NT833OE: Characterization of Nanomaterials
13 Mechanical Engg. MT831OE: Renewable Energy Sources
(mechatronics) MT832OE: Production Planning and Control
CE833OE: Entrepreneurship and Small Business
Enterprises
14 Metallurgical and Materials MM831OE: Design and Selection of Engineering
Engg. Materials
15 Mining Engg. MN831OE: Solid Fuel Technology
MN832OE: Health & Safety in Mines
16 Petroleum Engg. PE831OE: Disaster Management
PE832OE: Fundamentals of Liquefied Natural Gas
PE833OE: Health, Safety and Environment in
Petroleum Industry

*Open Elective – Students should take Open Electives from List of Open Electives Offered
by Other Departments/Branches Only.

Ex: - A Student of Mechanical Engineering can take Open Electives from all other
departments/branches except Open Electives offered by Mechanical Engineering Dept.

29
 R16 B.TECH IT

MATHEMATICS- I
(Linear Algebra and Differential Equations)

B.Tech. I Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: MA101BS 3 1/0/0 3

Prerequisites: Foundation course (No prerequisites).

Course Objectives: To learn

 types of matrices and their properties
 the concept of rank of a matrix and applying the same to understand the consistency
 solving the linear systems
 the concepts of eigen values and eigen vectors and reducing the quadratic forms into
their canonical forms
 partial differentiation, concept of total derivative
 finding maxima and minima of functions of two variables
 methods of solving the linear differential equations of first and higher order
 the applications of the differential equations
 formation of the partial differential equations and solving the first order equations.

Course Outcomes: After learning the contents of this paper the student must be able to
 write the matrix representation of a set of linear equations and to analyze the solution
of the system of equations
 find the Eigen values and Eigen vectors which come across under linear
transformations
 find the extreme values of functions of two variables with/ without constraints.
 identify whether the given first order DE is exact or not
 solve higher order DE’s and apply them for solving some real world problems

UNIT–I
Initial Value Problems and Applications
Exact differential equations - Reducible to exact.
Linear differential equations of higher order with constant coefficients: Non homogeneous
terms with RHS term of the type eax , sin ax, cos ax, polynomials in x, eax V(x), xV(x)-
Operator form of the differential equation, finding particular integral using inverse operator,
Wronskian of functions, method of variation of parameters.
Applications: Newton’s law of cooling, law of natural growth and decay, orthogonal
trajectories, Electrical circuits.

UNIT–II
Linear Systems of Equations
Types of real matrices and complex matrices, rank, echelon form, normal form, consistency
and solution of linear systems (homogeneous and Non-homogeneous) - Gauss elimination,

30
 R16 B.TECH IT

Gauss Jordon and LU decomposition methods- Applications: Finding current in the electrical
circuits.

UNIT–III
Eigen values, Eigen Vectors and Quadratic Forms
Eigen values, Eigen vectors and their properties, Cayley - Hamilton theorem (without proof),
Inverse and powers of a matrix using Cayley - Hamilton theorem, Diagonalization, Quadratic
forms, Reduction of Quadratic forms into their canonical form, rank and nature of the
Quadratic forms – Index and signature.

UNIT–IV
Partial Differentiation
Introduction of partial differentiation, homogeneous function, Euler’s theorem, total
derivative, Chain rule, Taylor’s and Mclaurin’s series expansion of functions of two
variables, functional dependence, Jacobian.
Applications: maxima and minima of functions of two variables without constraints and
Lagrange’s method (with constraints)

UNIT-V
First Order Partial Differential Equations
Formation of partial differential equations by elimination of arbitrary constants and arbitrary
functions, Lagranges method to solve the first order linear equations and the standard type
methods to solve the non linear equations.

Text Books:
1. A first course in differential equations with modeling applications by Dennis G. Zill,
Cengage Learning publishers.
2. Higher Engineering Mathematics by Dr. B. S. Grewal, Khanna Publishers.

References:
1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics by E. Kreyszig, John Wiley and Sons Publisher.
2. Engineering Mathematics by N. P. Bali, Lakshmi Publications.

31
 R16 B.TECH IT

ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY

B.Tech. I Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CH102BS/CH202BS 4 0/0/0 4

Course Objectives:
1) To bring adaptability to new developments in Engineering Chemistry and to acquire
the skills required to become a perfect engineer.
2) To include the importance of water in industrial usage, significance of corrosion
control to protect the structures, polymers and their controlled usage.
3) To acquire knowledge of engineering materials and about fuels and batteries.
4) To acquire required knowledge about engineering materials like cement, refractories
and composites.

Course Outcomes:
Students will gain the basic knowledge of electrochemical procedures related to
corrosion and its control. They can understand the basic properties of water and its
usage in domestic and industrial purposes. They learn the use of fundamental
principles to make predictions about the general properties of materials. They can
predict potential applications of chemistry and practical utility in order to become
good engineers and entrepreneurs.

UNIT- I
Water and its treatment: Introduction – hardness of water – causes of hardness – types of
hardness: temporary and permanent – expression and units of hardness – Estimation of
hardness of water by complexometric method. Numerical problems. Potable water and its
specifications- Steps involved in the treatment of potable water - Disinfection of potable
water by chlorination and Ozonization. Defluoridation – Nalgonda technique - Determination
of F- ion by ion- selective electrode method.
Boiler troubles:
Sludges, scales and Caustic embrittlement. Internal treatment of Boiler feed water – Calgon
conditioning – Phosphate conditioning - Colloidal conditioning – Softening of water by ion-
exchange processes. Desalination of water – Reverse osmosis. Numerical problems – Sewage
water - Steps involved in treatment of sewage.

UNIT-II
Electrochemistry and Batteries:
Electrochemistry: Electrode- electrode potential, standard electrode potential, types of
electrodes – Construction and functioning of Standard hydrogen electrode, calomel and glass
electrode. Nernst equation - electrochemical series and its applications. Electrochemical cells:
Daniel cell – cell notation, cell reaction and cell emf -– Concept of concentration cells –
Electrolyte concentration cell –Numerical problems.
Batteries: Cell and battery - Primary battery (dry cell, alkaline cell and Lithium cell) and
Secondary battery (lead acid, Ni-Cd and lithium ion cell),
32
 R16 B.TECH IT

Fuel cells: Hydrogen –oxygen and methanol-oxygen fuel cells – Applications.

UNIT-III
Polymers: Definition – Classification of polymers with examples – Types of polymerization
– addition (free radical addition) and condensation polymerization with examples.
Plastics: Definition and characteristics- thermoplastic and thermosetting plastics,
compounding and fabrication of plastics (compression and injection moulding). Preparation,
Properties and engineering applications of PVC and Bakelite.
Fibers: Characteristics of fibers – preparation, properties and applications of Nylon-6, 6 and
Dacron. Fiber reinforced plastics (FRP) – Applications.
Rubbers: Natural rubber and its vulcanization - compounding of rubber.
Elastomers: Characteristics –preparation – properties and applications of Buna-S, Butyl
and Thiokol rubber.
Conducting polymers: Characteristics and Classification with examples-mechanism of
conduction in trans-polyacetylene and applications of conducting polymers.
Biodegradable polymers: Concept and advantages - Polylactic acid and poly vinyl alcohol
and their applications.

UNIT-IV
Fuels and Combustion: Classification- solid fuels: coal – analysis of coal – proximate and
ultimate analysis and their significance. Liquid fuels – petroleum and its refining, cracking –
types – moving bed catalytic cracking. Knocking – octane and cetane rating, synthetic petrol -
Fischer-Tropsch’s process; Gaseous fuels – composition and uses of natural gas, LPG and
CNG.
Combustion: Definition, Calorific value of fuel – HCV, LCV; Calculation of air quantity
required for combustion of a fuel.

UNIT-V
Cement, Refractories, Lubricants and Composites:
Cement: Portland cement, its composition, setting and hardening of Portland cement.
Special cements: White cement, water proof cement, High alumina cement and Acid
resistant cement.
Refractories: Classification, characteristics of good refractories, Refractoriness,
refractoriness under load, porosity and chemical inertness – applications of refractories.
Lubricants: Classification of lubricants with examples-characteristics of a good lubricants -
mechanism of lubrication (thick film, thin film and extreme pressure)- properties of
lubricants: viscosity, cloud point, pour point, flash point and fire point.
Composites: Introduction- Constituents of composites – advantages, classification and
constituents of composites. Applications of composites.

Text books:
1) Engineering Chemistry by P.C. Jain and M. Jain, Dhanpatrai Publishing Company,
New Delhi (2010)

33
 R16 B.TECH IT

2) Engineering Chemistry by Rama Devi, Venkata Ramana Reddy and Rath, Cengage
learning, New Delhi. (2016)

Reference Books:
1) Engineering Chemistry by Shikha Agarwal, Cambridge University Press, Delhi
(2015)
2) Engineering Chemistry by Shashi Chawla, Dhanpatrai and Company (P) Ltd. Delhi
(2011)
3) Engineering Chemistry by Thirumala Chary and Laxminarayana, Scitech Publishers,
Chennai (2016).

34
 R16 B.TECH IT

ENGINEERING PHYSICS/ENGINEERING PHYSICS - I

B.Tech. I Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: PH103BS 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives:
 To understand interaction of light with matter through interference, diffraction and
polarization.
 To able to distinguish ordinary light with a laser light and to realize propagation of
light through optical fibers.
 To understand various crystal systems and there structures elaborately.
 To study various crystal imperfections and probing methods like X-RD.

Course outcomes: after completion of this course the student is able to

 Realize the importance of light phenomena in thin films and resolution.
 Learn principle, working of various laser systems and light propagation through
optical fibers.
 Distinguish various crystal systems and understand atomic packing factor.
 Know the various defects in crystals.

UNIT-I
Interference: Coherence, division of amplitude and division of wave front, interference in
thin films (transmitted and reflected light), Newton’s rings experiment.
Diffraction: Distinction between Fresnel and Fraunhoffer diffraction, diffraction due to
single slit, N-slits, Diffraction grating experiment.

UNIT-II
Polarization: Introduction, Malus’s law, double refraction, Nicol prism, Quarter wave and
half wave plates.
Lasers: Characteristics of lasers, spontaneous and stimulated emission of radiation, Einstein
coefficients, population inversion, ruby laser, helium – neon laser, semi conductor laser,
applications of lasers

UNIT-III
Fiber Optics: Principle of optical fiber, construction of fiber, acceptance angle and
acceptance cone, numerical aperture, types of optical fibers: step index and graded index
fibers, attenuation in optical fibers, applications of optical fibers in medicine and sensors.

UNIT-IV
Crystallography: Space lattice, unit cell and lattice parameters, crystal systems, Bravais
lattices, atomic radius, co-ordination number and packing factor of SC, BCC, FCC, HCP and
diamond, Miller indices, crystal planes and directions, inter planar spacing of orthogonal
crystal systems.

35
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT-V
X-ray Diffraction and Defects in Crystals: Bragg’s law, X-ray diffraction methods: Laue
method, powder method; point defects: vacancies, substitutional, interstitial, Frenkel and
Schottky defects, line defects (qualitative) and Burger’s vector, surface defects: stacking
faults, twin, tilt and grain boundaries.

Text Books:
1. Physics Vol. 2, Halliday, Resnick and Kramer John wiley and Sons, Edition 4.
2. Modern Engineering Physics, K. Vijaya Kumar and S. Chandra Lingam, S. Chand
and Co. Pvt. Ltd.
3. Introduction to Solid State Physics, Charles Kittel, Wiley Student edition.

Reference Books:
1. X-Ray Crystallography, Phillips, John Wiley publishers.
2. Waves, Frank S Crawford Jr, Berkeley Physics course, Volume 3.
3. Solid State Physics, AJ Dekker, MacMilan Publishers.
4. Introduction to Crystallography, Phillips, John Wiley publishers.

36
 R16 B.TECH IT

PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION IN ENGLISH

B.Tech. I Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: EN104HS/EN204HS 3 0/0/0 3

INTRODUCTION
In view of the growing importance of English as a tool for global communication and the
consequent emphasis on training students to acquire language skills, the syllabus of English
has been designed to develop linguistic and communicative competencies of Engineering
students.
In English classes, the focus should be on the skills development in the areas of vocabulary,
grammar, reading and writing. For this, the teachers should use the prescribed text book for
detailed study. The students should be encouraged to read the texts/poems silently leading to
reading comprehension. Reading comprehension passages are given for practice in the class.
The time should be utilized for working out the exercises given after each excerpt, and also
for supplementing the exercises with authentic materials of a similar kind, for example, from
newspaper articles, advertisements, promotional material, etc. The focus in this syllabus is on
skill development, fostering ideas and practice of language skills.

Course Objectives: The course will help students to:

a. Improve the language proficiency of students in English with an emphasis on
Vocabulary, Grammar, Reading and Writing skills.
b. Equip students to study academic subjects more effectively using the theoretical and
Practical components of English syllabus.
c. Develop study skills and communication skills in formal and informal situations.

Course Outcomes: Students will be able to:

1. Use English Language effectively in spoken and written forms.
2. Comprehend the given texts and respond appropriately.
3. Communicate confidently in formal and informal contexts.

SYLLABUS
Reading Skills:
Objectives:
1. To develop an awareness in students about the significance of silent reading and
comprehension.
2. To develop students’ ability to guess meanings of words from the context and grasp the
overall message of the text, draw inferences, etc., by way of:
 Skimming and Scanning the text
 Intensive and Extensive Reading
 Reading for Pleasure
 Identifying the topic sentence
 Inferring lexical and contextual meaning

37
 R16 B.TECH IT

 Recognizing Coherence/Sequencing of Sentences

NOTE: The students will be trained in reading skills using the prescribed texts for detailed
study. They will be tested in reading comprehension of different ‘unseen’ passages which may
be taken from authentic texts, such as magazines/newspaper articles.

Writing Skills:
Objectives:
1. To develop an awareness in the students about writing as an exact and formal skill
2. To create an awareness in students about the components of different forms of writing,
beginning with the lower order ones through;
• Writing of sentences
• Use of appropriate vocabulary
• Paragraph writing
• Coherence and cohesiveness
• Narration / description
• Note Making
• Formal and informal letter writing
• Describing graphs using expressions of comparison

In order to improve the proficiency of the students in the acquisition of language skills
mentioned above, the following text and course contents, divided into Five Units, are
prescribed:

Text Books:
1. “Fluency in English – A Course book for Engineering Students” by Board of Editors:
Hyderabad: Orient BlackSwan Pvt. Ltd. 2016. Print.
2. Raman, Meenakshi and Sharma, Sangeeta. “Technical Communication- Principles and
Practice”. Third Edition. New Delhi: Oxford University Press. 2015. Print.
The course content / study material is divided into Five Units.
Note: Listening and speaking skills are covered in the syllabus of ELCS Lab.

UNIT –I:
Chapter entitled ‘Presidential Address’ by Dr. A.P.J. Kalam from “Fluency in English– A
Course book for Engineering Students” published by Orient BlackSwan, Hyderabad.

Vocabulary: Word Formation -- Root Words --The Use of Prefixes and Suffixes–
Collocations– Exercises for Practice.
Grammar: Punctuation – Parts of Speech- Articles -Exercises for Practice.
Reading: Double Angels by David Scott-Reading and Its Importance- Techniques for
Effective Reading- Signal Words- Exercises for Practice
Writing: Writing Sentences- Techniques for Effective Writing-- Paragraph Writing-
Types, Structure and Features of a Paragraph-Coherence and Cohesiveness:
Logical, Lexical and Grammatical Devices - Exercises for Practice
38
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT –II:
Chapter entitled Satya Nadella: Email to Employees on his First Day as CEO from
“Fluency in English– A Course book for Engineering Students” Published by Orient
BlackSwan, Hyderabad.

Vocabulary: Synonyms and Antonyms – Homonyms, Homophones, Homographs-

Exercises for Practice (Chapter 17 ‘Technical Communication- Principles
and Practice’. Third Edition published by Oxford University Press may also
be followed.)
Grammar: Verbs-Transitive, Intransitive and Non-finite Verbs – Mood and Tense—
Gerund – Words with Appropriate Prepositions – Phrasal Verbs - Exercises
for Practice
Reading: Sub-skills of Reading- Skimming, Scanning, Extensive Reading and Intensive
Reading - The Road Not Taken by Robert Frost -- Exercises for Practice
Writing: Letter Writing –Format, Styles, Parts, Language to be used in Formal Letters-
Letter of Apology – Letter of Complaint-Letter of Inquiry with Reply – Letter
of Requisition –- Exercises for Practice

UNIT –III:
From the book entitled ‘Technical Communication- Principles and Practice’. Third Edition
published by Oxford University Press.

Vocabulary: Introduction- A Brief History of Words – Using the Dictionary and

Thesaurus– Changing Words from One Form to Another – Confusables (From
Chapter 17 entitled ‘Grammar and Vocabulary Development’)
Grammar: Tenses: Present Tense- Past Tense- Future Tense- Active Voice – Passive
Voice- Conditional Sentences – Adjective and Degrees of Comparison. (From
Chapter 17 entitled ‘Grammar and Vocabulary Development’)
Reading: Improving Comprehension Skills – Techniques for Good Comprehension-
Skimming and Scanning- Non-verbal Signals – Structure of the Text –
Structure of Paragraphs – Punctuation – Author’s viewpoint (Inference) –
Reader Anticipation: Determining the Meaning of Words – Summarizing-
Typical Reading Comprehension Questions. (From Chapter 10 entitled
‘Reading Comprehension’)
Writing: Introduction- Letter Writing-Writing the Cover Letter- Cover Letters
Accompanying Resumes- Emails. (From Chapter 15 entitled ‘Formal Letters,
Memos, and Email’)

UNIT –IV:
Chapter entitled ‘Good Manners’ by J.C. Hill from Fluency in English – A Course book for
Engineering Students” published by Orient Blackswan, Hyderabad.

39
 R16 B.TECH IT

Vocabulary: Idiomatic Expressions –One- word Substitutes --- Exercises for Practice
(Chapter 17 ‘Technical Communication- Principles and Practice’. Third
Edition published by Oxford University Press may also be followed.)
Grammar: Sequence of Tenses- Concord (Subject in Agreement with the Verb) –
Exercises for Practice
Reading: ‘If’ poem by Rudyard Kipling--Tips for Writing a Review --- Author’s
Viewpoint – Reader’s Anticipation-- Herein the Students will be required to
Read and Submit a Review of a Book (Literary or Non-literary) of their choice
– Exercises for Practice.
Writing: Information Transfer-Bar Charts-Flow Charts-Tree Diagrams etc., -- Exercises
for Practice.
Introduction - Steps to Effective Precis Writing – Guidelines- Samples
(Chapter 12 entitled ‘The Art of Condensation’ from Technical
Communication- Principles and Practice. Third Edition published by Oxford
University Press)

UNIT –V:
Chapter entitled ‘Father Dear Father’ by Raj Kinger from Fluency in English – A Course
book for Engineering Students” Published by Orient BlackSwan, Hyderabad

Vocabulary: Foreign Words—Words borrowed from other Languages- Exercises for

Practice
Grammar: Direct and Indirect Speech- Question Tags- Exercises for Practice
Reading: Predicting the Content- Understanding the Gist – SQ3R Reading Technique-
Study Skills – Note Making - Understanding Discourse Coherence –
Sequencing Sentences. (From Chapter 10 entitled ‘Reading Comprehension’
- Technical Communication- Principles and Practice. Third Edition
published by Oxford University Press.)
Writing: Technical Reports- Introduction – Characteristics of a Report – Categories of
Reports –Formats- Prewriting – Structure of Reports (Manuscript Format) -
Types of Reports - Writing the Report. (From Chapter 13 entitled ‘Technical
Reports’ - Technical Communication- Principles and Practice. Third
Edition published by Oxford University Press.)

Exercises from both the texts not prescribed shall be used for classroom tasks.

References
1 Green, David. Contemporary English Grammar –Structures and Composition.
MacMillan India. 2014 (Print)
2. Rizvi, M. Ashraf. Effective Technical Communication. Tata Mc Graw –Hill. 2015
(Print).

40
 R16 B.TECH IT

ENGINEERING MECHANICS

B.Tech. I Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: ME105ES 3 0/0/0 3

Pre Requisites: None

Course Objectives:
 To understand the resolving forces and moments for a given force system
 To analyze the types of friction for moving bodies and problems related to
friction.
 To determine the centroid and second moment of area

UNIT-I
Introduction to Mechanics: Basic Concepts, system of Forces Coplanar Concurrent Forces -
Components in Space Resultant -Moment of Forces and its Application - Couples and Resultant
of Force Systems. Equilibrium of system of Forces: Free body diagrams, Equations of
Equilibrium of Coplanar Systems.

UNIT-II
Friction: Types of friction -Limiting friction -Laws of Friction -static and Dynamic Frictions -
Motion of Bodies – Wedge & Screw, Screw-jack.

UNIT-III
Centroid and Center of Gravity: Introduction – Centroids of lines – Centroids of area -
Centroids of Composite figures - Theorem of Pappus -Centre of Gravity of Bodies – Centroids
of Volumes – Center of gravity of composite bodies.
Area moments of Inertia: Introduction – Definition of Moment of Inertia -Polar Moment of
Inertia – Radius of gyration. Transfer Theorem for moment of inertia – Moments of inertia by
integration - Moments of Inertia of Composite Figures.

UNIT-IV
Mass Moment of Inertia: Introduction - Moment of Inertia of Masses – Radius of gyration -
Transfer Formula for Mass Moments of Inertia – Mass moments of inertia by integration - Mass
moment of inertia of composite bodies.

UNIT-V
Kinetics: Kinetics of a particle-D’Alemberts principle. Work-energy and power. Principle of
conservation of energy- Kinetics of rigid body in translation, rotation-work done-Principle of
work-energy.

41
 R16 B.TECH IT

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Singer’s Engineering Mechanics Statics and Dynamics/ K. Vijaya Kumar Reddy, J.
Suresh Kumar/ BSP
2. Engineering Mechanics/ Irving Shames, G. Krishna Mohan Rao / Prentice Hall
3. Foundations and applications of Engineering Mechanics by HD Ram and AK Chouhan,
Cambridge publications.
4. A Text Book of Engineering Mechanics/S.S. Bhavikatti/New Age International (P)
Limited Publications, New Delhi.
5. Engineering Mechanics Statics and Dynamics/N. H. Dubey/ McGraw Hill Education
(India) Private Limited, New Delhi.

REFERENCES:
1. A Text of Engineering Mechanics /YVD Rao/ K. Govinda Rajulu/ M. Manzoor Hussain
/ Academic Publishing Company
2. Engineering Mechanics / Bhattacharyya/ Oxford.

42
 R16 B.TECH IT

BASIC ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

B.Tech. I Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: EE106ES/EE205ES: 4 0/0/0 4

Pre-requisite: None

Course Objectives:
 To introduce the concept of electrical circuits and its components
 To introduce the concepts of diodes & transistors, and
 To impart the knowledge of various configurations, characteristics and applications.

Course Outcomes: After this course, the student will be able

 To analyze and solve electrical circuits using network laws and theorems.
 To identify and characterize diodes and various types of transistors.

UNIT - I
Basic Concepts of Electrical Circuits and Single Phase AC Circuits
Electrical Circuits: R-L-C Parameters, Voltage and Current, Independent and Dependent
Sources, Source Transformation – V-I relationship for passive elements, Kirchoff’s Laws,
Network reduction techniques – series, parallel, series-parallel, star-to-delta, delta-to-star
transformation, Nodal Analysis,
Single Phase AC Circuits: R.M.S. and Average values, Form Factor, steady state analysis of
series, parallel and series-parallel combinations of R, L and C with sinusoidal excitation,
concept of reactance, impedance, susceptance and admittance – phase and phase difference,
Concept of power factor, j-notation, complex and polar forms of representation.

UNIT - II
Resonance: Series resonance and Parallel resonance circuits, concept of bandwidth and Q
factor.
Network Theorems: Thevenin’s, Norton’s, Maximum Power Transfer, Superposition and
Reciprocity theorem for DC and AC excitations.

UNIT - III
P-N Junction and Zener Diode: Principle of Operation Diode equation, Volt-Ampere
characteristics, Temperature dependence, Ideal versus practical, Static and dynamic resistances,
Equivalent circuit, Load line analysis, Diffusion and Transition Capacitances.
Zener Diode: characteristics.
Rectifiers and Filters: P-N junction as a rectifier - Half Wave Rectifier, Ripple Factor - Full
Wave Rectifier, Bridge Rectifier, Harmonic components in Rectifier Circuits, Filters – Inductor
Filters, Capacitor Filters, L- section Filters, π- section Filters.

43
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - IV
Bipolar Junction Transistor (BJT):Construction, Principle of Operation, Amplifying Action,
Common Emitter, Common Base and Common Collector configurations.
Transistor Biasing And Stabilization - Operating point, DC & AC load lines, Biasing - Fixed
Bias, Emitter Feedback Bias, Collector to Emitter feedback bias, Voltage divider bias, Bias
stability, Stabilization against variations in VBE and β, Bias Compensation using Diodes and
Transistors.
Transistor Configurations: Hybrid model, Determination of h-parameters from transistor
characteristics, Analysis of CE, CB and CC configurations using h-parameters, Comparison of
CE, CB and CC configurations.

UNIT- V
Junction Field Effect Transistor: Construction, Principle of Operation, Pinch-Off Voltage,
Volt-Ampere Characteristic, Comparison of BJT and FET, Biasing FET.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Basic Electrical and electronics Engineering –M S Sukija TK Nagasarkar Oxford
University
2. Basic Electrical and electronics Engineering-D P Kothari. I J Nagarath, McGraw Hill
Education

REFERENCES:
1. Electronic Devices and Circuits – R. L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky, PEI/PHI, 9th Ed,
2006.
2. Millman’s Electronic Devices and Circuits – J. Millman and C. C. Halkias, Satyabrata
Jit, TMH, 2/e, 1998.
3. Engineering circuit analysis- by William Hayt and Jack E. Kemmerly, McGraw Hill
Company, 6th edition.
4. Linear circuit analysis (time domain phasor and Laplace transform approaches) - 2nd
edition by Raymond A. De Carlo and Pen-Min-Lin, Oxford University Press-2004.
5. Network Theory by N. C. Jagan& C. Lakshminarayana, B.S. Publications.
6. Network Theory by Sudhakar, Shyam Mohan Palli, TMH.

44
 R16 B.TECH IT

ENGLISH LANGUAGE COMMUNICATION SKILLS (ELCS) LAB

B.Tech. I Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: EN107HS/EN207HS 0 0/3/0 2

The English Language Communication Skills (ELCS) Lab focuses on the production and
practice of sounds of language and familiarizes the students with the use of English in everyday
situations both in formal and informal contexts.

Course Objectives:
 To facilitate computer-assisted multi-media instruction enabling individualized and
independent language learning
 To sensitize the students to the nuances of English speech sounds, word accent, intonation
and rhythm
 To bring about a consistent accent and intelligibility in students’ pronunciation of English
by providing an opportunity for practice in speaking
 To improve the fluency of students in spoken English and neutralize their mother tongue
influence
 To train students to use language appropriately for public speaking, group discussions and
interviews

Course Outcomes: Students will be able to attain:

 Better understanding of nuances of English language through audio- visual experience and
group activities
 Neutralization of accent for intelligibility
 Speaking skills with clarity and confidence which in turn enhances their employability
skills.

Syllabus: English Language Communication Skills Lab (ELCS) shall have two parts:
 Computer Assisted Language Learning (CALL) Lab
 Interactive Communication Skills (ICS) Lab

Listening Skills:

Objectives
 To enable students develop their listening skills so that they may appreciate the role in the
LSRW skills approach to language and improve their pronunciation
 To equip students with necessary training in listening, so that they can comprehend the
speech of people of different backgrounds and regions.

Students should be given practice in listening to the sounds of the language, to be able to
recognize them and find the distinction between different sounds, to be able to mark stress and
recognize and use the right intonation in sentences.

45
 R16 B.TECH IT

 Listening for general content

 Listening to fill up information
 Intensive listening
 Listening for specific information

Speaking Skills:

Objectives
 To involve students in speaking activities in various contexts
 To enable students express themselves fluently and appropriately in social and
professional contexts :
• Oral practice
• Describing objects/situations/people
• Role play – Individual/Group activities
• Just A Minute (JAM) Sessions.

The following course content is prescribed for the English Language Communication
Skills Lab.

Exercise – I
CALL Lab:
Understand: Listening Skill- Its importance – Purpose- Process- Types- Barriers- Effective
Listening.
Practice: Introduction to Phonetics – Speech Sounds – Vowels and Consonants – Minimal
Pairs- Consonant Clusters- Past Tense Marker and Plural Marker.
Testing Exercises
ICS Lab:
Understand: Spoken vs. Written language- Formal and Informal English.
Practice: Ice-Breaking Activity and JAM Session- Situational Dialogues – Greetings –
Taking Leave – Introducing Oneself and Others.

Exercise – II
CALL Lab:
Understand: Structure of Syllables – Word Stress– Weak Forms and Strong Forms –
Sentence Stress – Intonation.
Practice: Basic Rules of Word Accent - Stress Shift - Weak Forms and Strong Forms-
Sentence Stress – Intonation.
Testing Exercises
ICS Lab:
Understand: Features of Good Conversation – Strategies for Effective Communication.
Practice: Situational Dialogues – Role-Play- Expressions in Various Situations –Making
Requests and Seeking Permissions - Telephone Etiquette.

46
 R16 B.TECH IT

Exercise - III
CALL Lab:
Understand: Errors in Pronunciation-the Influence of Mother Tongue (MTI).
Practice: Common Indian Variants in Pronunciation – Differences between British and
American Pronunciation.
Testing Exercises
ICS Lab:
Understand: Descriptions- Narrations- Giving Directions and Guidelines.
Practice: Giving Instructions – Seeking Clarifications – Asking for and Giving Directions –
Thanking and Responding – Agreeing and Disagreeing – Seeking and Giving Advice –
Making Suggestions.

Exercise – IV
CALL Lab:
Understand: Listening for General Details.
Practice: Listening Comprehension Tests.
Testing Exercises
ICS Lab:
Understand: Public Speaking – Exposure to Structured Talks - Non-verbal Communication-
Presentation Skills.
Practice: Making a Short Speech – Extempore- Making a Presentation.

Exercise – V
CALL Lab:
Understand: Listening for Specific Details.
Practice: Listening Comprehension Tests.
Testing Exercises
ICS Lab:
Understand: Group Discussion- Interview Skills.
Practice: Group Discussion- Mock Interviews.

Minimum Requirement of infrastructural facilities for ELCS Lab:

1. Computer Assisted Language Learning (CALL) Lab:
The Computer Assisted Language Learning Lab has to accommodate 40 students
with 40 systems, with one Master Console, LAN facility and English language learning
software for self- study by students.
System Requirement (Hardware component):
Computer network with LAN facility (minimum 40 systems with multimedia) with the
following specifications:
Computers with Suitable Configuration
High Fidelity Headphones

47
 R16 B.TECH IT

2. Interactive Communication Skills (ICS) Lab:

The Interactive Communication Skills Lab: A Spacious room with movable chairs
and audio-visual aids with a Public Address System, a T. V. or LCD, a digital stereo –
audio and video system and camcorder etc.

Lab Manuals:
1) A book entitled “ELCS Lab Manual – A Workbook for CALL and ICS Lab Activities”
by Board of Editors: Hyderabad: Orient BlackSwan Pvt. Ltd. 2016. Print.
2) Hart, Steve; Nair, Aravind R.; Bhambhani, Veena. “EMBARK- English for
undergraduates” Delhi: Cambridge University Press. 2016. Print.

Suggested Software:
1) Cambridge Advanced Learners’ English Dictionary with CD.
2) Grammar Made Easy by Darling Kindersley.
3) Punctuation Made Easy by Darling Kindersley.
4) Oxford Advanced Learner’s Compass, 8th Edition.
5) English in Mind (Series 1-4), Herbert Puchta and Jeff Stranks with Meredith Levy,
Cambridge.
6) English Pronunciation in Use (Elementary, Intermediate, Advanced) Cambridge
University Press.
7) TOEFL and GRE (KAPLAN, AARCO and BARRONS, USA, Cracking GRE by
CLIFFS).

References:
1) Jayashree Mohanraj. Let Us Hear Them Speak. New Delhi: Sage Texts. 2015. Print.
Hancock, M. English Pronunciation in Use. Intermediate Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press. 2009. Print.

48
 R16 B.TECH IT

ENGINEERING WORKSHOP

B.Tech. I Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: ME108ES/ME208ES 0 0/3/0 2

Pre-requisites: Practical skill

Course Objective:
 To Study of different hand operated power tools, uses and their demonstration.
 To gain a good basic working knowledge required for the production of various
engineering products.
 To provide hands on experience about use of different engineering materials, tools,
equipments and processes those are common in the engineering field.
 To develop a right attitude, team working, precision and safety at work place.
 It explains the construction, function, use and application of different working tools,
equipment and machines.
 To study commonly used carpentry joints.
 To have practical exposure to various welding and joining processes.
 Identify and use marking out tools, hand tools, measuring equipment and to work to
prescribed tolerances.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Study and practice on machine tools and their operations
 Practice on manufacturing of components using workshop trades including pluming,
fitting, carpentry, foundry, house wiring and welding.
 Identify and apply suitable tools for different trades of Engineering processes including
drilling, material removing, measuring, chiseling.
 Apply basic electrical engineering knowledge for house wiring practice.

1. TRADES FOR EXERCISES:

At least two exercises from each trade:
1) Carpentry
2) Fitting
3) Tin-Smithy and Development of jobs carried out and soldering.
4) Black Smithy
5) House-wiring
6) Foundry
7) Welding
8) Power tools in construction, wood working, electrical engineering and mechanical
engineering.

49
 R16 B.TECH IT

2. TRADES FOR DEMONSTRATION and EXPOSURE:

 Plumbing, Machine Shop, Metal Cutting (Water Plasma)

Text books:
1) Workshop Practice /B. L. Juneja / Cengage
2) Workshop Manual / K.Venugopal / Anuradha.

Reference books:
1) Work shop Manual - P.Kannaiah/ K.L.Narayana/ Scitech
2) Workshop Manual / Venkat Reddy/ BSP

50
 R16 B.TECH IT

PH201BS: ENGINEERING PHYSICS - II

I Year II Sem. B.Tech. L T/P/D C

3 0/0/0 3
Course Objectives:
 To understand the behavior of a particle quantum mechanically.
 To be able to distinguish pure and impure semi conductors and understand formation
of P-N Junction.
 To understand various magnetic and dielectric properties of materials.
 To study super conductor behavior of materials.

Course Outcomes: After completion of this course the student is able to

 Realize the importance of behavior of a particle quantum mechanically.
 Learn concentration estimation of charge carriers in semi conductors.
 Learn various magnetic dielectric properties and apply them in engineering application.
 Know the basic principles and applications of super conductors.

UNIT - I
Principles of Quantum Mechanics: Waves and particles, de-Broglie hypothesis, matter waves,
Davisson and Germer experiment, Heisenberg uncertainty principle, Schrodinger time
independent wave equation, physical significance of wave function, particle in 1-D potential
box, electron in periodic potential, Kronig-Penny model (qualitative treatment), E-K curve,
origin of energy band formation in solids.

UNIT - II
Semiconductor Physics: Fermi level in intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors, calculation of
carrier concentration in intrinsic & extrinsic semiconductors, direct and indirect band gap
semiconductors, formation of PN junction, open circuit PN junction, energy diagram of PN
junction diode, solar cell: I-V characteristics and applications.

UNIT - III
Dielectric Properties: Electric dipole, dipole moment, dielectric constant, polarizability,
electric susceptibility, displacement vector, electronic, ionic and orientation polarizations and
calculation of their polarizabilitites, internal field, Clausius-Mossotti relation, Piezoelectricity,
pyroelectricity and ferroelectricity-BaTiO3 structure.

UNIT - IV
Magnetic Properties & Superconductivity: Permeability, field intensity, magnetic field
induction, magnetization, magnetic susceptibility, origin of magnetic moment, Bohr magneton,
classification of dia, para and ferro magnetic materials on the basis of magnetic moment,
hysteresis curve based on domain theory, soft and hard magnetic materials, properties of anti-
ferro and ferri magnetic materials,

51
 R16 B.TECH IT

Superconductivity: Superconductivity phenomenon, Meissner effect, applications of

superconductivity.

UNIT - V
Introduction to nanoscience: Origin of nanoscience, nanoscale, surface to volume ratio,
quantum confinement, dominance of electromagnetic forces, random molecular motion, bottom-
up fabrication: Sol-gel, CVD and PVD techniques, top-down fabrication: ball mill method,
characterization by XRD, SEM and TEM.

Text Books:
1. Solid State Physics, A. J. Dekkar, Macmillan publishers Ind. Ltd.,
2. Solid State Physics, Chales Kittel, Wiley student edition.
3. Fundamentals of Physics, Alan Giambattisa, BM Richardson and Robert C Richardson,
Tata Mcgrahill Publishers.

Reference Books:
1. Modern Engineering Physics, K. Vijaya Kumar, S. Chandralingam S. Chand & Co. Pvt.
Ltd.,
2. University Physics, Francis W. Sears, Hugh D. Young, Marle Zeemansky and Roger A
Freedman, Pearson Education.
3. Fundamentals of Acoustics, Kinster and Frey, John Wiley and Sons.
4. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics Leonard I. Schiff McGraw-Hill

52
 R16 B.TECH IT

MA102BS/MA202BS: MATHEMATICS - II
(Advanced Calculus)

B.Tech. I Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

4 1/0/0 4

Prerequisites: Foundation course (No prerequisites).

Course Objectives: To learn

 concepts & properties of Laplace Transforms
 solving differential equations using Laplace transform techniques
 evaluation of integrals using Beta and Gamma Functions
 evaluation of multiple integrals and applying them to compute the volume and areas
of regions
 the physical quantities involved in engineering field related to the vector valued
functions.
 the basic properties of vector valued functions and their applications to line, surface
and volume integrals.

Course Outcomes: After learning the contents of this course the student must be able to
 use Laplace transform techniques for solving DE’s
 evaluate integrals using Beta and Gamma functions
 evaluate the multiple integrals and can apply these concepts to find areas, volumes,
moment of inertia etc of regions on a plane or in space
 evaluate the line, surface and volume integrals and converting them from one to
another

UNIT – I
Laplace Transforms: Laplace transforms of standard functions, Shifting theorems,
derivatives and integrals, properties- Unit step function, Dirac’s delta function, Periodic
function, Inverse Laplace transforms, Convolution theorem (without proof).
Applications: Solving ordinary differential equations (initial value problems) using Laplace
transforms.

UNIT - II
Beta and Gamma Functions: Beta and Gamma functions, properties, relation between Beta
and Gamma functions, evaluation of integrals using Beta and Gamma functions.
Applications: Evaluation of integrals.

UNIT – III
Multiple Integrals: Double and triple integrals, Change of variables, Change of order of
integration. Applications: Finding areas, volumes& Center of gravity (evaluation using Beta
and Gamma functions).

53
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT – IV
Vector Differentiation: Scalar and vector point functions, Gradient, Divergence, Curl and
their physical and geometrical interpretation, Laplacian operator, Vector identities.

UNIT – V
Vector Integration: Line Integral, Work done, Potential function, area, surface and volume
integrals, Vector integral theorems: Greens, Stokes and Gauss divergence theorems (without
proof) and related problems.

Text Books:
1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics by R K Jain & S R K Iyengar, Narosa Publishers
2. Engineering Mathematics by Srimanthapal and Subodh C. Bhunia, Oxford Publishers

References:
1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics by Peter V. O. Neil, Cengage Learning
Publishers.
2. Advanced Engineering Mathematics by Lawrence Turyn, CRC Press

54
 R16 B.TECH IT

MA203BS: Mathematics - III

(Statistical and Numerical Methods)

I Year II Sem. B.Tech. L T/P/D C

4 1/0/0 4
Prerequisites: Foundation course (No prerequisites).

Course Objectives: To learn

 random variables that describe randomness or an uncertainty in certain realistic
situation
 binomial geometric and normal distributions
 sampling distribution of mean, variance, point estimation and interval estimation
 the testing of hypothesis and ANOVA
 the topics those deals with methods to find roots of an equation
 to fit a desired curve by the method of least squares for the given data
 solving ordinary differential equations using numerical techniques

Course Outcomes: After learning the contents of this course the student must be able to
 differentiate among random variables involved in the probability models which are
usefull for all branches of engineering
 calculate mean, proportions and variances of sampling distributions and to make
important decisions s for few samples which are taken from a large data
 solve the tests of ANOVA for classified data
 find the root of a given equation and solution of a system of equations
 fit a curve for a given data
 find the numerical solutions for a given first order initial value problem

UNIT – I
Random variables and Distributions:
Introduction, Random variables, Discrete random variable, Continuous random variable,
Distribution function, Expectation, Moment generating function, Moments and properties.
Discrete distributions: Binomial and geometric distributions. Continuous distribution: Normal
distributions.

UNIT – II
Sampling Theory: Introduction, Population and samples, Sampling distribution of means ( 
Known)-Central limit theorem, t-distribution, Sampling distribution of means (  unknown)-
Sampling distribution of variances –  2 and F- distributions, Point estimation, Maximum
error of estimate, Interval estimation.

UNIT – III
Tests of Hypothesis: Introduction, Hypothesis, Null and Alternative Hypothesis, Type I and
Type II errors, Level of significance, One tail and two-tail tests, Tests concerning one mean
55
 R16 B.TECH IT

and proportion, two means-proportions and their differences-ANOVA for one-way classified
data.

UNIT – IV
Algebraic and Transcendental Equations & Curve Fitting: Introduction, Bisection
Method, Method of False position, Iteration methods: fixed point iteration and Newton
Raphson methods. Solving linear system of equations by Gauss-Jacobi and Gauss-Seidal
Methods.
Curve Fitting: Fitting a linear, second degree, exponential, power curve by method of least
squares.

UNIT – V
Numerical Integration and solution of Ordinary Differential equations: Trapezoidal rule-
Simpson’s 1/3rd and 3/8th rule- Solution of ordinary differential equations by Taylor’s series,
Picard’s method of successive approximations, Euler’s method, Runge-Kutta method (second
and fourth order)

Text Books:
1. Probability and Statistics for Engineers by Richard Arnold Johnson, Irwin Miller and
John E. Freund, New Delhi, Prentice Hall.
2. Probability and Statistics for Engineers and Sciences by Jay L. Devore, Cengage
Learning.
3. Numerical Methods for Scientific and Engineering Computation by M. K. Jain, S. R.
K. Iyengar and R. K. Jain, New Age International Publishers

References:
1. Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics by S. C. Guptha & V. K. Kapoor, S. Chand
2. Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis by S. S. Sastry, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd

56
 R16 B.TECH IT

CS104ES/CS204ES: COMPUTER PROGRAMMING IN C

I Year II Sem. B.Tech. L T/P/D C

3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives:
 To learn the fundamentals of computers.
 To understand the various steps in Program development.
 To learn the syntax and semantics of C Programming Language.
 To learn how to write modular and readable C Programs.
 To learn to write programs using structured programming approach in C to solve
problems.

Course Outcomes:
 Demonstrate the basic knowledge of computer hardware and software.
 Ability to write algorithms for solving problems.
 Ability to draw flowcharts for solving problems.
 Ability to code a given logic in C programming language.
 Gain knowledge in using C language for solving problems.

UNIT - I
Introduction to Computers – Computer Systems, Computing Environments, Computer
Languages, Creating and running programs, Program Development, algorithms and flowcharts ,
Number systems-Binary, Decimal, Hexadecimal and Conversions, storing integers and real
numbers.
Introduction to C Language – Background, C Programs, Identifiers, Types, Variables,
Constants, Input / Output, Operators(Arithmetic, relational, logical, bitwise etc.), Expressions,
Precedence and Associativity, Expression Evaluation, Type conversions, Statements- Selection
Statements(making decisions) – if and switch statements, Repetition statements ( loops)-while,
for, do-while statements, Loop examples, other statements related to looping – break, continue,
goto, Simple C Program examples.

UNIT - II
Functions-Designing Structured Programs, Functions, user defined functions, inter function
communication, Standard functions, Scope, Storage classes-auto, register, static, extern, scope
rules, type qualifiers, recursion- recursive functions, Limitations of recursion, example C
programs.
Arrays – Concepts, using arrays in C, inter function communication, array applications- linear
search, binary search and bubble sort, two – dimensional arrays, multidimensional arrays, C
program examples.

57
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - III
Pointers – Introduction (Basic Concepts), Pointers for inter function communication, pointers to
pointers, compatibility, Pointer Applications-Arrays and Pointers, Pointer Arithmetic and
arrays, Passing an array to a function, memory allocation functions, array of pointers,
programming applications, pointers to void, pointers to functions.
Strings – Concepts, C Strings, String Input / Output functions, arrays of strings, string
manipulation functions, string / data conversion, C program examples.

UNIT - IV
Enumerated, Structure ,and Union Types– The Type Definition (typedef), Enumerated types,
Structures –Declaration, initialization, accessing structures, operations on structures, Complex
structures-Nested structures, structures containing arrays, structures containing pointers, arrays
of structures, structures and functions, Passing structures through pointers, self referential
structures, unions, bit fields, C programming examples, command–line arguments,
Preprocessor commands.

UNIT – V
Input and Output – Concept of a file, streams, text files and binary files, Differences between
text and binary files, State of a file, Opening and Closing files, file input / output functions
(standard library input / output functions for files), file status functions (error handling),
Positioning functions (fseek ,rewind and ftell), C program examples.

Text Books:
1. Computer Science: A Structured Programming Approach Using C, B. A. Forouzan and
R. F. Gilberg, Third Edition, Cengage Learning.
2. Programming in C. P. Dey and M Ghosh , Second Edition, Oxford University Press.

Reference Books:
1. The C Programming Language, B.W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie, Second
Edition, Pearson education.
2. Programming with C, B. Gottfried, 3rd edition, Schaum’s outlines, McGraw Hill
Education (India) Pvt Ltd.
3. C From Theory to Practice, G S. Tselikis and N D. Tselikas, CRC Press.
4. Basic computation and Programming with C, Subrata Saha and S. Mukherjee,
Cambridge University Press.

58
 R16 B.TECH IT

ME106ES/ME205ES: ENGINEERING GRAPHICS

I Year II Sem. B.Tech. L T/P/D C

2 0/0/4 4
Pre-requisites: None

Course objectives:
 To provide basic concepts in engineering drawing.
 To impart knowledge about standard principles of orthographic projection of objects.
 To draw sectional views and pictorial views of solids.

Course Outcomes:
 Ability to prepare working drawings to communicate the ideas and information.
 Ability to read, understand and interpret engineering drawings.

UNIT – I
Introduction to Engineering Drawing: Principles of Engineering Graphics and their
Significance, Conic Sections. Involute, Cycloid, Epicycloid and Hypocycloid Scales – Plain
& Diagonal.

UNIT - II
Orthographic Projections: Principles of Orthographic Projections – Conventions –
Projections of Points and Straight Lines. Projections of Plane regular geometric figures.—
Auxiliary Planes.

UNIT – III
Projections of Regular Solids – Auxiliary Views.

UNIT – IV
Sections and Developments: Sectional views of Right Regular Solids – Prism, Cylinder,
Pyramid, Cone – Auxiliary views. Development of Surfaces of Right Regular Solids – Prism,
Cylinder, Pyramid, and Cone.

UNIT – V
Isometric & Orthographic Projections: Principles of Isometric Projection – Isometric Scale
– Isometric Views – Conventions – Isometric Views of Lines, Plane Figures, Simple Solids –
Conversion of Isometric Views to Orthographic Views.

Text Books:
1. Engineering Drawing N.D. Bhatt / Charotar
2. Engineering Drawing / Basant Agrawal and McAgrawal/ McGraw Hill
3. Engineering Drawing/ M.B. Shah, B.C. Rane / Pearson.
4. Engineering Drawing / N. S. Parthasarathy and Vela Murali/ Oxford

59
 R16 B.TECH IT

CH206BS: ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB

I Year II Sem. B.Tech. L T/P/D C

0 0/3/0 2
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

Volumetric Analysis:
1. Estimation of Ferrous ion by Dichrometry.
2. Estimation of hardness of water by Complexometric method using EDTA.
3. Estimation of Ferrous and Ferric ions in a given mixture by Dichrometry.
4. Estimation Ferrous ion by Permanganometry.
5. Estimation of copper by Iodomery.
6. Estimation of percentage of purity of MnO2 in pyrolusite
7. Determination of percentage of available chlorine in bleaching powder.
8. Determination of salt concentration by ion- exchange resin.

Instrumental methods of Analysis:

1. Estimation of HCl by Conductometry.
2. Estimation of Ferrous ion by Potentiometry.
3. Determination of Ferrous iron in cement by Colorimetric method.
4. Determination of viscosity of an oil by Redwood / Oswald’s Viscometer.
5. Estimation of manganese in KMnO4 by Colorimetric method.
6. Estimation o f HCl and Acetic acid in a given mixture by Conductometry.
7. Estimation of HCl by Potentiometry.

Preparation of Polymers:
1. Preparation of Bakelite and urea formaldehyde resin.

Text Books:
1. Vogel’s Text Book of Quantitative Chemical Analysis, 5th Edition (2015)
2. G. H. Jeffery, J. Bassett, J. Mendham and R. C. Denney.
3. A Text Book on experiments and calculations in Engineering Chemistry by S.S. Dara
S. Chand & Company Ltd., Delhi (2003).

60
 R16 B.TECH IT

PH107BS/PH207BS: ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB

I Year II Sem. B.Tech. L T/P/D C

0 0/3/0 2

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Dispersive power of the material of a prism – Spectrometer.

2. Determination of wavelengths of white source – Diffraction grating.
3. Newton’s Rings – Radius of curvature of Plano convex lens.
4. Melde’s experiment – Transverse and longitudinal modes.
5. Charging, discharging and time constant of an R-C circuit.
6. L-C-R circuit – Resonance & Q-factor.
7. Magnetic field along the axis of current carrying coil – Stewart and Gees method and to
verify Biot – Savart’s law.
8. Study the characteristics of LED and LASER diode.
9. Bending losses of fibres & Evaluation of numerical aperture of a given fibre.
10. Energy gap of a material of p-n junction.
11. Torsional pendulum – Rigidity modulus.
12. Wavelength of light, resolving power and dispersive power of a diffraction grating using
laser.
13. V-I characteristics of a solar cell.

(Any TEN experiments compulsory)

61
 R16 B.TECH IT

CS108ES/CS208ES: COMPUTER PROGRAMMING IN C LAB

I Year II Sem. B.Tech. L T/P/D C

0 0/3/0 2

Course Objective:
 To write programs in C using structured programming approach to solve the problems.

Course Outcomes:
 Ability to design and test programs to solve mathematical and scientific problems.
 Ability to write structured programs using control structures and functions.

Recommended Systems/Software Requirements:

 Intel based desktop PC
 GNU C Compiler

1. a) Write a C program to find the factorial of a positive integer.

b) Write a C program to find the roots of a quadratic equation.
2. a) Write a C program to determine if the given number is a prime number or not.
b) A Fibonacci sequence is defined as follows: the first and second terms in the sequence
are 0 and 1.Subsequent terms are found by adding the preceding two terms in the
sequence. Write a C program to generate the first n terms of the sequence.
3. a) Write a C program to construct a pyramid of numbers.
b) Write a C program to calculate the following Sum:
Sum=1-x2/2! +x4/4!-x6/6!+x8/8!-x10/10!
4. a) The least common multiple (lcm) of two positive integers a and b is the smallest integer
that is evenly divisible by both a and b. Write a C program that reads two integers and
calls lcm (a, b) function that takes two integer arguments and returns their lcm. The lcm
(a, b) function should calculate the least common multiple by calling the gcd (a, b)
function and using the following relation:
LCM (a,b) = ab / gcd (a,b)
b) Write a C program that reads two integers n and r to compute the ncr value using the
following relation:
ncr (n,r) = n! / r! (n-r)! . Use a function for computing the factorial value of an integer.
5. a) Write C program that reads two integers x and n and calls a recursive function to
compute xn
b) Write a C program that uses a recursive function to solve the Towers of Hanoi problem.
c) Write a C program that reads two integers and calls a recursive function to compute ncr
value.

62
 R16 B.TECH IT

6. a) Write a C program to generate all the prime numbers between 1 and n, where n is a value
supplied by the user using Sieve of Eratosthenes algorithm.
b) Write a C program that uses non recursive function to search for a Key value in a given
list of integers. Use linear search method.
7. a) Write a menu-driven C program that allows a user to enter n numbers and then choose
between finding the smallest, largest, sum, or average. The menu and all the choices
are to be functions. Use a switch statement to determine what action to take. Display an
error message if an invalid choice is entered.
b) Write a C program that uses non recursive function to search for a Key value in a given
sorted list of integers. Use binary search method.
8 a) Write a C program that implements the Bubble sort method to sort a given list of
integers in ascending order.
b) Write a C program that reads two matrices and uses functions to perform the following:
1. Addition of two matrices
2. Multiplication of two matrices
9. a) Write a C program that uses functions to perform the following operations:
1. to insert a sub-string into a given main string from a given position.
2. to delete n characters from a given position in a given string.
b) Write a C program that uses a non recursive function to determine if the given string is a
palindrome or not.
10. a) Write a C program to replace a substring with another in a given line of text.
b) Write a C program that reads 15 names each of up to 30 characters, stores them
in an array, and uses an array of pointers to display them in ascending (ie.
alphabetical) order.
11. a) 2’s complement of a number is obtained by scanning it from right to left and
complementing all the bits after the first appearance of a 1. Thus 2’s complement of
11100 is 00100. Write a C program to find the 2’s complement of a binary number.
b) Write a C program to convert a positive integer to a roman numeral. Ex. 11 is converted
to XI.
12. a) Write a C program to display the contents of a file to standard output device.
b) Write a C program which copies one file to another, replacing all lowercase characters
with their uppercase equivalents.
13. a) Write a C program to count the number of times a character occurs in a text file. The file
name and the character are supplied as command-line arguments.
b) Write a C program to compare two files, printing the first line where they differ.
14. a) Write a C program to change the nth character (byte) in a text file. Use fseek function.
b) Write a C program to reverse the first n characters in a file. The file name and n are
specified on the command line. Use fseek function.
15. a) Write a C program to merge two files into a third file (i.e., the contents of the firs t file
followed by those of the second are put in the third file).

63
 R16 B.TECH IT

b) Define a macro that finds the maximum of two numbers. Write a C program that uses
the macro and prints the maximum of two numbers.

Reference Books:
1. Mastering C, K.R. Venugopal and S.R. Prasad, TMH Publishers.
2. Computer Programming in C, V. Rajaraman, PHI.
3. Programming in C, Stephen G. Kochan, Fourth Edition, Pearson Education.
4. C++: The complete reference, H. Schildt, TMH Publishers.

64
 R16 B.TECH IT

MA301BS: MATHEMATICS - IV
(Complex Variables and Fourier Analysis)

B.Tech. II Year I Sem. L T P C

4 1 0 4
Prerequisites: Foundation course (No Prerequisites).

Course Objectives: To learn

 differentiation and integration of complex valued functions
 evaluation of integrals using Cauchy’s integral formula
 Laurent’s series expansion of complex functions
 evaluation of integrals using Residue theorem
 express a periodic function by Fourier series and a non-periodic function by Fourier
transform
 to analyze the displacements of one dimensional wave and distribution of one
dimensional heat equation

Course Outcomes: After learning the contents of this paper the student must be able to:
 analyze the complex functions with reference to their analyticity, integration using
Cauchy’s integral theorem
 find the Taylor’s and Laurent’s series expansion of complex functions
 the bilinear transformation
 express any periodic function in term of sines and cosines
 express a non-periodic function as integral representation
 analyze one dimensional wave and heat equation

UNIT – I
Functions of a complex variable: Introduction, Continuity, Differentiability, Analyticity,
properties, Cauchy, Riemann equations in Cartesian and polar coordinates. Harmonic and
conjugate harmonic functions-Milne-Thompson method

UNIT - II
Complex integration: Line integral, Cauchy’s integral theorem, Cauchy’s integral formula,
and Generalized Cauchy’s integral formula, Power series: Taylor’s series- Laurent series,
Singular points, isolated singular points, pole of order m – essential singularity, Residue,
Cauchy Residue theorem (Without proof).

UNIT – III
Evaluation of Integrals: Types of real integrals:

c  2
a) Improper real integrals  f ( x)dx (b)  f (cos  ,sin  )d
c


Bilinear transformation- fixed point- cross ratio- properties- invariance of circles.

65
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT – IV
Fourier series and Transforms: Introduction, Periodic functions, Fourier series of periodic
function, Dirichlet’s conditions, Even and odd functions, Change of interval, Half range sine
and cosine series.
Fourier integral theorem (without proof), Fourier sine and cosine integrals, sine and cosine,
transforms, properties, inverse transforms, Finite Fourier transforms.

UNIT – V
Applications of PDE: Classification of second order partial differential equations, method of
separation of variables, Solution of one dimensional wave and heat equations.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. A first course in complex analysis with applications by Dennis G. Zill and Patrick
Shanahan, Johns and Bartlett Publishers.
2. Higher Engineering Mathematics by Dr. B. S. Grewal, Khanna Publishers.
3. Advanced engineering Mathematics with MATLAB by Dean G. Duffy

REFERENCES:
1. Fundamentals of Complex Analysis by Saff, E. B. and A. D. Snider, Pearson.
2. Advanced Engineering Mathematics by Louis C. Barrett, McGraw Hill.

66
 R16 B.TECH IT

CS302ES: DATA STRUCTURES THROUGH C++

B.Tech. II Year I Sem. L T P C

4 0 0 4
Course Objectives:
 To understand the basic concepts such as Abstract Data Types, Linear and Non Linear
Data structures.
 To understand the notations used to analyze the Performance of algorithms.
 To understand the behavior of data structures such as stacks, queues, trees, hash
tables, search trees, Graphs and their representations.
 To choose an appropriate data structure for a specified application.
 To understand and analyze various searching and sorting algorithms.
 To learn to implement ADTs such as lists, stacks, queues, trees, graphs, search trees
in C++ to solve problems.

Course Outcomes:
 Ability to choose appropriate data structures to represent data items in real world
problems.
 Ability to analyze the time and space complexities of algorithms.
 Ability to design programs using a variety of data structures such as stacks, queues,
hash tables, binary trees, search trees, heaps, graphs, and B-trees.
 Able to analyze and implement various kinds of searching and sorting techniques.

UNIT - I
C++ Programming Concepts: Review of C, input and output in C++, functions in C++-
value parameters, reference parameters, Parameter passing, function overloading, function
templates, Exceptions-throwing an exception and handling an exception, arrays, pointers,
new and delete operators, class and object, access specifiers , friend functions, constructors
and destructor, Operator overloading, class templates, Inheritance and Polymorphism..
Basic Concepts - Data objects and Structures, Algorithm Specification-Introduction,
Recursive algorithms, Data Abstraction, Performance analysis- time complexity and space
complexity, Asymptotic Notation-Big O, Omega and Theta notations, Complexity Analysis
Examples, Introduction to Linear and Non Linear data structures.

UNIT - II
Representation of single, two dimensional arrays, sparse matrices-array and linked
representations.
Linear list ADT-array representation and linked representation, Singly Linked Lists-
Operations-Insertion, Deletion, Circularly linked lists-Operations for Circularly linked lists,
Doubly Linked Lists- Operations- Insertion, Deletion.
Stack ADT, definition, array and linked implementations, applications-infix to postfix
conversion, Postfix expression evaluation, recursion implementation, Queue ADT, definition,
array and linked Implementations, Circular queues-Insertion and deletion operations.

67
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - III
Trees – definition, terminology, Binary trees-definition, Properties of Binary Trees, Binary
Tree ADT, representation of Binary Trees-array and linked representations, Binary Tree
traversals, Threaded binary trees, Priority Queues –Definition and applications, Max Priority
Queue ADT-implementation-Max Heap-Definition, Insertion into a Max Heap, Deletion
from a Max Heap.

UNIT - IV
Searching - Linear Search, Binary Search, Hashing-Introduction, hash tables, hash functions,
Overflow Handling, Comparison of Searching methods.
Sorting-Insertion Sort, Selection Sort, Radix Sort, Quick sort, Heap Sort, Merge sort,
Comparison of Sorting methods.
.
UNIT - V
Graphs–Definitions, Terminology, Applications and more definitions, Properties, Graph
ADT, Graph Representations- Adjacency matrix, Adjacency lists, Graph Search methods -
DFS and BFS, Complexity analysis,
Search Trees-Binary Search Tree ADT, Definition, Operations- Searching, Insertion and
Deletion, Balanced search trees-AVL Trees-Definition and Examples only, B-Trees-
Definition and Examples only, Red-Black Trees-Definitions and Examples only, Comparison
of Search Trees.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Data structures, Algorithms and Applications in C++, 2nd Edition, Sartaj Sahni,
Universities Press.
2. Data structures and Algorithms in C++, Adam Drozdek, 4th edition, Cengage learning.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Data structures with C++, J. Hubbard, Schaum’s outlines, TMH.
2. Data structures and Algorithms in C++, M.T. Goodrich, R. Tamassia and D. Mount,
Wiley India.
3. Data structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++, 3rd edition, M. A. Weiss, Pearson.
4. Classic Data Structures, D. Samanta, 2nd edition, PHI.

68
 R16 B.TECH IT

CS303ES: MATHEMATICAL FOUNDATIONS OF COMPUTER SCIENCE

B.Tech. II Year I Sem. L T P C

4 0 0 4

Course Objectives:
 To introduce the concepts of mathematical logic.
 To introduce the concepts of sets, relations, and functions.
 To perform the operations associated with sets, functions, and relations.
 To relate practical examples to the appropriate set, function, or relation model, and
interpret the associated operations and terminology in context.
 To introduce generating functions and recurrence relations.
 To use Graph Theory for solving problems.

Course Outcomes
 Ability to apply mathematical logic to solve problems.
 Understand sets, relations, functions, and discrete structures.
 Able to use logical notation to define and reason about fundamental mathematical
concepts such as sets, relations, and functions.
 Able to formulate problems and solve recurrence relations.
 Able to model and solve real-world problems using graphs and trees.

UNIT - I
Mathematical logic: Introduction, Statements and Notation, Connectives, Normal Forms,
Theory of Inference for the Statement Calculus, The Predicate Calculus, Inference Theory of
the Predicate Calculus.

UNIT - II
Set theory: Introduction, Basic Concepts of Set Theory, Representation of Discrete
Structures, Relations and Ordering, Functions.
Algebraic Structures: Introduction, Algebraic Systems, Semi groups and Monoids, Groups,
Lattices as Partially Ordered Sets, Boolean algebra.

UNIT - III
Elementary Combinatorics: Basics of Counting, Combinations and Permutations,
Enumeration of Combinations and Permutations, Enumerating Combinations and
Permutations with Repetitions, Enumerating Permutations with Constrained Repetitions,
Binomial Coefficients, The Binomial and Multinomial Theorems, The Principle of Inclusion-
Exclusion.

UNIT - IV
Recurrence Relations: Generating Functions of Sequences, Calculating Coefficients of
generating functions, Recurrence relations, Solving recurrence relations by substitution and

69
 R16 B.TECH IT

Generating functions, The method of Characteristic roots, Solutions of Inhomogeneous

Recurrence Relations.

UNIT - V
Graphs: Basic Concepts, Isomorphisms and Subgraphs, Trees and their Properties, Spanning
Trees, Directed Trees, Binary Trees, Planar Graphs, Euler’s Formula, Multigraphs and Euler
Circuits, Hamiltonian Graphs, Chromatic Numbers, The Four-Color Problem.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Discrete Mathematical Structures with Applications to Computer Science, J.P.
Tremblay, R. Manohar, McGraw Hill education (India) Private Limited. (UNITS - I ,
II )
2. Discrete Mathematics for Computer Scientists & Mathematicians, Joe L. Mott,
Abraham Kandel, Theodore P. Baker, Pearson , 2nd ed. (Units - III, IV, V )

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Discrete Mathematics and its Applications, Kenneth H. Rosen, 7th Edition, McGraw
Hill education (India) Private Limited.
2. Discrete Mathematics, D.S. Malik & M.K. Sen, Revised edition Cengage Learning.
3. Elements of Discrete Mathematics, C. L. Liu and D. P. Mohapatra, 4th edition,
McGraw Hill education (India) Private Limited.
4. Discrete Mathematics with Applications, Thomas Koshy, Elsevier.
5. Discrete and Combinatorial Mathematics, R. P. Grimaldi, Pearson.

70
 R16 B.TECH IT

CS304ES: DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN

B.Tech. II Year I Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
 To understand basic number systems, codes and logical gates.
 To understand the concepts of Boolean algebra.
 To understand the use of minimization logic to solve the Boolean logic expressions.
 To understand the design of combinational and sequential circuits.
 To understand the state reduction methods for Sequential circuits.
 To understand the basics of various types of memories.

Course Outcomes:
 Able to understand number systems and codes.
 Able to solve Boolean expressions using Minimization methods.
 Able to design the sequential and combinational circuits.
 Able to apply state reduction methods to solve sequential circuits.

UNIT - I
Digital Systems, Binary Numbers, Number base conversions, Octal, Hexadecimal and other
base numbers, complements, signed binary numbers, Floating point number representation,
binary codes, Error detection and correction, binary storage and registers, binary logic,
Boolean algebra and logic gates , Basic theorems and properties of Boolean Algebra,
Boolean functions, canonical and standard forms, Digital Logic Gates.

UNIT - II
Gate–Level Minimization, The K-Map Method, Three-Variable Map, Four-Variable Map,
Five-Variable Map , sum of products , product of sums simplification, Don’t care conditions ,
NAND and NOR implementation and other two level implementations, Exclusive-OR
function.

UNIT - III
Combinational Circuits (CC), Analysis procedure, Design Procedure, Combinational circuit
for different code converters and other problems, Binary Adder-Subtractor, Decimal Adder,
Binary Multiplier, Magnitude Comparator, Decoders, Encoders, Multiplexers, De-
multiplexers.

UNIT - IV
Synchronous Sequential Circuits, Latches, Flip-flops, analysis of clocked sequential circuits,
Registers, Shift registers, Ripple counters, Synchronous counters, other counters.
Asynchronous Sequential Circuits -Introduction, Analysis procedure, Circuits with latches,
Design procedure, Reduction of state and follow tables, Race- free state assignment, Hazards.

71
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - V
Memory: Introduction, Random-Access memory, Memory decoding, ROM, Programmable
Logic Array, Programmable Array Logic, Sequential programmable devices.
Register Transfer and Microoperations - Register Transfer Language, Register Transfer, Bus
and Memory Transfers,
Arithmetic Microoperations, Logic Microoperations, Shift Microoperations, Arithmetic Logic
Shift Unit.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Digital Design, M. Morris Mano, M.D.Ciletti, 5th edition, Pearson.(Units I, II, III, IV,
Part of Unit V)
2. Computer System Architecture, M.Morris Mano, 3rd edition, Pearson.(Part of Unit V)

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Switching and Finite Automata Theory, Z. Kohavi, Tata McGraw Hill.
2. Fundamentals of Logic Design, C. H. Roth, L. L. Kinney, 7th edition, Cengage
Learning.
3. Fundamentals of Digital Logic & Micro Computer Design, 5TH Edition, M.
Rafiquzzaman, John Wiley.

72
 R16 B.TECH IT

CS305ES: OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING THROUGH JAVA

B.Tech. II Year I Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To introduce the object oriented programming concepts.
 To understand object oriented programming concepts, and apply them in solving
problems.
 To introduce the principles of inheritance and polymorphism; and demonstrate how
they relate to the design of abstract classes
 To introduce the implementation of packages and interfaces
 To introduce the concepts of exception handling and multithreading.
 To introduce the design of Graphical User Interface using applets and swing controls.

Course Outcomes
 Able to solve real world problems using OOP techniques.
 Able to understand the use of abstract classes.
 Able to solve problems using java collection framework and I/o classes.
 Able to develop multithreaded applications with synchronization.
 Able to develop applets for web applications.
 Able to design GUI based applications

UNIT - I
Object-oriented thinking- A way of viewing world – Agents and Communities, messages
and methods, Responsibilities, Classes and Instances, Class Hierarchies- Inheritance, Method
binding, Overriding and Exceptions, Summary of Object-Oriented concepts. Java buzzwords,
An Overview of Java, Data types, Variables and Arrays, operators, expressions, control
statements, Introducing classes, Methods and Classes, String handling.
Inheritance– Inheritance concept, Inheritance basics, Member access, Constructors, Creating
Multilevel hierarchy, super uses, using final with inheritance, Polymorphism-ad hoc
polymorphism, pure polymorphism, method overriding, abstract classes, Object class, forms
of inheritance- specialization, specification, construction, extension, limitation, combination,
benefits of inheritance, costs of inheritance.

UNIT - II
Packages- Defining a Package, CLASSPATH, Access protection, importing packages.
Interfaces- defining an interface, implementing interfaces, Nested interfaces, applying
interfaces, variables in interfaces and extending interfaces.
Stream based I/O(java.io) – The Stream classes-Byte streams and Character streams,
Reading console Input and Writing Console Output, File class, Reading and writing Files,
Random access file operations, The Console class, Serialization, Enumerations, auto boxing,
generics.

73
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - III
Exception handling - Fundamentals of exception handling, Exception types, Termination or
resumptive models, Uncaught exceptions, using try and catch, multiple catch clauses, nested
try statements, throw, throws and finally, built- in exceptions, creating own exception sub
classes.
Multithreading- Differences between thread-based multitasking and process-based
multitasking, Java thread model, creating threads, thread priorities, synchronizing threads,
inter thread communication.

UNIT - IV
The Collections Framework (java.util)- Collections overview, Collection Interfaces, The
Collection classes- Array List, Linked List, Hash Set, Tree Set, Priority Queue, Array Deque.
Accessing a Collection via an Iterator, Using an Iterator, The For-Each alternative, Map
Interfaces and Classes, Comparators, Collection algorithms, Arrays, The Legacy Classes and
Interfaces- Dictionary, Hashtable ,Properties, Stack, Vector
More Utility classes, String Tokenizer, Bit Set, Date, Calendar, Random, Formatter, Scanner

UNIT - V
GUI Programming with Swing – Introduction, limitations of AWT, MVC architecture,
components, containers. Understanding Layout Managers, Flow Layout, Border Layout,
Grid Layout, Card Layout, Grid Bag Layout.
Event Handling- The Delegation event model- Events, Event sources, Event Listeners,
Event classes, Handling mouse and keyboard events, Adapter classes, Inner classes,
Anonymous Inner classes.
A Simple Swing Application, Applets – Applets and HTML, Security Issues, Applets and
Applications, passing parameters to applets. Creating a Swing Applet, Painting in Swing, A
Paint example, Exploring Swing Controls- JLabel and Image Icon, JText Field, The Swing
Buttons- JButton, JToggle Button, JCheck Box, JRadio Button, JTabbed Pane, JScroll Pane,
JList, JCombo Box, Swing Menus, Dialogs.

TEXT BOOKS
1. Java The complete reference, 9th edition, Herbert Schildt, McGraw Hill Education
(India) Pvt. Ltd.
2. Understanding Object-Oriented Programming with Java, updated edition, T. Budd,
Pearson Education.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. An Introduction to programming and OO design using Java, J. Nino and F.A. Hosch,
John Wiley & sons.
2. Introduction to Java programming, Y. Daniel Liang, Pearson Education.
3. Object Oriented Programming through Java, P. Radha Krishna, Universities Press.
4. Programming in Java, S. Malhotra, S. Chudhary, 2nd edition, Oxford Univ. Press.
5. Java Programming and Object oriented Application Development, R. A. Johnson,
Cengage Learning.
74
 R16 B.TECH IT

CS306ES: DATA STRUCTURES THROUGH C++ LAB

B.Tech. II Year I Sem. L T P C

0 0 3 2
Course Objectives:
 To write and execute programs in C++ to solve problems using data structures such as
arrays, linked lists, stacks, queues, trees, graphs, hash tables and search trees.
 To learn to write C++programs to implement various sorting and searching
algorithms.

Course Outcomes:
 Able to identify the appropriate data structures and algorithms for solving real world
problems.
 Able to implement various kinds of searching and sorting techniques.
 Able to implement data structures such as stacks, queues, Search trees, and hash
tables to solve various computing problems.

1. Write a C++ program that uses functions to perform the following:

a) Create a singly linked list of integers.
b) Delete a given integer from the above linked list.
c) Display the contents of the above list after deletion.

2. Write a template based C++ program that uses functions to perform the following:
a) Create a doubly linked list of elements.
b) Delete a given element from the above doubly linked list.
c) Display the contents of the above list after deletion.

3. Write a C++ program that uses stack operations to convert a given infix expression into its
postfix equivalent, Implement the stack using an array.

4. Write a C++ program to implement a double ended queue ADT using an array, using a
doubly linked list.

5. Write a C++ program that uses functions to perform the following:

a) Create a binary search tree of characters.
b) Traverse the above Binary search tree recursively in preorder, in order and post order,

6. Write a C++ program that uses function templates to perform the following:
a) Search for a key element in a list of elements using linear search.
b) Search for a key element in a list of sorted elements using binary search.

7. Write a C++ program that implements Insertion sort algorithm to arrange a list of integers
in ascending order.

75
 R16 B.TECH IT

8. Write a template based C++ program that implements selection sort algorithm to arrange a
list of elements in descending order.

9. Write a template based C++ program that implements Quick sort algorithm to arrange a list
of elements in ascending order.

10. Write a C++ program that implements Heap sort algorithm for sorting a list of integers in
ascending order.

11. Write a C++ program that implements Merge sort algorithm for sorting a list of integers
in ascending order

12. Write a C++ program to implement all the functions of a dictionary (ADT) using hashing.

13. Write a C++ program that implements Radix sort algorithm for sorting a list of integers in
ascending order

14. Write a C++ program that uses functions to perform the following:
a) Create a binary search tree of integers.
b) Traverse the above Binary search tree non recursively in inorder.

15. Write a C++ program that uses functions to perform the following:
a) Create a binary search tree of integers.
b) Search for an integer key in the above binary search tree non recursively.
c) Search for an integer key in the above binary search tree recursively.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Data Structures using C++, D. S. Malik, 2nd edition, Cengage learning.
2. Data Structures using C++, V. Patil, Oxford University Press.
3. Fundamentals of Data structures in C++, 2nd edition, E. Horowitz, S. Sahni and D.
Mehta, Universities Press.
4. C++ Plus Data Structures, 4th edition, Nell Dale, Jones and Bartlett student edition.

76
 R16 B.TECH IT

CS307ES: IT WORKSHOP

B.Tech. II Year I Sem. L T P C

0 0 3 2

Course Objectives:
 The IT Workshop is a training lab course to get training on PC Hardware, Internet &
World Wide Web, and Productivity tools for documentation, Spreadsheet
computations, and Presentation.
 To introduce to a personal computer and its basic peripherals, the process of
assembling a personal computer, installation of system software like MS Windows,
Linux and the required device drivers, hardware and software level troubleshooting
process.
 To introduce connecting the PC on to the internet from home and workplace and
effectively usage of the internet, Usage of web browsers, email, newsgroups and
discussion forums. To get knowledge in awareness of cyber hygiene, i.e., protecting
the personal computer from getting infected with the viruses, worms and other cyber
attacks.
 To introduce the usage of Productivity tools in crafting professional word documents,
excel spreadsheets and power point presentations using open office tools and LaTeX.

Course Outcomes:
 Apply knowledge for computer assembling and software installation.
 Ability how to solve the trouble shooting problems.
 Apply the tools for preparation of PPT, Documentation and budget sheet etc.

PC Hardware: The students should work on working PC to disassemble and assemble to

working condition and install operating system like Linux or any other on the same PC.
Students are suggested to work similar tasks in the Laptop scenario wherever possible.

Problem 1: Every student should identify the peripherals of a computer, components in a

CPU and its functions. Draw the block diagram of the CPU along with the configuration of
each peripheral and submit to your instructor. Every student should disassemble and
assemble the PC back to working condition.

Problem 2: Every student should individually install operating system like Linux or MS
windows on the personal computer. The system should be configured as dual boot with both
windows and Linux.

Problem 3: Hardware Troubleshooting: Students have to be given a PC which does not boot
due to improper assembly or defective peripherals. They should identify the problem and fix
it to get the computer back to working condition.

77
 R16 B.TECH IT

Problem 4: Software Troubleshooting: Students have to be given a malfunctioning CPU due

to system software problems. They should identify the problem and fix it to get the computer
back to working condition.

Internet & World Wide Web.

Problem 5: Orientation & Connectivity Boot Camp: Students should get connected to their
Local Area Network and access the Internet. In the process they configure the TCP/IP setting.
Finally students should demonstrate how to access the websites and email.

Problem 6: Web Browsers, Surfing the Web: Students customize their web browsers with
the LAN proxy settings, bookmarks, search toolbars and pop up blockers. Also, plug-ins like
Macromedia Flash and JRE for applets should be configured.

Problem 7: Search Engines & Netiquette: Students should know what search engines are and
how to use the search engines. Usage of search engines like Google, Yahoo, ask.com and
others should be demonstrated by student.

Problem 8: Cyber Hygiene: Students should learn about viruses on the internet and install
antivirus software. Student should learn to customize the browsers to block pop ups, block
active x downloads to avoid viruses and/or worms.

Problem 9: Develop home page: Student should learn to develop his/her home page using
HTML consisting of his/her photo, name, address and education details as a table and his/her
skill set as a list.

Productivity tools: LaTeX and Word

Word Orientation: An overview of LaTeX and Microsoft (MS) office / equivalent (FOSS)
tool word should be learned: Importance of LaTeX and MS office / equivalent (FOSS) tool
Word as word Processors, Details of the three tasks and features that should be covered in
each, using LaTeX and word – Accessing, overview of toolbars, saving files, Using help and
resources, rulers, format painter.

Problem 10: Using LaTeX and Word to create project certificate. Features to be covered:-
Formatting Fonts in word, Drop Cap in word, Applying Text effects, Using Character
Spacing, Borders and Colors, Inserting Header and Footer, Using Date and Time option in
both LaTeX and Word.

Problem 11: Creating project abstract Features to be covered:-Formatting Styles, Inserting

table, Bullets and Numbering, Changing Text Direction, Cell alignment, Footnote, Hyperlink,
Symbols, Spell Check, Track Changes.

Problem 12: Creating a Newsletter: Features to be covered:- Table of Content, Newspaper

columns, Images from files and clipart, Drawing toolbar and Word Art, Formatting Images,
Textboxes, Paragraphs in word.
78
 R16 B.TECH IT

Problem 13 - Spreadsheet Orientation: Accessing, overview of toolbars, saving

spreadsheet files, Using help and resources. Creating a Scheduler:- Gridlines, Format Cells,
Summation, auto fill, Formatting Text

Problem 14: Calculating GPA - .Features to be covered:- Cell Referencing, Formulae in

spreadsheet – average, std. deviation, Charts, Renaming and Inserting worksheets, Hyper
linking, Count function, Sorting, Conditional formatting.

Problem 15: Creating Power Point: Student should work on basic power point utilities and
tools in Latex and Ms Office/equivalent (FOSS) which help them create basic power point
presentation. PPT Orientation, Slide Layouts, Inserting Text, Formatting Text, Bullets and
Numbering, Auto Shapes, Lines and Arrows, Hyperlinks, Inserting Images, Tables and
Charts

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Introduction to Information Technology, ITL Education Solutions limited, Pearson
Education.
2. LaTeX Companion – Leslie Lamport, PHI/Pearson.
3. Comdex Information Technology course tool kit Vikas Gupta, WILEY Dreamtech
4. IT Essentials PC Hardware and Software Companion Guide Third Edition by David
Anfinson and Ken Quamme. – CISCO Press, Pearson Education.
5. PC Hardware and A+ Handbook – Kate J. Chase PHI (Microsoft)

79
 R16 B.TECH IT

CS308ES: OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING THROUGH JAVA LAB

B.Tech. II Year I Sem. L T P C

0 0 3 2

Course Objectives:
 To write programs using abstract classes.
 To write programs for solving real world problems using java collection frame work.
 To write multithreaded programs.
 To write GUI programs using swing controls in Java.
 To introduce java compiler and eclipse platform.
 To impart hands on experience with java programming.

Course Outcomes:
 Able to write programs for solving real world problems using java collection frame
work.
 Able to write programs using abstract classes.
 Able to write multithreaded programs.
 Able to write GUI programs using swing controls in Java.

Note:
1. Use Linux and MySQL for the Lab Experiments. Though not mandatory, encourage
the use of Eclipse platform.
2. The list suggests the minimum program set. Hence, the concerned staff is requested to
add more problems to the list as needed.

1. Use Eclipse or Net bean platform and acquaint with the various menus. Create a test
project, add a test class, and run it. See how you can use auto suggestions, auto fill.
Try code formatter and code refactoring like renaming variables, methods, and
classes. Try debug step by step with a small program of about 10 to 15 lines which
contains at least one if else condition and a for loop.

2. Write a Java program that works as a simple calculator. Use a grid layout to arrange
buttons for the digits and for the +, -,*, % operations. Add a text field to display the
result. Handle any possible exceptions like divided by zero.

3. A) Develop an applet in Java that displays a simple message.

b) Develop an applet in Java that receives an integer in one text field, and computes
its factorial Value and returns it in another text field, when the button named
“Compute” is clicked.

4. Write a Java program that creates a user interface to perform integer divisions. The
user enters two numbers in the text fields, Num1 and Num2. The division of Num1

80
 R16 B.TECH IT

and Num 2 is displayed in the Result field when the Divide button is clicked. If Num1
or Num2 were not an integer, the program would throw a Number Format Exception.
If Num2 were Zero, the program would throw an Arithmetic Exception. Display the
exception in a message dialog box.

5. Write a Java program that implements a multi-thread application that has three
threads. First thread generates random integer every 1 second and if the value is even,
second thread computes the square of the number and prints. If the value is odd, the
third thread will print the value of cube of the number.

6. Write a Java program for the following:

i) Create a doubly linked list of elements.
ii) Delete a given element from the above list.
iii) Display the contents of the list after deletion.

7. Write a Java program that simulates a traffic light. The program lets the user select
one of three lights: red, yellow, or green with radio buttons. On selecting a button, an
appropriate message with “Stop” or “Ready” or “Go” should appear above the buttons
in selected color. Initially, there is no message shown.

8. Write a Java program to create an abstract class named Shape that contains two
integers and an empty method named print Area (). Provide three classes named
Rectangle, Triangle, and Circle such that each one of the classes extends the class
Shape. Each one of the classes contains only the method print Area () that prints the
area of the given shape.

9. Suppose that a table named Table.txt is stored in a text file. The first line in the file is
the header, and the remaining lines correspond to rows in the table. The elements are
separated by commas. Write a java program to display the table using Labels in Grid
Layout.

10. Write a Java program that handles all mouse events and shows the event name at the
center of the window when a mouse event is fired (Use Adapter classes).

11. Write a Java program that loads names and phone numbers from a text file where the
data is organized as one line per record and each field in a record are separated by a
tab (\t). It takes a name or phone number as input and prints the corresponding other
value from the hash table (hint: use hash tables).

12. Write a Java program that correctly implements the producer – consumer problem
using the concept of interthread communication.

13. Write a Java program to list all the files in a directory including the files present in all
its subdirectories.
81
 R16 B.TECH IT

14. Write a Java program that implements Quick sort algorithm for sorting a list of names
in ascending order

15. Write a Java program that implements Bubble sort algorithm for sorting in descending
order and also shows the number of interchanges occurred for the given set of
integers.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Java for Programmers, P. J. Deitel and H. M. Deitel, 10th Edition Pearson education.
2. Thinking in Java, Bruce Eckel, Pearson Education.
3. Java Programming, D. S. Malik and P. S. Nair, Cengage Learning.
4. Core Java, Volume 1, 9th edition, Cay S. Horstmann and G Cornell, Pearson.

82
 R16 B.TECH IT

MC300ES: ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech. II Year I Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 0

Course Objectives:
 Understanding the importance of ecological balance for sustainable development.
 Understanding the impacts of developmental activities and mitigation measures
 Understanding the environmental policies and regulations

Course Outcomes:
Based on this course, the Engineering graduate will understand /evaluate / develop
technologies on the basis of ecological principles and environmental regulations which in
turn helps in sustainable development

UNIT - I
Ecosystems: Definition, Scope and Importance of ecosystem. Classification, structure, and
function of an ecosystem, Food chains, food webs, and ecological pyramids. Flow of energy,
Biogeochemical cycles, Bioaccumulation, Biomagnification, ecosystem value, services and
carrying capacity, Field visits.

UNIT - II
Natural Resources: Classification of Resources: Living and Non-Living resources, water
resources: use and over utilization of surface and ground water, floods and droughts, Dams:
benefits and problems. Mineral resources: use and exploitation, environmental effects of
extracting and using mineral resources, Land resources: Forest resources, Energy
resources: growing energy needs, renewable and non renewable energy sources, use of
alternate energy source, case studies.

UNIT - III
Biodiversity And Biotic Resources: Introduction, Definition, genetic, species and ecosystem
diversity. Value of biodiversity; consumptive use, productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic
and optional values. India as a mega diversity nation, Hot spots of biodiversity. Field visit.
Threats to biodiversity: habitat loss, poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts;
conservation of biodiversity: In-Situ and Ex-situ conservation. National Biodiversity act.

UNIT - IV
Environmental Pollution and Control Technologies: Environmental Pollution:
Classification of pollution, Air Pollution: Primary and secondary pollutants, Automobile and
Industrial pollution, Ambient air quality standards. Water pollution: Sources and types of
pollution, drinking water quality standards. Soil Pollution: Sources and types, Impacts of
modern agriculture, degradation of soil. Noise Pollution: Sources and Health hazards,
standards, Solid waste: Municipal Solid Waste management, composition and characteristics

83
 R16 B.TECH IT

of e-Waste and its management. Pollution control technologies: Wastewater Treatment

methods: Primary, secondary and Tertiary.
Overview of air pollution control technologies, Concepts of bioremediation. Global
Environmental Problems and Global Efforts: Climate change and impacts on human
environment. Ozone depletion and Ozone depleting substances (ODS). Deforestation and
desertification. International conventions / Protocols: Earth summit, Kyoto protocol, and
Montréal Protocol.

UNIT - V
Environmental Policy, Legislation & EIA: Environmental Protection act, Legal aspects
Air Act- 1981, Water Act, Forest Act, Wild life Act, Municipal solid waste management and
handling rules, biomedical waste management and handling rules, hazardous waste
management and handling rules. EIA: EIA structure, methods of baseline data acquisition.
Overview on Impacts of air, water, biological and Socio-economical aspects. Strategies for
risk assessment, Concepts of Environmental Management Plan (EMP). Towards
Sustainable Future: Concept of Sustainable Development, Population and its explosion,
Crazy Consumerism, Environmental Education, Urban Sprawl, Human health,
Environmental Ethics, Concept of Green Building, Ecological Foot Print, Life Cycle
assessment (LCA), Low carbon life style.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Textbook of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate Courses by Erach Bharucha
for University Grants Commission.
2. Environmental Studies by R. Rajagopalan, Oxford University Press.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Environmental Science: towards a sustainable future by Richard T. Wright. 2008 PHL
Learning Private Ltd. New Delhi.
2. Environmental Engineering and science by Gilbert M. Masters and Wendell P. Ela.
2008 PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
3. Environmental Science by Daniel B. Botkin & Edward A. Keller, Wiley INDIA
edition.
4. Environmental Studies by Anubha Kaushik, 4th Edition, New age international
publishers.
5. Text book of Environmental Science and Technology - Dr. M. Anji Reddy 2007, BS
Publications.

84
 R16 B.TECH IT

CS401ES: COMPUTER ORGANIZATION

B.Tech. II Year II Sem. L T P C
4 0 0 4

Course Objectives:
 To understand basic components of computers.
 To understand the architecture of 8086 processor.
 To understand the instruction sets, instruction formats and various addressing modes
of 8086.
 To understand the representation of data at the machine level and how computations
are performed
at machine level.
 To understand the memory organization and I/O organization.
 To understand the parallelism both in terms of single and multiple processors.

Course Outcomes:
 Able to understand the basic components and the design of CPU, ALU and Control
Unit.
 Ability to understand memory hierarchy and its impact on computer
cost/performance.
 Ability to understand the advantage of instruction level parallelism and pipelining for
high performance Processor design.
 Ability to understand the instruction set, instruction formats and addressing modes of
8086.
 Ability to write assembly language programs to solve problems.

UNIT - I
Digital Computers: Introduction, Block diagram of Digital Computer, Definition of
Computer Organization, Computer Design and Computer Architecture.
Basic Computer Organization and Design: Instruction codes, Computer Registers,
Computer instructions, Timing and Control, Instruction cycle, Memory Reference
Instructions, Input – Output and Interrupt, Complete Computer Description.
Micro Programmed Control: Control memory, Address sequencing, micro program
example, design of control unit.

UNIT - II
Central Processing Unit: The 8086 Processor Architecture, Register organization, Physical
memory organization, General Bus Operation, I/O Addressing Capability, Special Processor
Activities, Minimum and Maximum mode system and timings.
8086 Instruction Set and Assembler Directives-Machine language instruction formats,
Addressing modes, Instruction set of 8086, Assembler directives and operators.

85
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - III
Assembly Language Programming with 8086- Machine level programs, Machine coding the
programs, Programming with an assembler, Assembly Language example programs.
Stack structure of 8086, Interrupts and Interrupt service routines, Interrupt cycle of 8086,
Interrupt programming, Passing parameters to procedures, Macros, Timings and Delays.

UNIT - IV
Computer Arithmetic: Introduction, Addition and Subtraction, Multiplication Algorithms,
Division Algorithms, Floating - point Arithmetic operations.
Input-Output Organization: Peripheral Devices, Input-Output Interface, Asynchronous
data transfer, Modes of Transfer, Priority Interrupt, Direct memory Access, Input –Output
Processor (IOP),Intel 8089 IOP.

UNIT - V
Memory Organization: Memory Hierarchy, Main Memory, Auxiliary memory, Associate
Memory, Cache Memory.
Pipeline and Vector Processing: Parallel Processing, Pipelining, Arithmetic Pipeline,
Instruction Pipeline, RISC Pipeline, Vector Processing, Array Processors.
Multi Processors: Characteristics of Multiprocessors, Interconnection Structures, Inter
processor arbitration, Inter processor communication, and synchronization.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Computer System Architecture, M. Moris Mano, Third Edition, Pearson. (UNITS - I ,
IV , V)
2. Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals, K M Bhurchandi, A.K Ray ,3rd edition,
McGraw Hill India Education Private Ltd. (UNITS - II, III).

REFERENCE:
1. Microprocessors and Interfacing, D V Hall, SSSP Rao, 3rd edition, McGraw Hill India
Education Private Ltd.
2. Carl Hamacher, Zvonko Vranesic, Safwat Zaky: Computer Organization, 5th Edition,
Tata McGraw Hill, 2002
3. Computer Organization and Architecture, William Stallings, 9th Edition, Pearson.
4. David A. Patterson, John L. Hennessy: Computer Organization and Design – The
Hardware / Software Interface ARM Edition, 4th Edition, Elsevier, 2009.

86
 R16 B.TECH IT

CS402ES: DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

B.Tech. II Year II Sem. L T P C

4 0 0 4
Course Objectives:
 To understand the basic concepts and the applications of database systems.
 To master the basics of SQL and construct queries using SQL.
 To understand the relational database design principles.
 To become familiar with the basic issues of transaction processing and concurrency
control.
 To become familiar with database storage structures and access techniques.

Course Outcomes:
 Demonstrate the basic elements of a relational database management system.
 Ability to identify the data models for relevant problems.
 Ability to design entity relationship model and convert entity relationship diagrams
into RDBMS and formulate SQL queries on the data.
 Apply normalization for the development of application software.

UNIT - I
Introduction: Database System Applications, Purpose of Database Systems, View of Data,
Database Languages – DDL, DML, Relational Databases, Database Design, Data Storage
and Querying, Transaction Management, Database Architecture, Data Mining and
Information Retrieval, Specialty Databases, Database Users and Administrators, History of
Database Systems.
Introduction to Data base design: Database Design and ER diagrams, Entities, Attributes
and Entity sets, Relationships and Relationship sets, Additional features of ER Model,
Conceptual Design with the ER Model, Conceptual Design for Large enterprises.
Relational Model: Introduction to the Relational Model, Integrity Constraints over
Relations, Enforcing Integrity constraints, Querying relational data, Logical data base
Design: ER to Relational, Introduction to Views, Destroying /Altering Tables and Views.

UNIT - II
Relational Algebra and Calculus: Preliminaries, Relational Algebra, Relational calculus –
Tuple relational Calculus, Domain relational calculus, Expressive Power of Algebra and
calculus.
SQL: Queries, Constraints, Triggers: Form of Basic SQL Query, UNION,INTERSECT, and
EXCEPT, Nested Queries, Aggregate Operators, NULL values Complex Integrity
Constraints in SQL, Triggers and Active Data bases, Designing Active Databases..
UNIT - III
Schema Refinement and Normal Forms: Introduction to Schema Refinement, Functional
Dependencies - Reasoning about FDs, Normal Forms, Properties of Decompositions,
Normalization, Schema Refinement in Database Design, Other Kinds of Dependencies.

87
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - IV
Transaction Management: Transactions, Transaction Concept, A Simple Transaction
Model, Storage Structure, Transaction Atomicity and Durability, Transaction Isolation,
Serializability, Transaction Isolation and Atomicity Transaction Isolation Levels,
Implementation of Isolation Levels.
Concurrency Control: Lock–Based Protocols, Multiple Granularity, Timestamp-Based
Protocols, Validation-Based Protocols, Multiversion Schemes.
Recovery System-Failure Classification, Storage, Recovery and Atomicity, Recovery
Algorithm, Buffer Management, Failure with loss of nonvolatile storage, Early Lock Release
and Logical Undo Operations, Remote Backup systems.

UNIT - V
Storage and Indexing: Overview of Storage and Indexing: Data on External Storage, File
Organization and Indexing, Index Data Structures, Comparison of File Organizations.
Tree-Structured Indexing: Intuition for tree Indexes, Indexed Sequential Access Method
(ISAM), B+ Trees: A Dynamic Index Structure, Search, Insert, Delete.
Hash- Based Indexing: Static Hashing, Extendible hashing, Linear Hashing, Extendible vs.
Linear Hashing.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Data base Management Systems, Raghu Ramakrishnan, Johannes Gehrke, McGraw
Hill Education (India) Private Limited, 3rd Edition. (Part of UNIT-I, UNIT-II,
UNIT-III, UNIT-V)
2. Data base System Concepts, A. Silberschatz, Henry. F. Korth, S. Sudarshan, McGraw
Hill Education(India) Private Limited l, 6th edition.( Part of UNIT-I, UNIT-IV)

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Database Systems, 6th edition, R Elmasri, Shamkant B. Navathe, Pearson Education.
2. Database System Concepts, Peter Rob & Carlos Coronel, Cengage Learning.
3. Introduction to Database Management, M. L. Gillenson and others, Wiley Student
Edition.
4. Database Development and Management, Lee Chao, Auerbach publications, Taylor &
Francis Group.
5. Introduction to Database Systems, C. J. Date, Pearson Education.

88
 R16 B.TECH IT

CS403ES: OPERATING SYSTEMS

B.Tech. II Year II Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
 To understand the OS role in the overall computer system
 To study the operations performed by OS as a resource manager
 To understand the scheduling policies of OS
 To understand the different memory management techniques
 To understand process concurrency and synchronization
 To understand the concepts of input/output, storage and file management
 To understand the goals and principles of protection
 Introduce system call interface for file and process management
 To study different OS and compare their features.

Course Outcomes:
 Apply optimization techniques for the improvement of system performance.
 Ability to design and solve synchronization problems.
 Learn about minimization of turnaround time, waiting time and response time and
also maximization of throughput by keeping CPU as busy as possible.
 Ability to change access controls to protect files.
 Ability to compare the different operating systems.

UNIT - I
Overview-Introduction-Operating system objectives, User view, System view, Operating
system definition ,Computer System Organization, Computer System Architecture, OS
Structure, OS Operations, Process Management, Memory Management, Storage
Management, Protection and Security, Computing Environments.
Operating System services, User and OS Interface, System Calls, Types of System Calls,
System Programs, Operating System Design and Implementation, OS Structure.

UNIT - II
Process and CPU Scheduling - Process concepts-The Process, Process State, Process Control
Block, Threads, Process Scheduling-Scheduling Queues, Schedulers, Context Switch,
Operations on Processes, System calls-fork(),exec(),wait(),exit(), Interprocess
communication-ordinary pipes and named pipes in Unix.
Process Scheduling-Basic concepts, Scheduling Criteria, Scheduling algorithms, Multiple-
Processor Scheduling, Real-Time Scheduling, Thread scheduling, Linux scheduling and
Windows scheduling.
Process Synchronization, Background, The Critical Section Problem, Peterson’s solution,
Synchronization Hardware, Semaphores, Classic Problems of Synchronization, Monitors,
Synchronization in Linux and Windows.

89
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - III
Memory Management and Virtual Memory – Memory Management Strategies- Background,
Swapping, Contiguous Memory Allocation, Segmentation, Paging, Structure of Page Table,
IA-32 Segmentation, IA-32 Paging.
Virtual Memory Management-Background, Demand Paging, Copy-on-Write, Page
Replacement, Page Replacement Algorithms, Allocation of Frames, Thrashing, Virtual
memory in Windows..

UNIT - IV
Storage Management-File System- Concept of a File, System calls for file operations - open
(), read (), write (), close (), seek (), unlink (), Access methods, Directory and Disk Structure,
File System Mounting, File Sharing, Protection.
File System Implementation - File System Structure, File System Implementation, Directory
Implementation, Allocation methods, Free-space Management, Efficiency, and Performance.
Mass Storage Structure – Overview of Mass Storage Structure, Disk Structure, Disk
Attachment, Disk Scheduling, Disk Management, Swap space Management

UNIT - V
Deadlocks - System Model, Deadlock Characterization, Methods for Handling Deadlocks,
Deadlock Prevention, Deadlock Avoidance, Deadlock Detection, and Recovery from
Deadlock.
Protection – System Protection, Goals of Protection, Principles of Protection, Domain of
Protection, Access Matrix, Implementation of Access Matrix, Access Control, Revocation of
Access Rights, Capability-Based Systems, Language-Based Protection.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Operating System Concepts , Abraham Silberschatz, Peter B. Galvin, Greg Gagne, 9th
Edition, Wiley, 2016 India Edition
2. Operating Systems – Internals and Design Principles, W. Stallings, 7th Edition,
Pearson.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Modern Operating Systems, Andrew S Tanenbaum, 3rd Edition, PHI
2. Operating Systems: A concept-based Approach, 2nd Edition, D.M. Dhamdhere,
TMH.
3. Principles of Operating Systems, B. L. Stuart, Cengage learning, India Edition.
4. An Introduction to Operating Systems, P.C.P. Bhatt, PHI.
5. Principles of Operating systems, Naresh Chauhan, Oxford University Press.

90
 R16 B.TECH IT

CS404ES: FORMAL LANGUAGES AND AUTOMATA THEORY

B.Tech. II Year II Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
 To provide introduction to some of the central ideas of theoretical computer science
from the perspective of formal languages.
 To introduce the fundamental concepts of formal languages, grammars and automata
theory.
 Classify machines by their power to recognize languages.
 Employ finite state machines to solve problems in computing.
 To understand deterministic and non-deterministic machines.
 To understand the differences between decidability and undecidability.

Course Outcomes:
 Able to understand the concept of abstract machines and their power to recognize the
languages.
 Able to employ finite state machines for modeling and solving computing problems.
 Able to design context free grammars for formal languages.
 Able to distinguish between decidability and undecidability.
 Able to gain proficiency with mathematical tools and formal methods.

UNIT - I
Introduction to Finite Automata, Structural Representations, Automata and Complexity, the
Central Concepts of Automata Theory – Alphabets, Strings, Languages, Problems.
Deterministic Finite Automata, Nondeterministic Finite Automata, an application: Text
Search, Finite Automata with Epsilon-Transitions.

UNIT - II
Regular Expressions, Finite Automata and Regular Expressions, Applications of Regular
Expressions, Algebraic Laws for Regular Expressions, Properties of Regular Languages-
Pumping Lemma for Regular Languages, Applications of the Pumping Lemma, Closure
Properties of Regular Languages, Decision Properties of Regular Languages, Equivalence
and Minimization of Automata.

UNIT - III
Context-Free Grammars: Definition of Context-Free Grammars, Derivations Using a
Grammar, Leftmost and Rightmost Derivations, the Language of a Grammar, Sentential
Forms, Parse Tress, Applications of Context-Free Grammars, Ambiguity in Grammars and
Languages.
Push Down Automata: Definition of the Pushdown Automaton, the Languages of a PDA,
Equivalence of PDA's and CFG's, Deterministic Pushdown Automata.

91
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - IV
Normal Forms for Context- Free Grammars, the Pumping Lemma for Context-Free
Languages, Closure Properties of Context-Free Languages. Decision Properties of CFL's -
Complexity of Converting among CFG's and PDA's, Running time of conversions to
Chomsky Normal Form.
Introduction to Turing Machines-Problems That Computers Cannot Solve, The Turing
Machine, Programming Techniques for Turing Machines, Extensions to the basic Turing
machine, Restricted Turing Machines, Turing Machines, and Computers

UNIT - V
Undecidability: A Language that is Not Recursively Enumerable, An Undecidable Problem
That is RE, Undecidable Problems about Turing Machines, Post's Correspondence Problem,
Other Undecidable Problems, Intractable Problems: The Classes P and NP, An NP-Complete
Problem.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages, and Computation, 3nd Edition, John E.
Hopcroft, Rajeev Motwani, Jeffrey D. Ullman, Pearson Education.
2. Introduction to the Theory of Computation, Michael Sipser, 3rd edition, Cengage
Learning.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Introduction to Languages and The Theory of Computation, John C Martin, TMH.
2. Introduction to Computer Theory, Daniel I.A. Cohen, John Wiley.
3. A Text book on Automata Theory, P. K. Srimani, Nasir S. F. B, Cambridge
University Press.
4. Introduction to Formal languages Automata Theory and Computation Kamala
Krithivasan, Rama R, Pearson.
5. Theory of Computer Science – Automata languages and computation, Mishra and
Chandrashekaran, 2nd edition, PHI.

92
 R16 B.TECH IT

SM405ES: BUSINESS ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

B.Tech. II Year II Sem. L T P C

3 0 0 3

Course Objective: To learn the basic Business types, impact of the Economy on Business
and Firms specifically. To analyze the Business from the Financial Perspective.

Course Outcome: The students will understand the various Forms of Business and the
impact of economic variables on the Business. The Demand, Supply, Production, Cost,
Market Structure, Pricing aspects are learnt. The Students can study the firm’s financial
position by analysing the Financial Statements of a Company.

UNIT – I
Introduction to Business and Economics:
Business: Structure of Business Firm, Theory of Firm, Types of Business Entities, Limited
Liability Companies, Sources of Capital for a Company, Non-Conventional Sources of
Finance.
Economics: Significance of Economics, Micro and Macro Economic Concepts, Concepts
and Importance of National Income, Inflation, Money Supply in Inflation, Business Cycle,
Features and Phases of Business Cycle. Nature and Scope of Business Economics, Role of
Business Economist, Multidisciplinary nature of Business Economics.

UNIT – II
Demand and Supply Analysis:
Elasticity of Demand: Elasticity, Types of Elasticity, Law of Demand, Measurement and
Significance of Elasticity of Demand, Factors affecting Elasticity of Demand, Elasticity of
Demand in decision making, Demand Forecasting: Characteristics of Good Demand
Forecasting, Steps in Demand Forecasting, Methods of Demand Forecasting.
Supply Analysis: Determinants of Supply, Supply Function & Law of Supply.

UNIT- III
Production, Cost, Market Structures & Pricing:
Production Analysis: Factors of Production, Production Function, Production Function with
one variable input, two variable inputs, Returns to Scale, Different Types of Production
Functions.
Cost analysis: Types of Costs, Short run and Long run Cost Functions.
Market Structures: Nature of Competition, Features of Perfect competition, Monopoly,
Oligopoly, and Monopolistic Competition.
Pricing: Types of Pricing, Product Life Cycle based Pricing, Break Even Analysis, and Cost
Volume Profit Analysis.

93
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - IV
Financial Accounting: Accounting concepts and Conventions, Accounting Equation,
Double-Entry system of Accounting, Rules for maintaining Books of Accounts, Journal,
Posting to Ledger, Preparation of Trial Balance, Elements of Financial Statements, and
Preparation of Final Accounts.

UNIT - V
Financial Analysis through Ratios: Concept of Ratio Analysis, Liquidity Ratios, Turnover
Ratios, Profitability Ratios, Proprietary Ratios, Solvency, Leverage Ratios (simple problems).
Introduction to Fund Flow and Cash Flow Analysis (simple problems).

TEXT BOOKS:
1. D. D. Chaturvedi, S. L. Gupta, Business Economics - Theory and Applications,
International Book House Pvt. Ltd. 2013.
2. Dhanesh K Khatri, Financial Accounting, Tata McGraw Hill, 2011.
3. Geethika Ghosh, Piyali Gosh, Purba Roy Choudhury, Managerial Economics, 2e,
Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd. 2012.

REFERENCES:
1. Paresh Shah, Financial Accounting for Management 2e, Oxford Press, 2015.
2. S. N. Maheshwari, Sunil K Maheshwari, Sharad K Maheshwari, Financial
Accounting, 5e, Vikas Publications, 2013.

94
 R16 B.TECH IT

CS406ES: COMPUTER ORGANIZATION LAB

B.Tech. II Year II Sem. L T P C

0 0 3 2

Exercises in Digital Logic Design:

1. Implement Logic gates using NAND and NOR gates
2. Design a Full adder using gates
3. Design and implement the 4:1 MUX, 8:1 MUX using gates /ICs.
4. Design and Implement a 3 to 8 decoder using gates
5. Design a 4 bit comparator using gates/IC
6. Design and Implement a 4 bit shift register using Flip flops
7. Design and Implement a Decade counter

Exercises in Micro Processor programming:

Write assembly language programs for the following using GNU Assembler.
1. Write assembly language programs to evaluate the expressions:
i) a = b + c – d * e
ii) z = x * y + w – v +u / k
a. Considering 8-bit, 16 bit and 32 bit binary numbers as b, c, d, e.
b. Considering 2 digit, 4 digit and 8 digit BCD numbers.
Take the input in consecutive memory locations and also Display the results by using
“int xx” of 8086. Validate program for the boundary conditions.
2. Write an ALP of 8086 to take N numbers as input. And do the following operations on
them.
a. Arrange in ascending and descending order.
3. Write an ALP of 8086 to take N numbers as input. And do the following operations on
them.
a. Find max and minimum
b. Find average
Considering 8-bit, 16 bit binary numbers and 2 digit, 4digit and 8 digit BCD numbers.
Display the results by using “int xx” of 8086. Validate program for the boundary
conditions.
4. Write an ALP of 8086 to take a string of as input (in ‘C’ format)and do the following
Operations on it.
a. Find the length
b. Find it is Palindrome or n.
Considering 8-bit, 16 bit binary numbers and 2 digit, 4digit and 8 digit BCD numbers.
Display the results by using “int xx” of 8086. Validate program for the boundary
conditions.

5. Write an ALP of 8086 to take a string of as input (in ‘C’ format) and do the following
Operations on it.
a. Find whether given string substring or not.

95
 R16 B.TECH IT

6. Write an ALP of 8086 to take a string of as input (in ‘C’ format) and do the following
Operations on it
a. Find the Armstrong number
b. Find the Fibonacci series for n numbers
Display the results by using “int xx” of 8086.

7. Write the ALP to implement the above operations as procedures and call from the main
procedure.

8. Write an ALP of 8086 to find the factorial of a given number as a Procedure and call from
the main program which display the result.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Switching theory and logic design –A. Anand Kumar PHI, 2013
2. Advanced microprocessor & Peripherals-A. K. Ray and K. M. Bherchandavi, TMH,
2nd edition.
3. Switching and Finite Automatic theory-Zvi Kohavi, Niraj K.Jha Cambridge, 3rd
edition
4. Digital Design –Morris Mano, PHI, 3rd edition
5. Microprocessor and Interfacing –Douglas V. Hall, TMGH 2nd edition.

96
 R16 B.TECH IT

CS407ES: DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS LAB

B.Tech. II Year II Sem. L T P C

0 0 3 2

Course Objectives: This lab enables the students to practice the concepts learnt in the subject
DBMS by developing a database for an example company named “Roadway Travels” whose
description is as follows. The student is expected to practice the designing, developing and
querying a database in the context of example database “Roadway travels”. Students are
expected to use “Mysql” database.

Course Outcomes:
 Ability to design and implement a database schema for given problem.
 Apply the normalization techniques for development of application software to
realistic problems.
 Ability to formulate queries using SQL DML/DDL/DCL commands.

Roadway Travels: "Roadway Travels" is in business since 1997 with several buses
connecting different places in India. Its main office is located in Hyderabad.

The company wants to computerize its operations in the following areas:

 Reservations and Ticketing
 Cancellations

Reservations & Cancellation: Reservations are directly handled by booking office.

Reservations can be made 30 days in advance and tickets issued to passenger. One
Passenger/person can book many tickets (to his/her family).
Cancellations are also directly handed at the booking office.

In the process of computerization of Roadway Travels you have to design and develop a
Database which consists the data of Buses, Passengers, Tickets, and Reservation and
cancellation details. You should also develop query’s using SQL to retrieve the data from the
database.

The above process involves many steps like 1. Analyzing the problem and identifying the
Entities and Relationships, 2. E-R Model 3. Relational Model 4. Normalization 5.
Creating the database 6. Querying. Students are supposed to work on these steps week wise
and finally create a complete “Database System” to Roadway Travels. Examples are given
at every experiment for guidance to students.

Experiment 1: E-R Model

Analyze the problem carefully and come up with the entities in it. Identify what data has to be
persisted in the database. This contains the entities, attributes etc.

97
 R16 B.TECH IT

Identify the primary keys for all the entities. Identify the other keys like candidate keys,
partial keys, if any.
Example:
Entities: 1. BUS 2. Ticket 3. Passenger
Relationships: 1. Reservation 2. Cancellation
Primary Key Attributes: 1. Ticket ID (Ticket Entity) 2. Passport ID (Passenger Entity)
3. Bus_NO (Bus Entity)
Apart from the above mentioned entities you can identify more. The above mentioned are
few.
Note: The student is required to submit a document by writing the Entities and Keys to the
lab teacher.

Experiment 2: Concept design with E-R Model

Relate the entities appropriately. Apply cardinalities for each relationship. Identify strong
entities and weak entities (if any). Indicate the type of relationships (total / partial). Try to
incorporate generalization, aggregation, specialization etc wherever required.

Example: E-R diagram for bus

Bus NO Source

BUS Destination

Date of
Departu Journey
re Time Reserv
Ticket ation
NO Sex
Destinati
Source on
Ticket
Departu
Age re Time

Note: The student is required to submit a document by drawing the E-R Diagram to the lab
teacher.

Experiment 3: Relational Model

Represent all the entities (Strong, Weak) in tabular fashion. Represent relationships in a
tabular fashion. There are different ways of representing relationships as tables based on the
cardinality. Represent attributes as columns in tables or as tables based on the requirement.

98
 R16 B.TECH IT

Different types of attributes (Composite, Multi-valued, and Derived) have different way of
representation.
Example: The passenger tables look as below. This is an example. You can add more
attributes based on your E-R model. This is not a normalized table.
Passenger
Name Age Sex Address Passport ID
Ticket
_id

Note: The student is required to submit a document by Represent relationships in a tabular

fashion to the lab teacher.

Experiment 4: Normalization
Database normalization is a technique for designing relational database tables to minimize
duplication of information and, in so doing, to safeguard the database against certain types of
logical or structural problems, namely data anomalies. For example, when multiple instances
of a given piece of information occur in a table, the possibility exists that these instances will
not be kept consistent when the data within the table is updated, leading to a loss of data
integrity. A table that is sufficiently normalized is less vulnerable to problems of this kind,
because its structure reflects the basic assumptions for when multiple instances of the same
information should be represented by a single instance only.

For the above table in the First normalization we can remove the multi valued attribute
Ticket_id and place it in another table along with the primary key of passenger.

First Normal Form: The above table can be divided into two tables as shown below.
Passenger
Name Age Sex Address Passport ID

Passport ID Ticket_id

You can do the second and third normal forms if required. Any how Normalized tables are
given at the end.

99
 R16 B.TECH IT

Experiment 5: Installation of Mysql and practicing DDL commands

Installation of MySql. In this week you will learn Creating databases, How to create tables,
altering the database, dropping tables and databases if not required. You will also try
truncate, rename commands etc.

Example for creation of a normalized “Passenger” table.

CREATE TABLE Passenger (
Passport_id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,
Name VARCHAR (50) Not NULL,
Age Integer Not NULL,
Sex Char,
Address VARCHAR (50) Not NULL);

Similarly create all other tables.

Note: Detailed creation of tables is given at the end.

Experiment 6: Practicing DML commands

DML commands are used to for managing data within schema objects. Some examples:
 SELECT - retrieve data from the a database
 INSERT - insert data into a table
 UPDATE - updates existing data within a table
 DELETE - deletes all records from a table, the space for the records remain

Inserting values into “Bus” table:

Insert into Bus values (1234,’hyderabad’, ‘tirupathi’);
Insert into Bus values (2345,’hyderabd’,’Banglore’);
Insert into Bus values (23,’hyderabd’,’Kolkata’);
Insert into Bus values (45,’Tirupathi,’Banglore’);
Insert into Bus values (34,’hyderabd’,’Chennai’);

Inserting values into “Passenger” table:

Insert into Passenger values (1, 45,’ramesh’, 45,’M’,’abc123’);
Insert into Passenger values (2, 78,’geetha’, 36,’F’,’abc124’);
Insert into Passenger values (45, 90,’ram’, 30,’M’,’abc12’);
Insert into Passenger values (67, 89,’ravi’, 50,’M’,’abc14’);
Insert into Passenger values (56, 22,’seetha’, 32,’F’,’abc55’);

Few more Examples of DML commands:

Select * from Bus; (selects all the attributes and display)
UPDATE BUS SET Bus No = 1 WHERE BUS NO=2;

100
 R16 B.TECH IT

Experiment 7: Querying
In this week you are going to practice queries (along with sub queries) using ANY, ALL, IN,
Exists, NOT EXISTS, UNION, INTERSECT, Constraints etc.

Practice the following Queries:

1. Display unique PNR_no of all passengers.
2. Display all the names of male passengers.
3. Display the ticket numbers and names of all the passengers.
4. Find the ticket numbers of the passengers whose name start with ‘r’ and ends with ‘h’.
5. Find the names of passengers whose age is between 30 and 45.
6. Display all the passengers names beginning with ‘A’
7. Display the sorted list of passengers names

Experiment 8 and Experiment 9: Querying (continued…)

You are going to practice queries using Aggregate functions (COUNT, SUM, AVG, and
MAX and MIN), GROUP BY, HAVING and Creation and dropping of Views.
1. Write a Query to display the Information present in the Passenger and cancellation
tables. Hint: Use UNION Operator.
2. Display the number of days in a week on which the 9W01 bus is available.
3. Find number of tickets booked for each PNR_no using GROUP BY CLAUSE. Hint:
Use GROUP BY on PNR_No.
4. Find the distinct PNR numbers that are present.
5. Find the number of tickets booked by a passenger where the number of seats is greater
than 1. Hint: Use GROUP BY, WHERE and HAVING CLAUSES.
6. Find the total number of cancelled seats.

Experiment 10: Triggers

In this week you are going to work on Triggers. Creation of insert trigger, delete trigger,
update trigger. Practice triggers using the above database.
Eg: CREATE TRIGGER updcheck BEFORE UPDATE ON passenger
FOR EACH ROW
BEGIN
IF NEW.TickentNO > 60 THEN
SET New.Tickent no = Ticket no;
ELSE
SET New.Ticketno = 0;
END IF;
END;

Experiment 11: Procedures

In this session you are going to learn Creation of stored procedure, Execution of procedure
and modification of procedure. Practice procedures using the above database.
Eg: CREATE PROCEDURE myProc()
BEGIN
SELECT COUNT (Tickets) FROM Ticket WHERE age>=40;
End;

101
 R16 B.TECH IT

Experiment 12: Cursors

In this week you need to do the following: Declare a cursor that defines a result set.
Open the cursor to establish the result set. Fetch the data into local variables as needed from
the cursor, one row at a time. Close the cursor when done

CREATE PROCEDURE myProc(in_customer_id INT)

BEGIN
DECLARE v_id INT;
DECLARE v_name VARCHAR (30);
DECLARE c1 CURSOR FOR SELECT stdId,stdFirstname FROM students WHERE
stdId=in_customer_id;
OPEN c1;
FETCH c1 into v_id, v_name;
Close c1;
END;
Tables
BUS
Bus No: Varchar: PK (public key)
Source : Varchar
Destination : Varchar

Passenger
PPNO: Varchar (15)) : PK
Name: Varchar (15)
Age : int (4)
Sex:Char (10) : Male / Female
Address: VarChar (20)
Passenger_Tickets
PPNO: Varchar (15)) : PK
Ticket_No: Numeric (9)
Reservation
PNR_No: Numeric (9) : FK
Journey_date : datetime (8)
No_of_seats : int (8)
Address: Varchar (50)
Contact_No: Numeric (9) --> Should not be less than 9 and Should not accept any other
character other than Integer
Status: Char (2) : Yes / No

Cancellation
PNR_No: Numeric(9) : FK
Journey_date : datetime(8)
No_of_seats : int (8)
Address : Varchar (50)
102
 R16 B.TECH IT

Contact_No: Numeric (9) --> Should not be less than 9 and Should not accept any other
character other than Integer
Status: Char (2) : Yes / No

Ticket
Ticket_No: Numeric (9): PK
Journey_date : datetime(8)
Age : int (4)
Sex:Char(10) : Male / Female
Source : Varchar
Destination : Varchar
Dep_time : Varchar

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Introduction to SQL, Rick F. Vander Lans, Pearson education.
2. Oracle PL/SQL, B. Rosenzweig and E. Silvestrova, Pearson education.
3. SQL & PL/SQL for Oracle 10 g, Black Book, Dr. P. S. Deshpande, Dream Tech.
4. Oracle Database 11 g PL/SQL Programming, M. Mc Laughlin, TMH.

103
 R16 B.TECH IT

CS408ES: OPERATING SYSTEMS LAB

B.Tech. II Year II Sem. L T P C

0 0 3 2
Course Objectives:
 To write programs in Linux environment using system calls.
 To implement the scheduling algorithms.
 To implement page replacement algorithms
 To implement file allocation methods.
 To understand and implement ipc mechanism using named and unnamed pipes.
 To develop solutions for synchronization problems using semaphores.

Course Outcomes:
 Ability to develop application programs using system calls in Unix.
 Ability to implement interprocess communication between two processes.
 Ability to design and solve synchronization problems.
 Ability to simulate and implement operating system concepts such as scheduling,
deadlock management, file management, and memory management.

Use Linux operating system and GNU C compiler.

List of Programs:
1. Write C programs to simulate the following CPU scheduling algorithms:
a) Round Robin b) SJF
2. Write C programs to simulate the following CPU scheduling algorithms:
a) FCFS b) Priority
3. Write C programs to simulate the following File organization techniques:
a) Single level directory b) Two level c) Hierarchical
4. Write C programs to simulate the following File allocation methods:
a)Contiguous b)Linked c)Indexed
5. Write a C program to copy the contents of one file to another using system calls.
6. Write a C program to simulate Bankers Algorithm for Dead Lock Avoidance
7. Write a C program to simulate Bankers Algorithm for Dead Lock Prevention
8. Write C programs to simulate the following page replacement algorithms:
a) FIFO b) LRU c) LFU
9. Write C programs to simulate the following techniques of memory management:
a) Paging b) Segmentation
10. Write a C program to implement the ls | sort command. (Use unnamed Pipe)
11. Write a C program to solve the Dining- Philosopher problem using semaphores.
12. Write C programs to implement ipc between two unrelated processes using named pipe.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. An Introduction to Operating Systems, P.C.P Bhatt, 2nd edition, PHI.
2. Unix System Programming Using C++, Terrence Chan, PHI/Pearson.
3. Modern Operating Systems, Andrew S Tanenbaum, 3rd Edition, PHI

104
 R16 B.TECH IT

MC400HS: GENDER SENSITIZATION LAB

B.Tech. II Year II Sem. L T P C

0 0 3 0
Course Objectives:
 To develop students’ sensibility with regard to issues of gender in contemporary
India.
 To provide a critical perspective on the socialization of men and women.
 To introduce students to information about some key biological aspects of genders.
 To expose the students to debates on the politics and economics of work.
 To help students reflect critically on gender violence.
 To expose students to more egalitarian interactions between men and women.

Course Outcomes:
 Students will have developed a better understanding of important issues related to
gender in contemporary India.
 Students will be sensitized to basic dimensions of the biological, sociological,
psychological and legal aspects of gender. This will be achieved through discussion of
materials derived from research, facts, everyday life, literature, and film.
 Students will attain a finer grasp of how gender discrimination works in our society
and how to counter it.
 Students will acquire insight into the gendered division of labour and its relation to
politics and economics.
 Men and women students and professionals will be better equipped to work and live
together as equals.
 Students will develop a sense of appreciation of women in all walks of life.
 Through providing accounts of studies and movements as well as the new laws that
provide protection and relief to women, the textbook will empower students to
understand and respond to gender violence.

UNIT - I
UNDERSTANDING GENDER
Gender: Why Should We Study It? (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -1)
Socialization: Making Women, Making Men (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -2)
Introduction. Preparing for Womanhood. Growing up Male. First lessons in Caste. Different
Masculinities.

UNIT - II
GENDER AND BIOLOGY:
Missing Women: Sex Selection and Its Consequences (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -4)
Declining Sex Ratio. Demographic Consequences.
Gender Spectrum: Beyond the Binary (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -10)
Two or Many? Struggles with Discrimination.

105
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - III
GENDER AND LABOUR
Housework: the Invisible Labour (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -3)
“My Mother doesn’t Work.” “Share the Load.”
Women’s Work: Its Politics and Economics (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -7)
Fact and Fiction. Unrecognized and Unaccounted work. Additional Reading: Wages and
Conditions of Work.

UNIT-IV
ISSUES OF VIOLENCE
Sexual Harassment: Say No! (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -6)
Sexual Harassment, not Eve-teasing- Coping with Everyday Harassment- Further Reading:
“Chupulu”.
Domestic Violence: Speaking Out (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -8)
Is Home a Safe Place? -When Women Unite [Film]. Rebuilding Lives. Additional Reading:
New Forums for Justice.
Thinking about Sexual Violence (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -11)
Blaming the Victim-“I Fought for my Life….” - Additional Reading: The Caste Face of
Violence.

UNIT - V
GENDER: CO - EXISTENCE
Just Relationships: Being Together as Equals (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -12)
Mary Kom and Onler. Love and Acid just do not Mix. Love Letters. Mothers and Fathers.
Additional Reading: Rosa Parks-The Brave Heart.

TEXTBOOK
All the five Units in the Textbook, “Towards a World of Equals: A Bilingual Textbook on
Gender” written by A. Suneetha, Uma Bhrugubanda, Duggirala Vasanta, Rama Melkote,
Vasudha Nagaraj, Asma Rasheed, Gogu Shyamala, Deepa Sreenivas and Susie Tharu and
published by Telugu Akademi, Hyderabad,Telangana State in the year 2015.

Note: Since it is an Interdisciplinary Course, Resource Persons can be drawn from the fields
of English Literature or Sociology or Political Science or any other qualified faculty who has
expertise in this field from engineering departments.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Menon, Nivedita. Seeing like a Feminist. New Delhi: Zubaan-Penguin Books, 2012
2. Abdulali Sohaila. “I Fought For My Life…and Won.”Available online at:
http://www.thealternative.in/lifestyle/i-fought-for-my-lifeand-won-sohaila-abdulal/

106
 R16 B.TECH IT

DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS

B.Tech. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS501PC 4 0 0 4

Course Objectives:
 To analyze performance of algorithms.
 To choose the appropriate data structure and algorithm design method for a specified
application.
 To understand how the choice of data structures and algorithm design methods
impacts the performance of programs.
 To solve problems using algorithm design methods such as the greedy method, divide
and conquer, dynamic programming, backtracking and branch and bound.
 To understand the differences between tractable and intractable problems.
 To introduce P and NP classes.

Course Outcomes:
 Ability to analyze the performance of algorithms.
 Ability to choose appropriate algorithm design techniques for solving problems.
 Ability to understand how the choice of data structures and the algorithm design
methods impact the performance of programs.

UNIT - I
Introduction-Algorithm definition, Algorithm Specification, Performance Analysis-Space
complexity, Time complexity, Randomized Algorithms.
Divide and conquer- General method, applications - Binary search, Merge sort, Quick sort,
Strassen’s Matrix Multiplication.

UNIT - II
Disjoint set operations, union and find algorithms, AND/OR graphs, Connected Components
and Spanning trees, Bi-connected components Backtracking-General method, applications-
The 8-queen problem, sum of subsets problem, graph coloring, Hamiltonian cycles.

UNIT - III
Greedy method- General method, applications- Knapsack problem, Job sequencing with
deadlines, Minimum cost spanning trees, Single source shortest path problem.

UNIT - IV
Dynamic Programming- General Method, applications- Chained matrix multiplication, All
pairs shortest path problem, Optimal binary search trees, 0/1 knapsack problem, Reliability
design, Traveling sales person problem.

107
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - V
Branch and Bound- General Method, applications-0/1 Knapsack problem, LC Branch and
Bound solution, FIFO Branch and Bound solution, Traveling sales person problem.
NP-Hard and NP-Complete problems- Basic concepts, Non-deterministic algorithms, NP -
Hard and NP- Complete classes, Cook’s theorem.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Fundamentals of Computer Algorithms, 2nd Edition, Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni and
S. Rajasekharan, Universities Press.
2. Design and Analysis of Algorithms, P. H. Dave, H. B. Dave, 2nd edition, Pearson
Education.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Algorithm Design: Foundations, Analysis and Internet examples, M. T. Goodrich and
R. Tomassia, John Wiley and sons.
2. Design and Analysis of Algorithms, S. Sridhar, Oxford Univ. Press
3. Design and Analysis of algorithms, Aho, Ullman and Hopcroft, Pearson Education.
4. Foundations of Algorithms,, R. Neapolitan and K. Naimipour, 4th edition, Jones and
Bartlett Student edition.
5. Introduction to Algorithms, 3rd Edition, T. H. Cormen, C. E. Leiserson, R. L. Rivest,
and C. Stein, PHI

108
 R16 B.TECH IT

DATA COMMUNICATION AND COMPUTER NETWORKS

B.Tech. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS502PC 4 0 0 4

Course Objectives:
 To introduce the fundamental various types of computer networks.
 To demonstrate the TCP/IP and OSI models with merits and demerits.
 To explore the various layers of OSI Model.
 To introduce UDP and TCP Models.

Course Outcomes:
 Students should be understand and explore the basics of Computer Networks and
Various Protocols. He/She will be in a position to understand the World Wide Web
concepts.
 Students will be in a position to administrate a network and flow of information
further he/she can understand easily the concepts of network security, Mobile and ad
hoc networks.

UNIT – I
Data Communications: Components – Direction of Data flow – Networks – Components
and Categories – Types of Connections – Topologies –Protocols and Standards – ISO / OSI
model, Example Networks such as ATM, Frame Relay, ISDN Physical layer: Transmission
modes, Multiplexing, Transmission Media, Switching, Circuit Switched Networks, Datagram
Networks, Virtual Circuit Networks.

UNIT – II
Data link layer: Introduction, Framing, and Error – Detection and Correction – Parity – LRC
– CRC Hamming code, Flow and Error Control, Noiseless Channels, Noisy Channels,
HDLC, Point to Point Protocols. 111 Medium Access sub layer: ALOHA, CSMA/CD, LAN
– Ethernet IEEE 802.3, IEEE 802.5 – IEEE 802.11, Random access, Controlled access,
Channelization.

UNIT – III
Network layer: Logical Addressing, Internetworking, Tunneling, Address mapping, ICMP,
IGMP, Forwarding, Uni-Cast Routing Protocols, Multicast Routing Protocols.

UNIT – IV
Transport Layer: Process to Process Delivery, UDP and TCP protocols, Data Traffic,
Congestion, Congestion Control, QoS, Integrated Services, Differentiated Services, QoS in
Switched Networks.

109
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT – V
Application Layer: Domain name space, DNS in internet, electronic mail, SMTP, FTP,
WWW, HTTP, SNMP.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Data Communications and Networking, Behrouz A. Forouzan , Fourth Edition TMH,
2006.
2. Computer Networks, Andrew S Tanenbaum, 4th Edition. Pearson Education, PHI.

REFERENCES:
1. Data communications and Computer Networks, P.C .Gupta, PHI.
2. An Engineering Approach to Computer Networks, S. Keshav, 2nd Edition, Pearson
Education.
3. Understanding communications and Networks, 3rd Edition, W.A. Shay, Cengage
Learning.
4. Computer Networking: A Top-Down Approach Featuring the Internet. James F.
Kurose & Keith W. Ross, 3 rd Edition, Pearson Education.
5. Data and Computer Communication, William Stallings, Sixth Edition, Pearson
Education, 2000

110
 R16 B.TECH IT

SOFTWARE ENGINEERING

B.Tech. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS503PC 4 0 0 4

Course Objectives:
 To understanding of software process models such as waterfall and evolutionary
models.
 To understanding of software requirements and SRS document.
 To understanding of different software architectural styles.
 To understanding of software testing approaches such as unit testing and integration
testing.
 To understanding on quality control and how to ensure good quality software.

Course Outcomes:
 Ability to identify the minimum requirements for the development of application.
 Ability to develop, maintain, efficient, reliable and cost effective software
solutions
 Ability to critically thinking and evaluate assumptions and arguments.

UNIT- I
Introduction to Software Engineering: The evolving role of software, Changing Nature of
Software, legacy software, Software myths.
A Generic view of process: Software engineering- A layered technology, a process
framework, The Capability Maturity Model Integration (CMMI), Process patterns, process
assessment, personal and team process models.
Process models: The waterfall model, Incremental process models, Evolutionary process
models, Specialized process models, The Unified process.

UNIT- II
Software Requirements: Functional and non-functional requirements, User requirements,
System requirements, Interface specification, the software requirements document.
Requirements engineering process: Feasibility studies, Requirements elicitation and analysis,
Requirements validation, Requirements management.
System models: Context Models, Behavioral models, Data models, Object models, structured
methods.

UNIT- III
Design Engineering: Design process and Design quality, Design concepts, the design model,
pattern based software design.
Creating an architectural design: software architecture, Data design, Architectural styles and
patterns, Architectural Design, assessing alternative architectural designs, mapping data flow
into a software architecture.

111
 R16 B.TECH IT

Modeling component-level design: Designing class-based components, conducting

component-level design, object constraint language, designing conventional components.
Performing User interface design: Golden rules, User interface analysis, and design, interface
analysis, interface design steps, Design evaluation.

UNIT- IV
Testing Strategies: A strategic approach to software testing, test strategies for conventional
software, Black-Box and White-Box testing, Validation testing, System testing, the art of
Debugging.
Product metrics: Software Quality, Frame work for Product metrics, Metrics for Analysis
Model, Metrics for Design Model, Metrics for source code, Metrics for testing, Metrics for
maintenance.
Metrics for Process and Products: Software Measurement, Metrics for software quality.

UNIT- V
Risk management: Reactive vs Proactive Risk strategies, software risks, Risk identification,
Risk projection, Risk refinement, RMMM, RMMM Plan.
Quality Management: Quality concepts, Software quality assurance, Software Reviews,
Formal technical reviews, Statistical Software quality Assurance, Software reliability, The
ISO 9000 quality standards.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Software engineering A practitioner’s Approach, Roger S Pressman, sixth edition
McGraw Hill International Edition.
2. Software Engineering, Ian Sommerville, seventh edition, Pearson education.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Software Engineering, A Precise Approach, Pankaj Jalote, Wiley India, 2010.
2. Software Engineering : A Primer, Waman S Jawadekar, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008
3. Fundamentals of Software Engineering, Rajib Mall, PHI, 2005
4. Software Engineering, Principles and Practices, Deepak Jain, Oxford University
Press.
5. Software Engineering1: Abstraction and modeling, Diner Bjorner, Springer
International edition, 2006.
6. Software Engineering2: Specification of systems and languages, Diner Bjorner,
Springer International edition 2006.
7. Software Engineering Foundations, Yingxu Wang, Auerbach Publications, 2008.
8. Software Engineering Principles and Practice, Hans Van Vliet, 3rd edition, John
Wiley &Sons Ltd.
9. Software Engineering 3: Domains, Requirements, and Software Design, D. Bjorner,
Springer International Edition.
10. Introduction to Software Engineering, R. J. Leach, CRC Press.

112
 R16 B.TECH IT

FUNDAMENTALS OF MANAGEMENT

B.Tech. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: SM504MS 3 0 0 3

Course Objective: To understand the Management Concepts, applications of Concepts in

Practical aspects of business and development of Managerial Skills.

Course Outcome: The students understand the significance of Management in their

Profession. The various Management Functions like Planning, Organizing, Staffing, Leading,
Motivation and Control aspects are learnt in this course. The students can explore the
Management Practices in their domain area.

UNIT - I
Introduction to Management: Definition, Nature and Scope, Functions, Managerial Roles,
Levels of Management, Managerial Skills, Challenges of Management; Evolution of
Management- Classical Approach- Scientific and Administrative Management; The
Behavioral approach; The Quantitative approach; The Systems Approach; Contingency
Approach, IT Approach.

UNIT - II
Planning and Decision Making: General Framework for Planning - Planning Process, Types
of Plans, Management by Objectives; Development of Business Strategy. Decision making
and Problem Solving - Programmed and Non Programmed Decisions, Steps in Problem
Solving and Decision Making; Bounded Rationality and Influences on Decision Making;
Group Problem Solving and Decision Making, Creativity and Innovation in Managerial
Work.

UNIT - III
Organization and HRM: Principles of Organization: Organizational Design &
Organizational Structures; Departmentalization, Delegation; Empowerment, Centralization,
Decentralization, Recentralization; Organizational Culture; Organizational Climate and
Organizational Change.
Human Resource Management & Business Strategy: Talent Management, Talent
Management Models and Strategic Human Resource Planning; Recruitment and Selection;
Training and Development; Performance Appraisal.

UNIT - IV
Leading and Motivation: Leadership, Power and Authority, Leadership Styles; Behavioral
Leadership, Situational Leadership, Leadership Skills, Leader as Mentor and Coach,
Leadership during adversity and Crisis; Handling Employee and Customer Complaints, Team
Leadership.

113
 R16 B.TECH IT

Motivation - Types of Motivation; Relationship between Motivation, Performance and

Engagement, Content Motivational Theories - Needs Hierarchy Theory, Two Factor Theory,
Theory X and Theory Y.

UNIT - V
Controlling: Control, Types and Strategies for Control, Steps in Control Process, Budgetary
and Non- Budgetary Controls. Characteristics of Effective Controls, Establishing control
systems, Control frequency and Methods.

Text Books:
1. Management Fundamentals, Robert N Lussier, 5e, Cengage Learning, 2013.
2. Fundamentals of Management, Stephen P. Robbins, Pearson Education, 2009.

References:
1. Essentials of Management, Koontz Kleihrich, Tata McGraw Hill.
2. Management Essentials, Andrew DuBrin, 9e, Cengage Learning, 2012.

114
 R16 B.TECH IT

DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS LAB

B.Tech. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS505PC 0 0 3 2

Course Objectives:
 To write programs in java to solve problems using divide and conquer strategy.
 To write programs in java to solve problems using backtracking strategy.
 To write programs in java to solve problems using greedy and dynamic programming
techniques.

Course Outcomes:
 Ability to write programs in java to solve problems using algorithm design techniques
such as Divide and Conquer, Greedy, Dynamic programming, and Backtracking.

List of Experiments:

1. Write a java program to implement Quick sort algorithm for sorting a list of integers
in ascending order
2. Write a java program to implement Merge sort algorithm for sorting a list of integers
in ascending order.
3. i) Write a java program to implement the dfs algorithm for a graph.
4. ii) Write a. java program to implement the bfs algorithm for a graph.
5. Write a java programs to implement backtracking algorithm for the N-queens
problem.
6. Write a java program to implement the backtracking algorithm for the sum of subsets
problem.
7. Write a java program to implement the backtracking algorithm for the Hamiltonian
Circuits problem.
8. Write a java program to implement greedy algorithm for job sequencing with
deadlines.
9. Write a java program to implement Dijkstra’s algorithm for the Single source shortest
path problem.
10. Write a java program that implements Prim’s algorithm to generate minimum cost
spanning tree.
11. Write a java program that implements Kruskal’s algorithm to generate minimum cost
spanning tree
12. Write a java program to implement Floyd’s algorithm for the all pairs shortest path
problem.
13. Write a java program to implement Dynamic Programming algorithm for the 0/1
Knapsack problem.
14. Write a java program to implement Dynamic Programming algorithm for the Optimal
Binary Search Tree Problem.

115
 R16 B.TECH IT

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Data structures, Algorithms and Applications in java, 2nd Edition, S. Sahani,
Universities Press.
2. Data structures and Algorithms in java, 3rd edition, A. Drozdek, Cengage Learning.
3. Data structures with Java, J. R. Hubbard, 2nd edition, Schaum’s Outlines, TMH.
4. Data structures and algorithms in Java, 2nd Edition, R. Lafore, Pearson Education.
5. Data Structures using Java, D. S. Malik and P.S. Nair, Cengage Learning.

116
 R16 B.TECH IT

COMPUTER NETWORKS LAB

B.Tech. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS506PC 0 0 3 2

Course Objectives:
 To Understand the functionalities of various layers of OSI model
 To understand the operating System functionalities

Course Outcomes:
 Ability to understand the encryption and decryption concepts in Linux environment
 Ability to apply appropriate algorithm for the finding of shortest route.
 Ability to configure the routing table

System/ Software Requirement

 Intel based desktop PCs LAN CONNECTED with minimum of 166 MHZ or faster
processor with at least 64 MB RAM and 100 MB free disk space

Computer Networks Lab:

1. Implement the data link layer framing methods such as character, character stuffing,
and bit stuffing.
2. Implement on a data set of characters the three CRC polynomials – CRC 12, CRC 16
and CRC CCIP .
3. Implement Dijkstra‘s algorithm to compute the Shortest path thru a graph.
4. Take an example subnet graph with weights indicating delay between nodes. Now
obtain Routing table art each node using distance vector routing algorithm
5. Take an example subnet of hosts. Obtain broadcast tree for it.
6. Take a 64 bit playing text and encrypt the same using DES algorithm.
7. Write a program to break the above DES coding
8. Using RSA algorithm encrypts a text data and Decrypt the same.

117
 R16 B.TECH IT

SOFTWARE ENGINEERING LAB

B.Tech. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS507PC 0 0 3 2

Course Objectives:
 To understand the software engineering methodologies involved in the phases for
project development.
 To gain knowledge about open source tools used for implementing software
engineering methods.
 To exercise developing product-startups implementing software engineering methods.
 Open source Tools: StarUML / UMLGraph / Topcased

Prepare the following documents and develop the software project startup, prototype model,
using software engineering methodology for at least two real time scenarios or for the sample
experiments.

 Problem Analysis and Project Planning -Thorough study of the problem – Identify
Project scope, Objectives and Infrastructure.

 Software Requirement Analysis – Describe the individual Phases/modules of the

project and Identify deliverables. Identify functional and non-functional requirements.

 Data Modeling – Use work products – data dictionary.

 Software Designing - Develop use case diagrams and activity diagrams, build and test
class diagrams, sequence diagrams and add interface to class diagrams.

 Prototype model – Develop the prototype of the product.

The SRS and prototype model should be submitted for end semester examination.

List of Sample Experiments:

1. Course management system (CMS)

A course management system (CMS) is a collection of software tools providing an online
environment for course interactions. A CMS typically includes a variety of online tools and
environments, such as:
 An area for faculty posting of class materials such as course syllabus and handouts
 An area for student posting of papers and other assignments
 A grade book where faculty can record grades and each student can view his or her
grades

118
 R16 B.TECH IT

 An integrated email tool allowing participants to send announcement email messages

to the entire class or to a subset of the entire class
 A chat tool allowing synchronous communication among class participants
 A threaded discussion board allowing asynchronous communication among
participants
In addition, a CMS is typically integrated with other databases in the university so that
students enrolled in a particular course are automatically registered in the CMS as
participants in that course.

The Course Management System (CMS) is a web application for department personnel,
Academic Senate, and Registrar staff to view, enter, and manage course information formerly
submitted via paper.
Departments can use CMS to create new course proposals, submit changes for existing
courses, and track the progress of proposals as they move through the stages of online
approval.

2. Easy Leave
This project is aimed at developing a web based Leave Management Tool, which is of
importance to either an organization or a college.
The Easy Leave is an Intranet based application that can be accessed throughout the
organization or a specified group/Dept. This system can be used to automate the workflow of
leave applications and their approvals. The periodic crediting of leave is also automated.
There are features like notifications, cancellation of leave, automatic approval of leave, report
generators etc in this Tool.

Functional components of the project:

There are registered people in the system. Some are approvers. An approver can also be a
requestor. In an organization, the hierarchy could be Engineers/Managers/Business
Managers/Managing Director etc. In a college, it could be Lecturer/Professor/Head of the
Department/Dean/Principal etc.

Following is a list of functionalities of the system: A person should be able to

 login to the system through the first page of the application
 change the password after logging into the system
 see his/her eligibility details (like how many days of leave he/she is eligible for etc)
 query the leave balance
 see his/her leave history since the time he/she joined the company/college
 apply for leave, specifying the from and to dates, reason for taking leave, address for
communication while on leave and his/her superior's email id
 see his/her current leave applications and the leave applications that are submitted to
him/her for approval or cancellation
 approve/reject the leave applications that are submitted to him/her
 withdraw his/her leave application (which has not been approved yet)

119
 R16 B.TECH IT

 Cancel his/her leave (which has been already approved). This will need to be
approved by his/her Superior
 get help about the leave system on how to use the different features of the system
 As soon as a leave application /cancellation request /withdrawal /approval /rejection
/password-change is made by the person, an automatic email should be sent to the
person and his superior giving details about the action
 The number of days of leave (as per the assumed leave policy) should be
automatically credited to everybody and a notification regarding the same be sent to
them automatically
 An automatic leave-approval facility for leave applications which are older than 2
weeks should be there. Notification about the automatic leave approval should be sent
to the person as well as his superior
3. E-Bidding
Auctions are among the latest economic institutions in place. They have been used since
antiquity to sell a wide variety of goods, and their basic form has remained unchanged. In this
dissertation, we explore the efficiency of common auctions when values are interdependent-
the value to a particular bidder may depend on information available only to others-and
asymmetric. In this setting, it is well known that sealed-bid auctions do not achieve efficient
allocations in general since they do not allow the information held by different bidders to be
shared.

Typically, in an auction, say of the kind used to sell art, the auctioneer sets a relatively low
initial price. This price is then increased until only one bidder is willing to buy the object, and
the exact manner in which this is done varies. In my model a bidder who drops out at some
price can "reenter" at a higher price.

With the invention of E-commerce technologies over the Internet the opportunity to bid from
the comfort of one’s own home has seen a change like never seen before. Within the span of
a few short years, what may have began as an experimental idea has grown to an immensely
popular hobby, and in some cases, a means of livelihood, the Auction Patrol gathers
tremendous response every day, all day. With the point and click of the mouse, one may bid
on an item they may need or just want, and in moments they find that either they are the top
bidder or someone else wants it more, and you're outbid! The excitement of an auction all
from the comfort of home is a completely different experience.

Society cannot seem to escape the criminal element in the physical world, and so it is the
same with Auction Patrols. This is one area where in a question can be raised as to how safe
Auction Patrols.

Proposed system
To generate the quick reports
To make accuracy and efficient calculations
To provide proper information briefly

120
 R16 B.TECH IT

To provide data security

To provide huge maintenance of records
Flexibility of transactions can be completed in time
4. Electronic Cash counter
This project is mainly developed for the Account Division of a Banking sector to provide
better interface of the entire banking transactions. This system is aimed to give a better out
look to the user interfaces and to implement all the banking transactions like:
 Supply of Account Information
 New Account Creations
 Deposits
 Withdraws
 Cheque book issues
 Stop payments
 Transfer of accounts
 Report Generations.

Proposed System:
The development of the new system contains the following activities, which try to automate
the entire process keeping in view of the database integration approach.
 User friendliness is provided in the application with various controls.
 The system makes the overall project management much easier and flexible.
 Readily upload the latest updates, allows user to download the alerts by clicking the
URL.
 There is no risk of data mismanagement at any level while the project development is
under process.
 It provides high level of security with different level of authentication

121
 R16 B.TECH IT

PROFESSIONAL ETHICS

B.Tech. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: MC500HS 3 0 0 0

Course Objective: To enable the students to imbibe and internalize the Values and Ethical
Behaviour in the personal and Professional lives.

Course Outcome: The students will understand the importance of Values and Ethics in their
personal lives and professional careers. The students will learn the rights and responsibilities
as an employee, team member and a global citizen.

UNIT - I
Introduction to Professional Ethics: Basic Concepts, Governing Ethics, Personal &
Professional Ethics, Ethical Dilemmas, Life Skills, Emotional Intelligence, Thoughts of
Ethics, Value Education, Dimensions of Ethics, Profession and professionalism, Professional
Associations, Professional Risks, Professional Accountabilities, Professional Success, Ethics
and Profession.

UNIT - II
Basic Theories: Basic Ethical Principles, Moral Developments, Deontology, Utilitarianism,
Virtue Theory, Rights Theory, Casuist Theory, Moral Absolution, Moral Rationalism, Moral
Pluralism, Ethical Egoism, Feminist Consequentialism, Moral Issues, Moral Dilemmas,
Moral Autonomy.

UNIT - III
Professional Practices in Engineering: Professions and Norms of Professional Conduct,
Norms of Professional Conduct vs. Profession; Responsibilities, Obligations and Moral
Values in Professional Ethics, Professional codes of ethics, the limits of predictability and
responsibilities of the engineering profession.
Central Responsibilities of Engineers - The Centrality of Responsibilities of Professional
Ethics; lessons from 1979 American Airlines DC-10 Crash and Kansas City Hyatt Regency
Walk away Collapse.

UNIT - IV
Work Place Rights & Responsibilities, Ethics in changing domains of Research, Engineers
and Managers; Organizational Complaint Procedure, difference of Professional Judgment
within the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC), the Hanford Nuclear Reservation.
Ethics in changing domains of research - The US government wide definition of research
misconduct, research misconduct distinguished from mistakes and errors, recent history of
attention to research misconduct, the emerging emphasis on understanding and fostering
responsible conduct, responsible authorship, reviewing & editing.

122
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - V
Global issues in Professional Ethics: Introduction – Current Scenario, Technology
Globalization of MNCs, International Trade, World Summits, Issues, Business Ethics and
Corporate Governance, Sustainable Development Ecosystem, Energy Concerns, Ozone
Deflection, Pollution, Ethics in Manufacturing and Marketing, Media Ethics; War Ethics; Bio
Ethics, Intellectual Property Rights.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Professional Ethics: R. Subramanian, Oxford University Press, 2015.
2. Ethics in Engineering Practice & Research, Caroline Whitbeck, 2e, Cambridge
University Press 2015.

REFERENCES:
1. Engineering Ethics, Concepts Cases: Charles E Harris Jr., Michael S Pritchard,
Michael J Rabins, 4e , Cengage learning, 2015.
2. Business Ethics concepts & Cases: Manuel G Velasquez, 6e, PHI, 2008.

123
 R16 B.TECH IT

COMPILER DESIGN

B.Tech. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS601PC 4 0 0 4

Course Objectives:
 To understand the various phases in the design of a compiler.
 To understand the design of top-down and bottom-up parsers.
 To understand syntax directed translation schemes.
 To introduce lex and yacc tools.
 To learn to develop algorithms to generate code for a target machine.

Course Outcomes:
 Ability to design, develop, and implement a compiler for any language.
 Able to use lex and yacc tools for developing a scanner and a parser.
 Able to design and implement LL and LR parsers.
 Able to design algorithms to perform code optimization in order to improve the
performance of a program in terms of space and time complexity.
 Ability to design algorithms to generate machine code

UNIT - I
Introduction: Language Processors, the structure of a compiler, the science of building a
compiler, programming language basics.
Lexical Analysis: The Role of the Lexical Analyzer, Input Buffering, Recognition of
Tokens, The Lexical-Analyzer Generator Lex, Finite Automata, From Regular Expressions to
Automata, Design of a Lexical-Analyzer Generator, Optimization of DFA-Based Pattern
Matchers.

UNIT - II
Syntax Analysis: Introduction, Context-Free Grammars, Writing a Grammar, Top-Down
Parsing, Bottom-Up Parsing, Introduction to LR Parsing: Simple LR, More Powerful LR
Parsers, Using Ambiguous Grammars, Parser Generators.

UNIT - III
Syntax-Directed Translation: Syntax-Directed Definitions, Evaluation Orders for SDD's,
Applications of Syntax-Directed Translation, Syntax-Directed Translation Schemes, and
Implementing L-Attributed SDD's.
Intermediate-Code Generation: Variants of Syntax Trees, Three-Address Code, Types and
Declarations, Type Checking, Control Flow, Back patching, Switch-Statements, Intermediate
Code for Procedures.

124
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - IV
Run-Time Environments: Storage organization, Stack Allocation of Space, Access to
Nonlocal Data on the Stack, Heap Management, Introduction to Garbage Collection,
Introduction to Trace-Based Collection.
Code Generation: Issues in the Design of a Code Generator, The Target Language,
Addresses in the Target Code, Basic Blocks and Flow Graphs, Optimization of Basic Blocks,
A Simple Code Generator, Peephole Optimization, Register Allocation and Assignment,
Dynamic Programming Code-Generation.

UNIT - V
Machine-Independent Optimizations: The Principal Sources of Optimization, Introduction
to Data-Flow Analysis, Foundations of Data-Flow Analysis, Constant Propagation, Partial-
Redundancy Elimination, Loops in Flow Graphs.

TEXT BOOKS
1. Compilers: Principles, Techniques and Tools, Second Edition, Alfred V. Aho, Monica
S. Lam, Ravi Sethi, Jeffry D. Ullman, Pearson.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Compiler Construction-Principles and Practice, Kenneth C Louden, Cengage
Learning.
2. Modern compiler implementation in C, Andrew W Appel, Revised edition,
Cambridge University Press.
3. The Theory and Practice of Compiler writing, J. P. Tremblay and P. G. Sorenson,
TMH
4. Writing compilers and interpreters, R. Mak, 3rd edition, Wiley student edition.
5. lex & yacc – John R. Levine, Tony Mason, Doug Brown, O’reilly

125
 R16 B.TECH IT

WEB TECHNOLOGIES

B.Tech. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS602PC 4 0 0 4

Course Objectives:
 To introduce PHP language for server side scripting
 To introduce XML and processing of XML Data with Java
 To introduce Server side programming with Java Servlets and JSP
 To introduce Client side scripting with Javascript and AJAX.

Course Outcomes:
 gain knowledge of client side scripting, validation of forms and AJAX programming
 have understanding of server side scripting with PHP language
 have understanding of what is XML and how to parse and use XML Data with Java
 To introduce Server side programming with Java Servlets and JSP

UNIT - I
Introduction to PHP: Declaring variables, data types, arrays, strings, operators, expressions,
control structures, functions, Reading data from web form controls like text boxes, radio
buttons, lists etc., Handling File Uploads, Connecting to database (MySQL as reference),
executing simple queries, handling results, Handling sessions and cookies
File Handling in PHP: File operations like opening, closing, reading, writing, appending,
deleting etc. on text and binary files, listing directories

UNIT - II
XML: Introduction to XML, Defining XML tags, their attributes and values, Document Type
Definition, XML Schemas, Document Object Model, XHTML
Parsing XML Data - DOM and SAX Parsers in java.

UNIT - III
Introduction to Servlets: Common Gateway Interface (CGI), Lifecycle of a Servlet,
deploying a servlet, The Servlet API, Reading Servlet parameters, Reading Initialization
parameters, Handling Http Request & Responses, Using Cookies and Sessions, connecting to
a database using JDBC.

UNIT - IV
Introduction to JSP: The Anatomy of a JSP Page, JSP Processing, Declarations, Directives,
Expressions, Code Snippets, implicit objects, Using Beans in JSP Pages, Using Cookies and
session for session tracking, connecting to database in JSP.

126
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT- V
Client side Scripting: Introduction to Javascript: Javascript language - declaring variables,
scope of variables, functions, event handlers (onclick, onsubmit etc.), Document Object
Model, Form validation. Simple AJAX application.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Web Technologies, Uttam K Roy, Oxford University Press
2. The Complete Reference PHP – Steven Holzner, Tata McGraw-Hill

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Web Programming, building internet applications, Chris Bates 2nd edition, Wiley
Dreamtech
2. Java Server Pages –Hans Bergsten, SPD O’Reilly
3. Java Script, D. Flanagan, O’Reilly,SPD.
4. Beginning Web Programming-Jon Duckett WROX.
5. Programming World Wide Web, R. W. Sebesta, Fourth Edition, Pearson.
6. Internet and World Wide Web – How to program, Dietel and Nieto, Pearson.

127
 R16 B.TECH IT

CRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY

B.Tech. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS603PC 4 0 0 4

Course Objectives:
 Explain the objectives of information security
 Explain the importance and application of each of confidentiality, integrity,
authentication and availability
 Understand various cryptographic algorithms.
 Understand the basic categories of threats to computers and networks
 Describe public-key cryptosystem.
 Describe the enhancements made to IPv4 by IPSec
 Understand Intrusions and intrusion detection
 Discuss the fundamental ideas of public-key cryptography.
 Generate and distribute a PGP key pair and use the PGP package to send an encrypted
e-mail message.
 Discuss Web security and Firewalls

Course Outcomes:
 Student will be able to understand basic cryptographic algorithms, message and web
authentication and security issues.
 Ability to identify information system requirements for both of them such as client
and server.
 Ability to understand the current legal issues towards information security.

UNIT – I
Security Concepts: Introduction, The need for security, Security approaches, Principles of
security, Types of Security attacks, Security services, Security Mechanisms, A model for
Network Security
Cryptography Concepts and Techniques: Introduction, plain text and cipher text,
substitution techniques, transposition techniques, encryption and decryption, symmetric and
asymmetric key cryptography, steganography, key range and key size, possible types of
attacks.

UNIT – II
Symmetric key Ciphers: Block Cipher principles, DES, AES, Blowfish, RC5, IDEA, Block
cipher operation, Stream ciphers, RC4.
Asymmetric key Ciphers: Principles of public key cryptosystems, RSA algorithm, Elgamal
Cryptography, Diffie-Hellman Key Exchange, Knapsack Algorithm.

128
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT – III
Cryptographic Hash Functions: Message Authentication, Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA-
512), Message authentication codes: Authentication requirements, HMAC, CMAC, Digital
signatures, Elgamal Digital Signature Scheme.
Key Management and Distribution: Symmetric Key Distribution Using Symmetric &
Asymmetric Encryption, Distribution of Public Keys, Kerberos, X.509 Authentication
Service, Public – Key Infrastructure

UNIT – IV
Transport-level Security: Web security considerations, Secure Socket Layer and Transport
Layer Security, HTTPS, Secure Shell (SSH)
Wireless Network Security: Wireless Security, Mobile Device Security, IEEE 802.11
Wireless LAN, IEEE 802.11i Wireless LAN Security

UNIT – V
E-Mail Security: Pretty Good Privacy, S/MIME IP Security: IP Security overview, IP
Security architecture, Authentication Header, Encapsulating security payload, Combining
security associations, Internet Key Exchange
Case Studies on Cryptography and security: Secure Multiparty Calculation, Virtual
Elections, Single sign On, Secure Inter-branch Payment Transactions, Cross site Scripting
Vulnerability.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Cryptography and Network Security - Principles and Practice: William Stallings,
Pearson Education, 6th Edition
2. Cryptography and Network Security: Atul Kahate, Mc Graw Hill, 3rd Edition

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Cryptography and Network Security: C K Shyamala, N Harini, Dr T R Padmanabhan,
Wiley India, 1st Edition.
2. Cryptography and Network Security : Forouzan Mukhopadhyay, Mc Graw Hill, 3rd
Edition
3. Information Security, Principles, and Practice: Mark Stamp, Wiley India.
4. Principles of Computer Security: WM. Arthur Conklin, Greg White, TMH
5. Introduction to Network Security: Neal Krawetz, CENGAGE Learning
6. Network Security and Cryptography: Bernard Menezes, CENGAGE Learning

129
 R16 B.TECH IT

MOBILE COMPUTING
(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE - I)

B.Tech. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS611PE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To make the student understand the concept of mobile computing paradigm, its novel
applications and limitations.
 To understand the typical mobile networking infrastructure through a popular GSM
protocol
 To understand the issues and solutions of various layers of mobile networks, namely
MAC layer, Network Layer & Transport Layer
 To understand the database issues in mobile environments & data delivery models.
 To understand the ad hoc networks and related concepts.
 To understand the platforms and protocols used in mobile environment.

Course Outcomes:
 Able to think and develop new mobile application.
 Able to take any new technical issue related to this new paradigm and come up with a
solution(s).
 Able to develop new ad hoc network applications and/or algorithms/protocols.
 Able to understand & develop any existing or new protocol related to mobile
environment

UNIT - I
Introduction: Mobile Communications, Mobile Computing – Paradigm, Promises/Novel
Applications and Impediments and Architecture; Mobile and Handheld Devices, Limitations
of Mobile and Handheld Devices.
GSM – Services, System Architecture, Radio Interfaces, Protocols, Localization, Calling,
Handover, Security, New Data Services, GPRS, CSHSD, DECT.

UNIT – II
(Wireless) Medium Access Control (MAC): Motivation for a specialized MAC (Hidden
and exposed terminals, Near and far terminals), SDMA, FDMA, TDMA, CDMA, Wireless
LAN/(IEEE 802.11)
Mobile Network Layer: IP and Mobile IP Network Layers, Packet Delivery and Handover
Management, Location Management, Registration, Tunneling and Encapsulation, Route
Optimization, DHCP.

UNIT – III
Mobile Transport Layer: Conventional TCP/IP Protocols, Indirect TCP, Snooping TCP,
Mobile TCP, Other Transport Layer Protocols for Mobile Networks.

130
 R16 B.TECH IT

Database Issues: Database Hoarding & Caching Techniques, Client-Server Computing &
Adaptation, Transactional Models, Query processing, Data Recovery Process & QoS Issues.

UNIT - IV
Data Dissemination and Synchronization: Communications Asymmetry, Classification of
Data Delivery Mechanisms, Data Dissemination, Broadcast Models, Selective Tuning and
Indexing Methods, Data Synchronization – Introduction, Software, and Protocols.

UNIT - V
Mobile Adhoc Networks (MANETs): Introduction, Applications & Challenges of a
MANET, Routing, Classification of Routing Algorithms, Algorithms such as DSR, AODV,
DSDV, etc. , Mobile Agents, Service Discovery.
Protocols and Platforms for Mobile Computing: WAP, Bluetooth, XML, J2ME, Java
Card, Palm OS, Windows CE, Symbian OS, Linux for Mobile Devices, Android.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Jochen Schiller, “Mobile Communications”, Addison-Wesley, Second Edition, 2009.
2. Raj Kamal, “Mobile Computing”, Oxford University Press, 2007, ISBN: 0195686772.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Jochen Schiller, “Mobile Communications”, Addison-Wesley, Second Edition, 2004.
2. Stojmenovic and Cacute, “Handbook of Wireless Networks and Mobile Computing”,
Wiley, 2002, ISBN 0471419028.
3. Reza Behravanfar, “Mobile Computing Principles: Designing and Developing
Mobile Applications with UML and XML”, ISBN: 0521817331, Cambridge
University Press, Oct 2004.

131
 R16 B.TECH IT

OBJECT ORIENTED ANALYSIS AND DESIGN

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – I)

B.Tech. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: IT612PE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 Concisely define the following key terms: class, object, state, behavior, object class,
class diagram, object diagram, operation, encapsulation, constructor operation, query
operation, update operation, scope operation, association, association role,
multiplicity, association class, abstract class, concrete class, class-scope attribute,
abstract operation, method, polymorphism, overriding, multiple classification,
aggregation, and composition.
 Describe the activities in the different phases of the object-oriented development life
cycle.
 State the advantages of object-oriented modeling vis-à-vis structured approaches.
 Compare and contrast the object-oriented model with the E-R and EER models.
 Model a real-world application by using a UML class diagram.
 Provide a snapshot of the detailed state of a system at a point in time using a UML
(Unified Modeling Language) object diagram.
 Recognize when to use generalization, aggregation, and composition relationships.
 Specify different types of business rules in a class diagram.

Course Outcomes: Graduate can able to take up the case studies and model it in different
views with respect user requirement such as use case, logical, component and deployment
and etc, and preparation of document of the project for the unified Library application.

UNIT - I
Introduction to UML: Importance of modeling, principles of modeling, object oriented
modeling, conceptual model of the UML, Architecture, Software Development Life Cycle.

UNIT - II
Basic Structural Modeling: Classes, Relationships, common Mechanisms, and diagrams.
Advanced Structural Modeling: Advanced classes, advanced relationships, Interfaces, Types
and Roles, Packages.
Class & Object Diagrams: Terms, concepts, modeling techniques for Class & Object
Diagrams.

UNIT - III
Basic Behavioral Modeling-I: Interactions, Interaction diagrams.
Basic Behavioral Modeling-II: Use cases, Use case Diagrams, Activity Diagrams.

132
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - IV
Advanced Behavioral Modeling: Events and signals, state machines, processes and Threads,
time and space, state chart diagrams.
Architectural Modeling: Component, Deployment, Component diagrams and Deployment
diagrams.

UNIT - V
Patterns and Frameworks, Artifact Diagrams. Case Study: The Unified Library application

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Grady Booch, James Rumbaugh, Ivar Jacobson: The Unified Modeling Language
User Guide, Pearson Education 2nd Edition.
2. Object-Oriented Analysis and Design with the Unified Process By John W. Satzinger,
Robert B Jackson and Stephen D Burd, Cengage Learning.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Meilir Page-Jones: Fundamentals of Object Oriented Design in UML, Pearson
Education.
2. Pascal Roques: Modeling Software Systems Using UML2, WILEY-Dreamtech India
Pvt. Ltd.
3. Atul Kahate: Object Oriented Analysis & Design, The McGraw-Hill Companies.
4. Mark Priestley: Practical Object-Oriented Design with UML, TMH.
5. Appling UML and Patterns: An introduction to Object – Oriented Analysis and
Design and Unified Process, Craig Larman, Pearson Education.
6. Hans-Erik Eriksson, Magnus Penker, Brian Lyons, David Fado: UML 2 Toolkit,
WILEY- Dreamtech India Pvt. Ltd.
7. UML and C++, R. C. Lee, and W. M. Tepfenhart, PHI.
8. Object Oriented Analysis, Design and Implementation, B. Dathan, S. Ramnath,
Universities Press.
9. OO Design with UML and Java, K. Barclay, J. Savage, Elsevier.
10. Learning UML 2.0, Russ Miles and Kim Hamilton, O’Reilly, SPD.

133
 R16 B.TECH IT

COMPUTER FORENSICS
(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – I)

B.Tech. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: IT613PE 3 0 0 3

UNIT - I
Computer Forensics Fundamentals: What is Computer Forensics?, Use of Computer
Forensics in Law Enforcement, Computer Forensics Assistance to Human
Resources/Employment Proceedings, Computer Forensics Services, Benefits of Professional
Forensics Methodology, Steps taken by Computer Forensics Specialists Types of Computer
Forensics Technology: Types of Military Computer Forensic Technology, Types of Law
Enforcement — Computer Forensic Technology — Types of Business Computer Forensic
Technology Computer Forensics Evidence and Capture: Data Recovery Defined — Data
Back-up and Recovery — The Role of Back-up in Data Recovery — The Data-Recovery
Solution.

UNIT-II
Evidence Collection and Data Seizure: Why Collect Evidence? Collection Options —
Obstacles — Types of Evidence — The Rules of Evidence — Volatile Evidence — General
Procedure — Collection and Archiving — Methods of Collection — Artifacts — Collection
Steps — Controlling Contamination: The Chain of Custody Duplication and Preservation of
Digital Evidence: Preserving the Digital Crime Scene — Computer Evidence Processing
Steps — Legal Aspects of Collecting and Preserving Computer Forensic Evidence Computer
Image Verification and Authentication: Special Needs of Evidential Authentication —
Practical Consideration —Practical Implementation.

UNIT - III
Computer Forensics analysis and validation: Determining what data to collect and analyze,
validating forensic data, addressing data-hiding techniques, performing remote acquisitions
Network Forensics: Network forensics overview, performing live acquisitions, developing
standard procedures for network forensics, using network tools, examining the honeynet
project.
Processing Crime and Incident Scenes: Identifying digital evidence, collecting evidence in
private-sector incident scenes, processing law enforcement crime scenes, preparing for a
search, securing a computer incident or crime scene, seizing digital evidence at the scene,
storing digital evidence, obtaining a digital hash, reviewing a case

UNIT - IV
Current Computer Forensic tools: evaluating computer forensic tool needs, computer
forensics software tools, computer forensics hardware tools, validating and testing forensics
software E-Mail Investigations: Exploring the role of e-mail in investigation, exploring the
roles of the client and server in e-mail, investigating e-mail crimes and violations,
understanding e-mail servers, using specialized e-mail forensic tools.
134
 R16 B.TECH IT

Cell phone and mobile device forensics: Understanding mobile device forensics,
understanding acquisition procedures for cell phones and mobile devices.

UNIT - V
Working with Windows and DOS Systems: understanding file systems, exploring
Microsoft File Structures, Examining NTFS disks, Understanding whole disk encryption,
windows registry, Microsoft startup tasks, MS-DOS startup tasks, virtual machines.

TEXT BOOKS
1. Computer Forensics, Computer Crime Investigation by John R. Vacca, Firewall
Media, New Delhi.
2. Computer Forensics and Investigations by Nelson, Phillips Enfinger, Steuart,
CENGAGE Learning

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Real Digital Forensics by Keith J. Jones, Richard Bejtiich, Curtis W. Rose, Addison-
Wesley Pearson Education
2. Forensic Compiling, A Tractitioneris Guide by Tony Sammes and Brian Jenkinson,
Springer International edition.
3. Computer Evidence Collection & Presentation by Christopher L.T. Brown, Firewall
Media.
4. Homeland Security, Techniques & Technologies by Jesus Mena, Firewall Media.
5. Software Forensics Collecting Evidence from the Scene of a Digital Crime by Robert
M. Slade, TMH 2005
6. Windows Forensics by Chad Steel, Wiley India Edition

135
 R16 B.TECH IT

INFORMATION SECURITY MANAGEMENT (SECURITY ANALYST-I)

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE - I)

B.Tech. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS614PE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To introduce the terminology, technology and its applications
 To introduce the concept of Security Analyst
 To introduce the tools, technologies & programming languages which are used in day
to day security analyst job role

UNIT - I
Information Security Management: Information Security Overview, Threats and Attack
Vectors, Types of Attacks, Common Vulnerabilities, and Exposures (CVE), Security Attacks,
Fundamentals of Information Security, Computer Security Concerns, Information Security
Measures etc.
Manage your work to meet requirements (NOS 9001)

UNIT - II
Fundamentals of Information Security: Key Elements of Networks, Logical Elements of
Network, Critical Information Characteristics, Information States etc.
Work effectively with Colleagues (NOS 9002)

UNIT - III
Data Leakage: What is Data Leakage and statistics, Data Leakage Threats, Reducing the
Risk of Data Loss, Key Performance Indicators (KPI), Database Security etc.

UNIT - IV
Information Security Policies, Procedures, and Audits: Information Security Policies-
necessity-key elements & characteristics, Security Policy Implementation, Configuration,
Security Standards-Guidelines & Frameworks etc.

UNIT - V
Information Security Management – Roles and Responsibilities: Security Roles &
Responsibilities, Accountability, Roles, and Responsibilities of Information Security
Management, team-responding to emergency situation-risk analysis process etc.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Management of Information Security by Michael E. Whitman and Herbert J. Mattord
REFERENCES:
1. http://www.iso.org/iso/home/standards/management-standards/iso27001.htm
2. http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/nistpubs/800-55-Rev1/SP800-55-rev1.pdf

136
 R16 B.TECH IT

INTRODUCTION TO ANALYTICS (ASSOCIATE ANALYTICS -I)

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE - I)

B.Tech. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS615PE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To introduce the terminology, technology and its applications
 To introduce the concept of Analytics for Business
 To introduce the tools, technologies & programming languages which is used in day
to day analytics cycle

UNIT - I
Introduction to Analytics and R programming (NOS 2101): Introduction to R, R Studio
(GUI): R Windows Environment, introduction to various data types, Numeric, Character,
date, data frame, array, matrix etc., Reading Datasets, Working with different file types .txt,.
csv etc. Outliers, Combining Datasets, R Functions and loops.
Manage your work to meet requirements (NOS 9001): Understanding Learning
objectives, Introduction to work & meeting requirements, Time Management, Work
management & prioritization, Quality & Standards Adherence,

UNIT - II
Summarizing Data & Revisiting Probability (NOS 2101): Summary Statistics -
Summarizing data with R, Probability, Expected, Random, Bivariate Random variables,
Probability distribution. Central Limit Theorem etc.
Work effectively with Colleagues (NOS 9002): Introduction to work effectively, Team
Work, Professionalism, Effective Communication skills, etc.

UNIT - III
SQL using R Introduction to NoSQL, Connecting R to NoSQL databases. Excel and R
integration with R connector.

UNIT - IV
Correlation and Regression Analysis (NOS 9001): Regression Analysis, Assumptions of
OLS Regression, Regression Modelling. Correlation, ANOVA, Forecasting,
Heteroscedasticity, Autocorrelation, Introduction to Multiple Regression etc.

UNIT - V
Understand the Verticals - Engineering, Financial and others (NOS 9002)
Understanding systems viz. Engineering Design, Manufacturing, Smart Utilities, Production
lines, Automotive, Technology etc. Understanding Business problems related to various
businesses.
Requirements Gathering: Gathering all the data related to Business objective.

137
 R16 B.TECH IT

TEXT BOOK:
1. Student’s Handbook for Associate Analytics.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Introduction to Probability and Statistics Using R, ISBN: 978-0-557-24979-4, is a
textbook written for an undergraduate course in probability and statistics.
2. An Introduction to R, by Venables and Smith and the R Development Core Team.
This may be downloaded for free from the R Project website (http://www.r-
project.org/, see Manuals). There are plenty of other free references available from the
R Project website.
3. Montgomery, Douglas C., and George C. Runger, Applied statistics and probability
for engineers. John Wiley & Sons, 2010
4. Time Series Analysis and Mining with R. Yanchang Zhao.

138
 R16 B.TECH IT

CRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY LAB

B.Tech. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS604PC 0 0 3 2

1. Write a C program that contains a string (char pointer) with a value ‘Hello world’.
The program should XOR each character in this string with 0 and displays the result.

2. Write a C program that contains a string (char pointer) with a value ‘Hello world’.
The program should AND or and XOR each character in this string with 127 and
display the result.

3. Write a Java program to perform encryption and decryption using the following
algorithms
a. Ceaser cipher b. Substitution cipher c. Hill Cipher

4. Write a C/JAVA program to implement the DES algorithm logic.

5. Write a C/JAVA program to implement the Blowfish algorithm logic.

6. Write a C/JAVA program to implement the Rijndael algorithm logic.

7. Write the RC4 logic in Java Using Java cryptography; encrypt the text “Hello world”
using Blowfish. Create your own key using Java key tool.

8. Write a Java program to implement RSA algorithm.

9. Implement the Diffie-Hellman Key Exchange mechanism using HTML and

JavaScript.

10. Calculate the message digest of a text using the SHA-1 algorithm in JAVA.

11. Calculate the message digest of a text using the MD5 algorithm in JAVA.

139
 R16 B.TECH IT

WEB TECHNOLOGIES LAB

B.Tech. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS605PC 0 0 3 2

Course Objectives:
 To enable the student to program web applications using the following technologies
HTML, Javascript , AJAX, PHP, Tomcat Server, Servlets, JSP

Course Outcomes:
 Use LAMP Stack for web applications
 Use Tomcat Server for Servlets and JSPs
 Write simple applications with Technologies like HTML, Javascript, AJAX, PHP,
Servlets and JSPs
 Connect to Database and get results
 Parse XML files using Java (DOM and SAX parsers)

Note:
1. Use LAMP Stack (Linux, Apache, MySQL and PHP) for the Lab Experiments.
Though not mandatory, encourage the use of Eclipse platform wherever applicable
2. The list suggests the minimum program set. Hence, the concerned staff is requested to
add more problems to the list as needed

1. Install the following on the local machine

 Apache Web Server (if not installed)
 Tomcat Application Server locally
 Install MySQL (if not installed)
 Install PHP and configure it to work with Apache web server and MySQL (if not
already configured)

2. Write an HTML page including javascript that takes a given set of integer numbers and
shows them after sorting in descending order.

3. Write an HTML page including any required Javascript that takes a number from one text
field in the range of 0 to 999 and shows it in another text field in words. If the number is
out of range, it should show “out of range” and if it is not a number, it should show “not a
number” message in the result box.

4. Write an HTML page that has one input, which can take multi-line text and a submit
button. Once the user clicks the submit button, it should show the number of characters,
words and lines in the text entered using an alert message. Words are separated with
white space and lines are separated with new line character.

140
 R16 B.TECH IT

5. Write an HTML page that contains a selection box with a list of 5 countries. When the
user selects a country, its capital should be printed next to the list. Add CSS to customize
the properties of the font of the capital (color, bold and font size).

6. Create an XML document that contains 10 users information. Write a Java program,
which takes User Id as input and returns the user details by taking the user information
from the XML document using (a) DOM Parser and (b) SAX parser

Implement the following web applications using (a) PHP, (b) Servlets and (c) JSP:

7. A user validation web application, where the user submits the login name and password
to the server. The name and password are checked against the data already available in
Database and if the data matches, a successful login page is returned. Otherwise a failure
message is shown to the user.
8. Modify the above program to use an xml file instead of database.

9. Modify the above program to use AJAX to show the result on the same page below the
submit button.

10. A simple calculator web application that takes two numbers and an operator (+, -, /, * and
%) from an HTML page and returns the result page with the operation performed on the
operands.

11. Modify the above program such that it stores each query in a database and checks the
database first for the result. If the query is already available in the DB, it returns the value
that was previously computed (from DB) or it computes the result and returns it after
storing the new query and result in DB.

12. A web application takes a name as input and on submit it shows a hello <name> page
where <name> is taken from the request. It shows the start time at the right top corner of
the page and provides a logout button. On clicking this button, it should show a logout
page with Thank You <name> message with the duration of usage (hint: Use session to
store name and time).

13. A web application that takes name and age from an HTML page. If the age is less than
18, it should send a page with “Hello <name>, you are not authorized to visit this site”
message, where <name> should be replaced with the entered name. Otherwise it should
send “Welcome <name> to this site” message.

14. A web application for implementation:

The user is first served a login page which takes user's name and password. After
submitting the details the server checks these values against the data from a database and
takes the following decisions.
If name and password matches, serves a welcome page with user's full name.
141
 R16 B.TECH IT

If name matches and password doesn't match, then serves “password mismatch” page
If name is not found in the database, serves a registration page, where user’s full name is
asked and on submitting the full name, it stores, the login name, password and full name
in the database (hint: use session for storing the submitted login name and password)

15. A web application that lists all cookies stored in the browser on clicking “List Cookies”
button. Add cookies if necessary.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. The Complete Reference PHP – Steven Holzner, Tata McGraw-Hill
2. Web Programming, building internet applications, Chris Bates 2nd edition, Wiley
Dreamtech
3. Java Server Pages –Hans Bergsten, SPD O’Reilly
4. Java Script, D. Flanagan, O’Reilly, SPD.
5. Internet and World Wide Web – How to program, Dietel and Nieto, Pearson.

142
 R16 B.TECH IT

ADVANCED ENGLISH COMMUNICATION SKILLS (AECS) LAB

B.Tech. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EM606HS 0 0 3 2

Introduction
A course on Advanced English Communication Skills (AECS) Lab is considered essential at
the third year level of B.Tech and B.Pharmacy courses. At this stage, the students need to
prepare themselves for their career which requires them to listen to, read, speak and write in
English both for their professional and interpersonal communication. The main purpose of
this course is to prepare the students of Engineering for their placements.

Course Objectives
This Lab focuses on using multi-media instruction for language development to meet the
following targets:
 To improve students’ fluency in spoken English
 To enable them to listen to English spoken at normal conversational speed
 To help students develop their vocabulary
 To read and comprehend texts in different contexts
 To communicate their ideas relevantly and coherently in writing
 To make students industry-ready
 To help students acquire behavioural skills for their personal and professional life
 To respond appropriately in different socio-cultural and professional contexts

Course Outcomes
Students will be able to:
 Acquire vocabulary and use it contextually
 Listen and speak effectively
 Develop proficiency in academic reading and writing
 Increase possibilities of job prospects
 Communicate confidently in formal and informal contexts

Syllabus
The following course activities will be conducted as part of the Advanced English
Communication Skills (AECS) Lab:

1. Inter-personal Communication and Building Vocabulary - Starting a Conversation

– Responding Appropriately and Relevantly – Using Appropriate Body Language –
Role Play in Different Situations - Synonyms and Antonyms, One-word Substitutes,
Prefixes and Suffixes, Idioms and Phrases and Collocations.
2. Reading Comprehension –General Vs Local Comprehension, Reading for Facts,
Guessing Meanings from Context, , Skimming, Scanning, Inferring Meaning.

143
 R16 B.TECH IT

3. Writing Skills – Structure and Presentation of Different Types of Writing – Letter

Writing/Resume Writing/ e-correspondence/ Technical Report Writing.
4. Presentation Skills – Oral Presentations (individual or group) through JAM
Sessions/Seminars/PPTs and Written Presentations through Posters/Projects/Reports/
e-mails/Assignments… etc.,
5. Group Discussion and Interview Skills – Dynamics of Group Discussion,
Intervention, Summarizing, Modulation of Voice, Body Language, Relevance,
Fluency and Organization of Ideas and Rubrics of Evaluation- Concept and Process,
Pre-interview Planning, Opening Strategies, Answering Strategies, Interview through
Tele-conference & Video-conference and Mock Interviews.

Minimum Hardware Requirement

Advanced English Communication Skills (AECS) Laboratory shall have the following
infrastructural facilities to accommodate at least 35 students in the lab:
 Spacious room with appropriate acoustics
 Eight round tables with five movable chairs for each table.
 Audio-visual aids
 LCD Projector
 Public Address system
 Computer with suitable configuration

Suggested Software: The software consisting of the prescribed topics elaborated above
should be procured and used.
 Oxford Advanced Learner’s Compass, 8th Edition
 DELTA’s key to the Next Generation TOEFL Test: Advanced Skill Practice.

REFERENCES:
1. Kumar, Sanjay and Pushp Lata. English for Effective Communication, Oxford
University Press, 2015.
2. Konar, Nira. English Language Laboratories – A Comprehensive Manual, PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2011.

144
 R16 B.TECH IT

DATA MINING

B.Tech. IV Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS701PC 4 0 0 4

Course Objectives:
 Learn data mining concepts understand association rules mining.
 Discuss classification algorithms learn how data is grouped using clustering
techniques.
 To develop the abilities of critical analysis to data mining systems and applications.
 To implement practical and theoretical understanding of the technologies for data
mining
 To understand the strengths and limitations of various data mining models;

Course Outcomes:
 Ability to perform the preprocessing of data and apply mining techniques on it.
 Ability to identify the association rules, classification and clusters in large data sets.
 Ability to solve real world problems in business and scientific information using data
mining
 Ability to classify web pages, extracting knowledge from the web

UNIT - I
Introduction to Data Mining: Introduction, What is Data Mining, Definition, KDD,
Challenges, Data Mining Tasks, Data Preprocessing, Data Cleaning, Missing data,
Dimensionality Reduction, Feature Subset Selection, Discretization and Binaryzation, Data
Transformation; Measures of Similarity and Dissimilarity- Basics.

UNIT - II
Association Rules: Problem Definition, Frequent Item Set Generation, The APRIORI
Principle, Support and Confidence Measures, Association Rule Generation; APRIOIRI
Algorithm, The Partition Algorithms, FP-Growth Algorithms, Compact Representation of
Frequent Item Set- Maximal Frequent Item Set, Closed Frequent Item Set.

UNIT - III
Classification: Problem Definition, General Approaches to solving a classification problem ,
Evaluation of Classifiers , Classification techniques, Decision Trees-Decision tree
Construction , Methods for Expressing attribute test conditions, Measures for Selecting the
Best Split, Algorithm for Decision tree Induction ; Naive-Bayes Classifier, Bayesian Belief
Networks; K- Nearest neighbor classification-Algorithm and Characteristics.

UNIT - IV
Clustering: Problem Definition, Clustering Overview, Evaluation of Clustering Algorithms,
Partitioning Clustering-K-Means Algorithm, K-Means Additional issues, PAM Algorithm;

145
 R16 B.TECH IT

Hierarchical Clustering-Agglomerative Methods and divisive methods, Basic Agglomerative

Hierarchical Clustering Algorithm, Specific techniques, Key Issues in Hierarchical
Clustering, Strengths and Weakness; Outlier Detection.

UNIT - V
Web and Text Mining: Introduction, web mining, web content mining, web structure
mining, we usage mining, Text mining –unstructured text, episode rule discovery for texts,
hierarchy of categories, text clustering.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Data Mining- Concepts and Techniques- Jiawei Han, Micheline Kamber, Morgan
Kaufmann Publishers, Elsevier, 2 Edition, 2006.
2. Introduction to Data Mining, Pang-Ning Tan, Vipin Kumar, Michael Steinbanch,
Pearson Education.
3. Data mining Techniques and Applications, Hongbo Du Cengage India Publishing

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Data Mining Techniques, Arun K Pujari, 3rd Edition, Universities Press.
2. Data Mining Principles & Applications – T.V Sveresh Kumar, B. Esware Reddy,
Jagadish S Kalimani, Elsevier.
3. Data Mining, Vikaram Pudi, P Radha Krishna, Oxford University Press

146
 R16 B.TECH IT

ANDROID APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT

B.Tech. IV Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: IT702PC/CS722PE 4 0 0 4

Course Objectives:
 To demonstrate their understanding of the fundamentals of Android operating systems
 To demonstrate their skills of using Android software development tools
 To demonstrate their ability to develop software with reasonable complexity on
mobile platform
 To demonstrate their ability to deploy software to mobile devices
 To demonstrate their ability to debug programs running on mobile devices

UNIT - I
Introduction to Android Operating System: Android OS design and Features – Android
development framework, SDK features, Installing and running applications on Eclipse
platform, Creating AVDs, Types of Android applications, Best practices in Android
programming, Android tools
Android application components – Android Manifest file, Externalizing resources like
values, themes, layouts, Menus etc, Resources for different devices and languages, Runtime
Configuration Changes
Android Application Lifecycle – Activities, Activity lifecycle, activity states, monitoring
state changes

UNIT - II
Android User Interface: Measurements – Device and pixel density independent measuring
units. Layouts – Linear, Relative, Grid and Table Layouts.
User Interface (UI) Components – Editable and non editable Text Views, Buttons, Radio
and Toggle Buttons, Checkboxes, Spinners, Dialog and pickers.
Event Handling – Handling clicks or changes of various UI components.
Fragments – Creating fragments, Lifecycle of fragments, Fragment states, Adding fragments
to Activity, adding, removing and replacing fragments with fragment transactions, interfacing
between fragments and Activities, Multi-screen Activities

UNIT - III
Intents and Broadcasts: Intent – Using intents to launch Activities, Explicitly starting new
Activity, Implicit Intents, Passing data to Intents, Getting results from Activities, Native
Actions, using Intent to dial a number or to send SMS
Broadcast Receivers – Using Intent filters to service implicit Intents, Resolving Intent
filters, finding and using Intents received within an Activity
Notifications – Creating and Displaying notifications, Displaying Toasts

147
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - IV
Persistent Storage: Files – Using application specific folders and files, creating files,
reading data from files, listing contents of a directory Shared Preferences – Creating shared
preferences, saving and retrieving data using Shared Preference
Database – Introduction to SQLite database, creating and opening a database, creating tables,
inserting retrieving and deleting data, Registering Content Providers, Using content Providers
(insert, delete, retrieve and update)

UNIT - V
Advanced Topics: Alarms – Creating and using alarms.
Using Internet Resources – Connecting to internet resource, using download manager
Location Based Services – Finding Current Location and showing location on the Map,
updating location

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Professional Android 4 Application Development, Reto Meier, Wiley India, (Wrox) ,
2012
2. Android Application Development for Java Programmers, James C Sheusi, Cengage
Learning, 2013

REFERENCES:
1. Beginning Android 4 Application Development, Wei-Meng Lee, Wiley India (Wrox),
2013

148
 R16 B.TECH IT

PYTHON PROGRAMMING
(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE –II)

B.Tech. IV Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS721PE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To be able to introduce core programming basics and program design with functions
using Python programming language.
 To understand a range of Object-Oriented Programming, as well as in-depth data and
information processing techniques.
 To understand the high-performance programs designed to strengthen the practical
expertise.

UNIT - I
Introduction to Python, Installing Python. How a Program Works, Using Python, Program
Development Cycle, Input, Processing, and Output, Displaying Output with the Print
Function, Comments, Variables, Reading Input from the Keyboard, Performing Calculations,
Operators. Type conversions, Expressions, More about Data Output. Decision Structures and
Boolean Logic: if, if-else, if-elif-else Statements, Nested Decision Structures, Comparing
Strings, Logical Operators, Boolean Variables. Repetition Structures: Introduction, while
loop, for loop, Calculating a Running Total, Input Validation Loops, Nested Loops.
Data types and Expressions: Strings, Assignment and Comments, Numeric Data Types and
Character Sets, Expressions, Functions and Modules.

UNIT - II
Control Statements: Definite Iteration, Formatting Text for Output, Selection, Conditional
Iteration.
File and Exceptions: Introduction to File Input and Output, Using Loops to Process Files,
Processing Records, Exceptions.
Functions: Introduction, Defining and Calling a Void Function, Designing a Program to Use
Functions, Local Variables, Passing Arguments to Functions, Global Variables and Global
Constants, Value-Returning Functions-Generating Random Numbers, The math Module,
Storing Functions in Modules.

UNIT - III
Strings and Text Files: Accessing Characters and Substrings in a String, Strings and
Number System, String Methods, Basic String Operations, String Slicing, Testing, Searching,
and Manipulating Strings. Text Files, Data Encryption, Lists, Introduction to Lists, List
slicing, Finding Items in Lists with the in Operator, List Methods and Useful Built-in
Functions, Copying Lists, Processing Lists, Two-Dimensional Lists, Tuples Sequences,
Tuples. Dictionaries and Sets: Dictionaries, Sets, Serializing Objects. Recursion:
Introduction, Problem Solving with Recursion, Examples of Recursive Algorithms.

149
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - IV
Design with Classes: Classes and Objects, Classes and Functions, Classes and Methods,
Working with Instances, Inheritance and Polymorphism. Object-Oriented Programming:
Procedural and Object-Oriented Programming, Classes, techniques for Designing Classes.

UNIT - V
Graphical User Interfaces: Behavior of terminal based programs and GUI-based programs,
Coding simple GUI-based programs, other useful GUI resources. GUI Programming:
Graphical User Interfaces, Using the tkinter Module, Display text with Label Widgets,
Organizing Widgets with Frames, Button Widgets and Info Dialog Boxes, Getting Input with
Entry Widget, Using Labels as Output Fields, Radio Buttons, Check Buttons.
Simple Graphics and Image Processing: Overview of Turtle Graphics, Two dimensional
Shapes, Colors and RBG System, Image Processing.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Kenneth A. Lambert, The Fundamentals of Python: First Programs, 2011, Cengage
Learning.
2. Think Python First Edition, by Allen B. Downey, Orielly publishing

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Introduction to Computation and Programming Using Python. John V. Guttag, The
MIT Press.
2. James Payne, Beginning Python using Python 2.6 and Python 3, Wrox publishing
3. Paul Gries, Practical Programming: An Introduction to Computer Science using
Python 3,The Pragmatic Bookshelf, 2nd edition (4 Oct. 2013)
4. Charles Dierach, Introduction to Computer Science using Python

150
 R16 B.TECH IT

MULTIMEDIA APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE –II)

B.Tech. IV Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: IT722PE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
This course aims to further develop students’ competency in producing dynamic and creative
graphic solutions for multimedia productions. It provides students with the basic concepts
and techniques of interactive authoring. It also introduces students with the advanced
scripting skills necessary for implementing highly interactive, rich internet applications using
multimedia technologies and authoring tools. Students will develop aesthetic value and
competencies in multimedia authoring. Artistic visual style and layout design are stressed, as
well as the editing and integration of graphic images, animation, video and audio files. The
course allows students to master industry-wide software and technologies to create highly
interactive, rich internet applications.

Course Outcomes:
 Ability to design a short films and teaching material for better understanding.
 Ability to apply different multimedia development tools to produce web based and
stand-alone user interfaces.

UNIT - I
Fundamental concepts in Text and Image: Multimedia and hypermedia, World Wide Web,
overview of multimedia software tools. Graphics and image data representation
graphics/image data types, file formats, Color in image and video: color science, color
models in images, color models in video.

UNIT - II
Fundamental concepts in video and digital audio: Types of video signals, analog video,
digital video, digitization of sound, MIDI, quantization and transmission of audio.
Multimedia Data Compression: Lossless compression algorithms, Lossy compression
algorithms, Image compression standards.

UNIT - III
Basic Video compression techniques, Case study: MPEG Video Coding I, Basic Audio
compression techniques, Case study: MPEG Audio compression.
Web 2.0: What is web 2.0, Search, Content Networks, User Generated Content, Blogging,
Social Networking, Social Media, Tagging, Social Marking, Rich Internet Applications, Web
Services, Mashups, Location Based Services, XML, RSS, Atom, JSON, and VoIP, Web 2.0
Monetization and Business Models, Future of the Web.

151
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - IV
Rich Internet Applications (RIAs) with Adobe Flash : Adobe Flash- Introduction, Flash
Movie Development, Learning Flash with Hands-on Examples, Publish your flash movie,
Creating special effects with Flash, Creating a website splash screen, action script, web
sources.
Rich Internet Applications (RIAs) with Flex 3 - Introduction, Developing with Flex 3,
Working with Components, Advanced Component Development, Visual Effects and
Multimedia.

UNIT - V
Ajax- Enabled Rich Internet Application : Introduction, Traditional Web Applications vs.
Ajax Applications, Rich Internet Application with Ajax, History of Ajax, Raw Ajax example
using xml http request object, Using XML, Creating a full scale Ajax Enabled application,
Dojo Tool Kit.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Fundamentals of Multimedia by Ze-Nian Li and Mark S. Drew PHI Learning, 2004
UNITS 1, 2, 3.
2. AJAX, Rich Internet Applications, and Web Development for Programmers, Paul J
Deitel and Harvey M Deitel, Deitel Developer Series, Pearson Education. UNITS 4,5

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Professional Adobe Flex 3, Joseph Balderson, Peter Ent, et al, Wrox Publications,
Wiley India, 2009.
2. Multimedia Communications: Applications, Networks, Protocols and Standards, Fred
Halsall, Pearson Education, 2001, RP 2005.
3. Multimedia making it work, Tay Vaughan, 7th edition, TMH, 2008.
4. Introduction to multimedia communications and Applications, Middleware,
Networks, K. R. Rao, Zoran, Dragored, Wiley India, 2006, RP. 2009.
5. Multimedia Computing, Communications & Applications, Ralf Steinmetz and Klara
Nahrstedt, Pearson Education, 2004
6. Principles of Multimedia, Ranjan Parekh, TMH, 2006.
7. Multimedia in Action, James E. Shuman, Cengage Learning, 198, RP 2008.
8. Multimedia Systems design, Prabhat K. Andleigh, Kiran Thakrar, PHI, 1986.
9. Multimedia and Communications Technology, Steve Heath, Elsevier, 1999, RP 2003.
10. Adobe Flash CS3 Professional, Adobe press, Pearson Education, 2007.
11. Flash CS3 Professional Advanced, Russel Chun, Pearson Education, 2007.
12. Flash CS5, Chris Grover, O’Reilly, SPD, 2010.
13. SAMS Teach yourself Adobe flash CS3, Pearson Education, 2007.
14. Flex 4 Cookbook, Joshua Noble, et. al, O’Reilly, SPD 2010.
15. Flex3 – A beginner’s guide, Michele E. Davis, Jon A. Phillips, TMH, 2008.
16. Mastering Dojo, R. Gill, C. Riecke and A. Russell, SPD.

152
 R16 B.TECH IT

LINUX PROGRAMMING
(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – II)

B.Tech. IV Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EM702PC/CS723PE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To understand and make effective use of Linux utilities and Shell scripting language
(bash) to solve Problems.
 To implement in C some standard Linux utilities such as ls, mv, cp etc. using system
calls.
 To develop the skills necessary for systems programming including file system
programming, process and signal management, and interprocess communication.
 To develop the basic skills required to write network programs using Sockets.
Course Outcomes:
 Work confidently in Linux environment.
 Work with shell script to automate different tasks as Linux administration.

UNIT- I
Linux Utilities - File handling utilities, Security by file permissions, Process utilities, Disk
utilities, Networking commands, Filters, Text processing utilities and Backup utilities.
Sed-Scripts, Operation, Addresses, Commands, Applications, awk-Execution, Fields and
Records, Scripts, Operation, Patterns, Actions, Associative Arrays, String and Mathematical
functions, System commands in awk, Applications.
Shell programming with Bourne again shell (bash) - Introduction, shell responsibilities,
pipes and Redirection, here documents, running a shell script, the shell as a programming
language, shell meta characters, file name substitution, shell variables, command substitution,
shell commands, the environment, quoting, test command, control structures, arithmetic in
shell, shell script examples, interrupt processing, functions, debugging shell scripts.

UNIT- II
Files and Directories - File Concept, File types, File System Structure, file metadata-Inodes,
kernel support for files, system calls for file I/O operations- open, creat, read, write, close,
lseek, dup2, file status information-stat family, file and record locking- fcntl function, file
permissions - chmod, fchmod, file ownership-chown, lchown, fchown, links-soft links and
hard links – symlink, link, unlink. Directories - Creating, removing and changing
Directories-mkdir, rmdir, chdir, obtaining current working directory-getcwd, Directory
contents, Scanning Directories-opendir, readdir, closedir, rewinddir functions.

UNIT- III
Process – Process concept, Layout of a C program image in main memory, Process
environment-environment list, environment variables, getenv, setenv, Kernel support for
process, process identification, process control - process creation, replacing a process image,

153
 R16 B.TECH IT

waiting for a process, process termination, zombie process, orphan process, system call
interface for process management-fork, vfork, exit, wait, waitpid, exec family, Process
Groups, Sessions and Controlling Terminal, Differences between threads and processes.
Signals – Introduction to signals, Signal generation and handling, Kernel support for signals,
Signal function, unreliable signals, reliable signals, kill, raise, alarm, pause, abort, sleep
functions.

UNIT- IV
Interprocess Communication - Introduction to IPC, IPC between processes on a single
computer system, IPC between processes on different systems, pipes-creation, IPC between
related processes using unnamed pipes, FIFOs-creation, IPC between unrelated processes
using FIFOs (Named pipes), differences between unnamed and named pipes, popen and
pclose library functions. Message Queues - Kernel support for messages, APIs for message
queues, client/server example. Semaphores - Kernel support for semaphores, APIs for
semaphores, file locking with semaphores.

UNIT- V
Shared Memory - Kernel support for shared memory, APIs for shared memory, shared
memory example. Sockets - Introduction to Berkeley Sockets, IPC over a network, Client-
Server model, Socket address structures (Unix domain and Internet domain),Socket system
calls for connection oriented protocol and connectionless protocol, example-client/server
programs-Single Server-Client connection, Multiple simultaneous clients, Socket options-
setsockopt and fcntl system calls, Comparison of IPC mechanisms.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Unix System Programming using C++, T. Chan, PHI.
2. Unix Concepts and Applications, 4th Edition, Sumitabha Das, TMH.
3. Unix Network Programming, W. R. Stevens, PHI.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Beginning Linux Programming, 4th Edition, N. Matthew, R. Stones, Wrox, Wiley
India Edition.
2. Unix for programmers and users, 3rd Edition, Graham Glass, King Ables, Pearson.
3. System Programming with C and Unix, A. Hoover, Pearson.
4. Unix System Programming, Communication, Concurrency and Threads, K. A.
Robbins and S. Robbins, Pearson Education.
5. Unix shell Programming, S. G. Kochan and P. Wood, 3rd edition, Pearson Education.
6. Shell Scripting, S. Parker, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.
7. Advanced Programming in the Unix Environment, 2nd edition, W. R. Stevens and S.
A. Rago, Pearson Education.
8. Unix and Shell programming, B. A. Forouzan and R. F. Gilberg, Cengage Learning.
9. Linux System Programming, Robert Love, O’Reilly, SPD.
10. C Programming Language, Kernighan and Ritchie, PHI

154
 R16 B.TECH IT

R PROGRAMMING
(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – II)

B.Tech. IV Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS724PE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 Understanding and being able to use basic programming concepts
 Automate data analysis
 Working collaboratively and openly on code
 Knowing how to generate dynamic documents
 Being able to use a continuous test-driven development approach

Course Outcomes:
 be able to use and program in the programming language R
 be able to use R to solve statistical problems
 be able to implement and describe Monte Carlo the technology
 be able to minimize and maximize functions using R

UNIT – I
Introduction: Overview of R, R data types and objects, reading and writing data, sub setting
R Objects, Essentials of the R Language, Installing R, Running R, Packages in R,
Calculations, Complex numbers in R, Rounding, Arithmetic, Modulo and integer quotients,
Variable names and assignment, Operators, Integers, Factors, Logical operations

UNIT – II
Control structures, functions, scoping rules, dates and times, Introduction to Functions,
preview of Some Important R Data Structures, Vectors, Character Strings, Matrices, Lists,
Data Frames, Classes
Vectors: Generating sequences, Vectors and subscripts, Extracting elements of a vector using
subscripts, Working with logical subscripts, Scalars, Vectors, Arrays, and Matrices, Adding
and Deleting Vector Elements, Obtaining the Length of a Vector, Matrices and Arrays as
Vectors Vector Arithmetic and Logical Operations, Vector Indexing, Common Vector
Operations

UNIT – III
Lists: Creating Lists, General List Operations, List Indexing Adding and Deleting List
Elements, Getting the Size of a List, Extended Example: Text Concordance Accessing List
Components and Values Applying Functions to Lists, DATA FRAMES, Creating Data
Frames, Accessing Data Frames, Other Matrix-Like Operations

UNIT - IV
FACTORS AND TABLES, Factors and Levels, Common Functions Used with Factors,
Working with Tables, Matrix/Array-Like Operations on Tables , Extracting a Subtable,

155
 R16 B.TECH IT

Finding the Largest Cells in a Table, Math Functions, Calculating a Probability, Cumulative
Sums and Products, Minima and Maxima, Calculus, Functions for Statistical Distributions

UNIT - V
OBJECT-ORIENTED PROGRAMMING: S Classes, S Generic Functions, Writing S
Classes, Using Inheritance, S Classes, Writing S Classes, Implementing a Generic Function
on an S Class, visualization, Simulation, code profiling, Statistical Analysis with R, data
manipulation

TEXT BOOKS:
1. R Programming for Data Science by Roger D. Peng
2. The Art of R Programming by Prashanth singh, Vivek Mourya, Cengage Learning
India.

156
 R16 B.TECH IT

INTERNET OF THINGS
(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – II)

B.Tech. IV Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS725PE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To introduce the terminology, technology and its applications
 To introduce the concept of M2M (machine to machine) with necessary protocols
 To introduce the Python Scripting Language which is used in many IoT devices
 To introduce the Raspberry PI platform, that is widely used in IoT applications
 To introduce the implementation of web based services on IoT devices.

UNIT - I
Introduction to Internet of Things –Definition and Characteristics of IoT, Physical Design of
IoT – IoT Protocols, IoT communication models, Iot Communication APIs, IoT enabled
Technologies – Wireless Sensor Networks, Cloud Computing, Big data analytics,
Communication protocols, Embedded Systems, IoT Levels and Templates, Domain Specific
IoTs – Home, City, Environment, Energy, Retail, Logistics, Agriculture, Industry, health and
Lifestyle.

UNIT - II
IoT and M2M – Software defined networks, network function virtualization, difference
between SDN and NFV for IoT. Basics of IoT System Management with NETCOZF,
YANG- NETCONF, YANG, SNMP NETOPEER

UNIT - III
Introduction to Python - Language features of Python, Data types, data structures, Control of
flow, functions, modules, packaging, file handling, data/time operations, classes, Exception
handling. Python packages - JSON, XML, HTTP Lib, URL Lib, SMTP Lib.

UNIT - IV
IoT Physical Devices and Endpoints - Introduction to Raspberry PI - Interfaces (serial, SPI,
I2C). Programming – Python program with Raspberry PI with focus of interfacing external
gadgets, controlling output, reading input from pins.

UNIT - V
IoT Physical Servers and Cloud Offerings – Introduction to Cloud Storage models and
communication APIs. Webserver – Web server for IoT, Cloud for IoT, Python web
application framework. Designing a RESTful web API

TEXT BOOK:
1. Internet of Things - A Hands-on Approach, Arshdeep Bahga and Vijay Madisetti,
Universities Press, 2015, ISBN: 9788173719547
2. Getting Started with Raspberry Pi, Matt Richardson & Shawn Wallace, O'Reilly
(SPD), 2014, ISBN: 9789350239759
157
 R16 B.TECH IT

DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING
(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – III)

B.Tech. IV Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: IT731PE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 Foundation of cooperative distributed systems engineering
 Supporting technologies with a special attention to agent-oriented paradigm
 Service-oriented computing and grid computing
 The implementation component includes a term-project

UNIT - I
Introduction: The different forms of computing, The strengths and weaknesses of
Distributed computing, Operating system concepts relevant to distributed computing, the
architecture of distributed applications. Paradigms for Distributed Applications, choosing a
Paradigm for an application (trade-offs).

UNIT - II
Cluster Computing: Parallel computing overview, cluster computing – Introduction, Cluster
Architecture, parallel programming models and Paradigms, Applications of Clusters.

UNIT - III
Grid Computing: Introduction, Grid Computing Anatomy – Architecture, Architecture and
relationship to other Distributed Technologies, Grid computing road map. Merging the Grid
services Architecture with the Web Services Architecture.

UNIT - IV
Open Grid Service Architecture – Introduction, Architecture, and Goal, Sample Use cases:
Commercial Data Center, National Fusion Collaboratory, Online Media, and Entertainment.
OGSA platform Components, Open Grid Services Infrastructure.

UNIT - V
Globus GT 3 Toolkit – Architecture, Programming Model, A sample implementation, High
Level services, OGSI.NET Middleware Solutions.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Grid Computing, Joshy Joseph & Craig Fellenstein, Pearson education, 2004
2. Distributed Computing, Principles and Applications, M. L. Liu, Pearson Education,
2004
3. High Performance Cluster Computing, Rajkumar Buyya, Pearson education.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Grid Computing – Making the global infrastructure a reality, Fran Berman, Geoffrey
C Fox, Anthony J G Hey, Wiley India, 2010.
2. A Networking Approach to Grid Computing, D.Minoli, Wiley & sons, 2006.
3. Grid Computing: A Practical Guide to Technology and Applications, A.Abbas,
Firewall Media, 2008.

158
 R16 B.TECH IT

MACHINE LEARNING
(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – III)

B.Tech. IV Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS732PE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To be able to formulate machine learning problems corresponding to different
applications.
 To understand a range of machine learning algorithms along with their strengths and
weaknesses.
 To understand the basic theory underlying machine learning.

Course Outcomes:
 Student should be able to understand the basic concepts such as decision trees and
neural networks.
 Ability to formulate machine learning techniques to respective problems.
 Apply machine learning algorithms to solve problems of moderate complexity

UNIT – I
Introduction: An illustrative learning task, and a few approaches to it. What is known from
algorithms? Theory, Experiment. Biology. Psychology. Overview of Machine learning,
related areas and applications. Linear Regression, Multiple Regression, Logistic Regression,
logistic functions. Concept Learning: Version spaces. Inductive Bias. Active queries.
Mistake bound/ PAC model. basic results. Overview of issues regarding data sources, success
criteria.

UNIT – II
Decision Tree Learning: - Minimum Description Length Principle. Occam’s razor. Learning
with active queries Introduction to information theory, Decision Trees, Cross Validation and
Over fitting. Neural Network Learning: Perceptions and gradient descent back propagation,
multilayer networks and back propagation.

UNIT – III
Sample Complexity and Over fitting: Errors in estimating means. Cross Validation and
jackknifing VC dimension. Irrelevant features: Multiplicative rules for weight tuning.
Support Vector Machines: functional and geometric margins, optimum margin classifier,
constrained optimization, Lagrange multipliers, primal/dual problems, KKT conditions, dual
of the optimum margin classifier, soft margins, and kernels.
Bayesian Approaches: The basics Expectation Maximization. Bayes theorem, Naïve Bayes
Classifier, Markov models, Hidden Markov Models

159
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - IV
Instance-based Techniques: Lazy vs. eager generalization. K nearest neighbor, case- based
reasoning. Clustering and Unsupervised Learning: K-means clustering, Gaussian mixture
density estimation, model selection

UNIT - V
Genetic Algorithms: Different search methods for induction - Explanation-based Learning:
using prior knowledge to reduce sample complexity.
Dimensionality reduction: feature selection, principal component analysis, linear
discriminant analysis, factor analysis, independent component analysis, multidimensional
scaling, manifold learning

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Tom Michel, Machine Learning, McGraw Hill, 1997
2. Trevor Has tie, Robert Tibshirani & Jerome Friedman. The Elements of Statically
Learning, Springer Verlag, 2001

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Machine Learning Methods in the Environmental Sciences, Neural Networks,
William W Hsieh, Cambridge Univ Press.
2. Richard o. Duda, Peter E. Hart and David G. Stork, pattern classification, John Wiley
& Sons Inc.,2001
3. Chris Bishop, Neural Networks for Pattern Recognition, Oxford University Press,
1995

160
 R16 B.TECH IT

CLOUD COMPUTING
(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – III)

B.Tech. IV Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS733PE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To explain the evolving computer model called cloud computing.
 To introduce the various levels of services that can be achieved by cloud.
 To describe the security aspects in cloud.

Course Outcomes:
 Ability to understand the virtualization and cloud computing concepts.

UNIT - I
Systems Modeling, Clustering and Virtualization: Distributed System Models and
Enabling Technologies, Computer Clusters for Scalable Parallel Computing, Virtual
Machines and Virtualization of Clusters and Data centers.

UNIT - II
Foundations: Introduction to Cloud Computing, Migrating into a Cloud, Enriching the
‘Integration as a Service’ Paradigm for the Cloud Era, The Enterprise Cloud Computing
Paradigm.

UNIT - III
Infrastructure as a Service (IAAS) & Platform and Software as a Service (PAAS /
SAAS): Virtual machines provisioning and Migration services, On the Management of
Virtual machines for Cloud Infrastructures, Enhancing Cloud Computing Environments using
a cluster as a Service, Secure Distributed Data Storage in Cloud Computing.
Aneka, Comet Cloud, T-Systems’, Workflow Engine for Clouds, Understanding Scientific
Applications for Cloud Environments.

UNIT - IV
Monitoring, Management and Applications: An Architecture for Federated Cloud
Computing, SLA Management in Cloud Computing, Performance Prediction for HPC on
Clouds, Best Practices in Architecting Cloud Applications in the AWS cloud, Building
Content Delivery networks using Clouds, Resource Cloud Mashups.

UNIT - V
Governance and Case Studies: Organizational Readiness and Change management in the
Cloud age, Data Security in the Cloud, Legal Issues in Cloud computing, Achieving
Production Readiness for Cloud Services.

161
 R16 B.TECH IT

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Cloud Computing: Principles and Paradigms by Rajkumar Buyya, James Broberg and
Andrzej M. Goscinski, Wiley, 2011.
2. Distributed and Cloud Computing, Kai Hwang, Geoffery C.Fox, Jack J.Dongarra,
Elsevier, 2012.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Cloud Computing : A Practical Approach, Anthony T.Velte, Toby J.Velte, Robert
Elsenpeter, Tata McGraw Hill, rp2011.
2. Enterprise Cloud Computing, Gautam Shroff, Cambridge University Press, 2010.
3. Cloud Computing: Implementation, Management and Security, John W. Rittinghouse,
James F.Ransome, CRC Press, rp2012.
4. Cloud Application Architectures: Building Applications and Infrastructure in the
Cloud, George Reese, O’Reilly, SPD, rp2011.
5. Cloud Security and Privacy: An Enterprise Perspective on Risks and Compliance, Tim
Mather, Subra Kumaraswamy, Shahed Latif, O’Reilly, SPD, rp2011.

162
 R16 B.TECH IT

INFORMATION SECURITY ASSESSMENT AND AUDIT

(SECURITY ANALYST - II)
(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – III)

B.Tech. IV Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS734PE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To introduce the terminology, technology and its applications
 To introduce the concept of Security Analyst
 To introduce the tools, technologies & programming languages which is used in day
to day security analyst job role.

UNIT - I
Information Security Performance Metrics and Audit: Security Metrics and Reporting,
Common Issues and Variances of Performance Metrics, Introduction to Security Audit,
Servers and Storage devices, Infrastructure and Networks, Communication Routes,
Information Security Methodologies (Black-box, White-box, Grey-box), Phases of
Information Security Audit and Strategies, Ethics of an Information Security Auditor etc.
Maintain Healthy, Safe & Secure Working environment (NOS 9003)

UNIT - II
Information Security Audit Tasks, Reports and Post Auditing Actions: Pre-audit
checklist, Information Gathering, Vulnerability Analysis, External Security Audit, Internal
Network Security Audit, Firewall Security Audit, IDS Security Auditing, Social Engineering
Security Auditing, Web Application Security Auditing, Information Security Audit
Deliverables & Writing Report, Result Analysis, Post Auditing Actions, Report Retention
etc.
Provide Data/Information in Standard formats (NOS 9004)

UNIT - III
Vulnerability Management: Information Security Vulnerabilities – Threats and
Vulnerabilities, Human-based Social Engineering, Computer-based Social Engineering,
Social Media Countermeasures, Vulnerability Management – Vulnerability Scanning,
Testing, Threat management, Remediation etc.

UNIT - IV
Information Security Assessments: Vulnerability Assessment, Classification, Types of
Vulnerability Assessment, Vulnerability Assessment Phases, Vulnerability Analysis Stages,
Characteristics of a Good Vulnerability Assessment Solutions &Considerations,
Vulnerability Assessment Reports – Tools and choosing a right Tool, Information Security
Risk Assessment, Risk Treatment, Residual Risk, Risk Acceptance, Risk Management
Feedback Loops etc.

163
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - V
Configuration Reviews: Introduction to Configuration Management, Configuration
Management Requirements-Plan-Control, Development of configuration Control Policies,
Testing Configuration Management etc.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Assessing Information Security (strategies, tactics, logic and framework) by A
Vladimirov, K. Gavrilenko, and A. Michajlowski
2. “The Art of Computer Virus Research and Defense by Peter Szor.”

REFERENCES:
1. https://www.sans.org/reading-room/whitepapers/threats/implementing-vulnerability-
management-process-34180
2. http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/nistpubs/800-40-Ver2/SP800-40v2.pdf

164
 R16 B.TECH IT

BIG DATA ANALYTICS (ASSOCIATE ANALYTICS-2)

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – III)

B.Tech. IV Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS735PE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To introduce the terminology, technology and its applications
 To introduce the concept of Analytics for Business
 To introduce the tools, technologies & programming languages which is used in day
to day analytics cycle

UNIT - I
Data Management (NOS 2101): Design Data Architecture and manage the data for analysis,
understand various sources of Data like Sensors/signal/GPS etc. Data Management, Data
Quality (noise, outliers, missing values, duplicate data) and Data Preprocessing.
Export all the data onto Cloud ex. AWS/Rackspace etc.
Maintain Healthy, Safe & Secure Working Environment (NOS 9003) Introduction,
workplace safety, Report Accidents & Emergencies, Protect health & safety as your work,
course conclusion, assessment.

UNIT - II
Big Data Tools (NOS 2101): Introduction to Big Data tools like Hadoop, Spark, Impala etc.,
Data ETL process, Identify gaps in the data and follow-up for decision making.
Provide Data/Information in Standard Formats (NOS 9004)
Introduction, Knowledge Management, Standardized reporting & compliances, Decision
Models, course conclusion. Assessment

UNIT - III
Big Data Analytics: Run descriptives to understand the nature of the available data, collate
all the data sources to suffice business requirement, Run descriptive statistics for all the
variables and observer the data ranges, Outlier detection and elimination.

UNIT - IV
Machine Learning Algorithms (NOS 9003): Hypothesis testing and determining the
multiple analytical methodologies, Train Model on 2/3 sample data using various
Statistical/Machine learning algorithms, Test model on 1/3 sample for prediction etc.

UNIT - V (NOS 9004)

Data Visualization (NOS 2101): Prepare the data for Visualization, Use tools like Tableau,
Qlick View and D3, Draw insights out of Visualization tool.
Product Implementation

165
 R16 B.TECH IT

TEXT BOOK:
1. Student’s Handbook for Associate Analytics.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Introduction to Data Mining, Tan, Steinbach and Kumar, Addison Wesley, 2006
2. Data Mining Analysis and Concepts, M. Zaki and W. Meira (the authors have kindly
made an online version available): http://www.dataminingbook.info/uploads/book.pdf
3. Mining of Massive Datasets Jure Leskovec Stanford Univ. Anand Rajaraman
Milliway Labs Jeffrey D. Ullman, Stanford Univ.
(http://www.vistrails.org/index.php/Course:_Big_Data_Analysis)

166
 R16 B.TECH IT

COMPUTER GRAPHICS
(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – IV)

B.Tech. IV Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS741PE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To make students understand about fundamentals of Graphics to enable them to
design animated scenes for virtual object creations.
 To make the student present the content graphically.

Course Outcomes:
 Students can animate scenes entertainment.
 Will be able work in computer aided design for content presentation..
 Better analogy data with pictorial representation.

UNIT - I
Introduction: Application areas of Computer Graphics, overview of graphics systems,
video-display devices, raster-scan systems, random scan systems, graphics monitors and
work stations and input devices
Output primitives: Points and lines, line drawing algorithms, mid-point circle and ellipse
algorithms. Filled area primitives: Scan line polygon fill algorithm, boundary-fill and flood-
fill algorithms.

UNIT - II
2-D Geometrical transforms: Translation, scaling, rotation, reflection and shear
transformations, matrix representations and homogeneous coordinates, composite transforms,
transformations between coordinate systems.
2-D Viewing: The viewing pipeline, viewing coordinate reference frame, window to view-
port coordinate transformation, viewing functions, Cohen-Sutherland and Cyrus-beck line
clipping algorithms, Sutherland –Hodgeman polygon clipping algorithm.

UNIT - III
3-D Object representation: Polygon surfaces, quadric surfaces, spline representation,
Hermite curve, Bezier curve and B-spline curves, Bezier and B-spline surfaces, sweep
representations, octrees BSP Trees,
3-D Geometric transformations: Translation, rotation, scaling, reflection and shear
transformations, composite transformations, 3-D viewing: Viewing pipeline, viewing
coordinates, view volume and general projection transforms and clipping.

UNIT - IV
Visible surface detection methods: Classification, back-face detection, depth-buffer, scan-
line, depth sorting, BSP-tree methods, area sub-division and octree methods

167
 R16 B.TECH IT

Illumination Models and Surface rendering Methods: Basic illumination models, polygon
rendering methods

UNIT- V
Computer animation: Design of animation sequence, general computer animation functions,
raster animation, computer animation languages, key frame systems, motion specifications

TEXT BOOKS:
1. “Computer Graphics C version”, Donald Hearn and M. Pauline Baker, Pearson
education.
2. “Computer Graphics Second edition”, Zhigand xiang, Roy Plastock, Schaum’s
outlines, Tata Mc Graw hill edition.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. “Computer Graphics Principles & practice”, second edition in C, Foley, Van Dam,
Feiner and Hughes, Pearson Education.
2. “Procedural elements for Computer Graphics”, David F Rogers, Tata Mc Graw hill,
2nd edition.
3. “Principles of Interactive Computer Graphics”, Neuman and Sproul, TMH.
4. “Principles of Computer Graphics”, Shalini, Govil-Pai, Springer.
5. “Computer Graphics”, Steven Harrington, TMH
6. Computer Graphics, F. S. Hill, S. M. Kelley, PHI.
7. Computer Graphics, P. Shirley, Steve Marschner & Others, Cengage Learning.
8. Computer Graphics & Animation, M. C. Trivedi, Jaico Publishing House.
9. An Integrated Introduction to Computer Graphics and Geometric Modelling, R.
Goldman, CRC Press, Taylor&Francis Group.
10. Computer Graphics, Rajesh K. Maurya, Wiley India.

168
 R16 B.TECH IT

STORAGE AREA NETWORKS

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – IV)

B.Tech. IV Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: IT742PE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To understand Storage Area Networks characteristics and components.
 To become familiar with the SAN vendors and their products
 To learn Fibre Channel protocols and how SAN components use them to communicate
with each other
 To become familiar with Cisco MDS 9000 Multilayer Directors and Fabric Switches
Thoroughly learn Cisco SAN-OS features.
 To understand the use of all SAN-OS commands. Practice variations of SANOS features

Course Outcomes:
 Ability to demonstrate the storage area networks and their products
 Ability to provide the mechanisms for the backup/recovery.

UNIT- I
Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data
to a business, challenges in data storage and data management, Solutions available for data
storage, Core elements of a data centre infrastructure, role of each element in supporting
business activities Hardware and software components of the host environment, Key
protocols and concepts used by each component ,Physical and logical components of a
connectivity environment ,Major physical components of a disk drive and their function,
logical constructs of a physical disk, access characteristics, and performance Implications.

UNIT-II:
Concept of RAID and its components , Different RAID levels and their suitability for
different application environments: RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 3, RAID 4, RAID 5, RAID
0+1, RAID 1+0, RAID 6, Compare and contrast integrated and modular storage systems
,High-level architecture and working of an intelligent storage system
Evolution of networked storage, Architecture, components, and topologies of FC-SAN, NAS,
and IP-SAN, Benefits of the different networked storage options, understand the need for
long-term archiving solutions and describe how CAS fulfills the need, understand the
appropriateness of the different networked storage options for different application
environments

UNIT- III
Planned/unplanned outages and the impact of downtime, Business continuity (BC) and
disaster recovery (DR) ,RTO and RPO, Architecture of backup/recovery and the different
backup/recovery topologies , replication technologies and their role in ensuring information

169
 R16 B.TECH IT

availability and business continuity, Remote replication technologies and their role in
providing disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities

UNIT- IV
Content-Addressed Storage, Fixed Content and Archives Types of Archives, Features and
Benefits of CAS CAS Architecture Object Storage and Retrieval in CAS,Storage
Virtualization Forms of Virtualization Storage Virtualization Configurations,Storage
Virtualization Challenges,Types of Storage Virtualization, the common threats in each
domain Virtualization technologies, block-level and file-level virtualization technologies and
processes.

UNIT- V
Identify key areas to monitor in a data centre, Industry standards for data centre monitoring
and management, Key metrics to monitor for different components in a storage infrastructure,
Key management tasks in a data centre. Information security, Critical security attributes for
information systems, Storage security domains,

Case Studies:
The technologies described in the course are reinforced with EMC examples of actual
solutions.
Realistic case studies enable the participant to design the most appropriate solution for given
sets of criteria.

TEXT BOOK:
1. EMC Corporation, Information Storage and Management, Wiley.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Robert Spalding, “Storage Networks: The Complete Reference“, Tata McGraw Hill,
Osborne, 2003.
2. Marc Farley, “Building Storage Networks”, Tata McGraw Hill, Osborne, 2001.
3. Meeta Gupta, Storage Area Network Fundamentals, Pearson Education Limited,
2002.

170
 R16 B.TECH IT

E-COMMERCE
(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – IV)

B.Tech. IV Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS743PE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 Identify the major categories and trends of e-commerce applications.
 Identify the essential processes of an e-commerce system.
 Identify several factors and web store requirements needed to succeed in e-commerce.
 Discuss the benefits and trade-offs of various e-commerce clicks and bricks
alternatives.
 Understand the main technologies behind e-commerce systems and how these
technologies interact.
 Discuss the various marketing strategies for an online business.
 Define various electronic payment types and associated security risks and the ways to
protect against them.

Course Outcomes:
 Ability to identify the business relationships between the organizations and their
customers
 Ability to perform various transactions like payment, data transfer and etc.

UNIT - I
Electronic Commerce-Frame work, anatomy of E-Commerce applications, E-Commerce
Consumer applications, E-Commerce organization applications. Consumer Oriented
Electronic commerce - Mercantile Process models.

UNIT - II
Electronic payment systems - Digital Token-Based, Smart Cards, Credit Cards, Risks in
Electronic Payment systems. Inter Organizational Commerce - EDI, EDI Implementation,
Value added networks. Intra Organizational Commerce - work Flow, Automation
Customization and internal Commerce, Supply chain Management.

UNIT - III
Corporate Digital Library - Document Library, digital Document types, corporate Data
Warehouses. Advertising and Marketing - Information based marketing, Advertising on
Internet, on-line marketing process, market research. Consumer Search and Resource
Discovery - Information search and Retrieval, Commerce Catalogues, Information Filtering.
Multimedia - key multimedia concepts, Digital Video and electronic Commerce, Desktop
video processing’s, Desktop video conferencing

171
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT – IV
Web Marketing Strategies, Communicating with Different Market Segments, Beyond Market
Segmentation: Customer Behavior and Relationship Intensity, Advertising on the Web, E-
Mail Marketing, Search Engine Positioning and Domain Names, Selling to Businesses
Online, Electronic Data Interchange, Supply Chain Management Using Internet
Technologies, Electronic Marketplaces and Portals

UNIT - V
E-Business Revenue Models, Revenue Models for Online Business, Changing Strategies:
Revenue Models in Transition, Revenue Strategy Issues for Online Businesses, Creating an
Effective Business Presence Online, Web Site Usability, Virtual Communities, Mobile
Commerce, Online Auctions

TEXT BOOK:
1. Frontiers of electronic commerce – Kalakata, Whinston, Pearson. (UNITS 1, 2, 3)
2. E-Business by Gary P. Schneider, - Cengage India Learning (UNITS 4, 5)

REFERENCES:
1. E-Commerce fundamentals and applications Hendry Chan, Raymond Lee, Tharam
Dillon, Elizabeth Chang, John Wiley.
2. E-Commerce, S. Jaiswal – Galgotia.
3. E-Commerce, Efrain Turbon, Jae Lee, David King, H. Michael Chang.
4. Electronic Commerce – Gary P. Schneider – Thomson.
5. E-Commerce – Business, Technology, Society, Kenneth C. Taudon, Carol Guyerico
Traver.

172
 R16 B.TECH IT

INFORMATION RETRIEVAL SYSTEM

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – IV)

B.Tech. IV Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: IT744PE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To learn the different models for information storage and retrieval
 To learn about the various retrieval utilities
 To understand indexing and querying in information retrieval systems
 To expose the students to the notions of structured and semi structured data
 To learn about web search

Course Outcomes:
 Possess the ability to store and retrieve textual documents using appropriate models
 Possess the ability to use the various retrieval utilities for improving search
 Possess an understanding of indexing and compressing documents to improve space and
time efficiency
 Possess the skill to formulate SQL like queries for unstructured data
 Understand issues in web search

UNIT-I
Introduction, Retrieval Strategies: Vector space model, Probabilistic retrieval strategies:
Simple term weights, Non binary independence model, Language Models.

UNIT-II
Retrieval Utilities: Relevance feedback, Clustering, N-grams, Regression analysis, Thesauri.
Retrieval Utilities: Semantic networks, Parsing Cross-Language Information Retrieval:
Introduction, Crossing the language barrier. Efficiency: Inverted index, Query processing,
Signature files, Duplicate document detection.

UNIT-III
Integrating Structured Data and Text: A Historical progression, Information retrieval as a
relational application, Semi-structured search using a relational schema Distributed
Information Retrieval: A Theoretical model of distributed retrieval, Web search.

UNIT-IV
Probabilistic information retrieval, The Probability Ranking Principle, The Binary
Independence Model Probabilistic approaches to relevance feedback, Bayesian network
approaches to IR, Vector space classification, Support vector machines and machine learning
on documents, Machine learning methods in ad hoc information retrieval.

173
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT-V
Web search basics , Web characteristics, The search user experience Index size and
estimation, Web crawling and indexes Crawling , Crawler architecture DNS resolution The
URL frontier Link analysis The Web as a graph Anchor text and the web graph, PageRank,
The PageRank computation, Topic-specific PageRank

TEXT BOOK:
 David A. Grossman, Ophir Frieder, Information Retrieval – Algorithms and Heuristics,
Springer, 2nd Edition (Distributed by Universities Press), 2004.(UNITS 1,2,3)
 Christopher D. Manning, Prabhakar Raghavan, Hinrich Schütze, An Introduction to
Information Retrieval, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, England, 2009(UNITS 4
AND 5)

REFERENCE BOOKS:
 Gerald J Kowalski, Mark T Maybury. Information Storage and Retrieval Systems,
Springer, 2000
 Soumen Chakrabarti, Mining the Web : Discovering Knowledge from Hypertext Data,
Morgan-Kaufmann Publishers, 2002

174
 R16 B.TECH IT

WEB SERVICES AND SERVICE ORIENTED ARCHITECTURE

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – IV)

B.Tech. IV Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS745PE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To understand the details of web services technologies like WSDL, UDDI, SOAP
 To learn how to implement and deploy web service client and server
 To explore interoperability between different frameworks

Course Outcomes:
 Basic details of WSDL, UDDI, SOAP
 Implement WS client and server with interoperable systems

UNIT - I
Evolution and Emergence of Web Services - Evolution of distributed computing, Core
distributed computing technologies – client/server, CORBA, JAVA RMI, Microsoft DCOM,
MOM, Challenges in Distributed Computing, role of J2EE and XML in distributed
computing, emergence of Web Services and Service Oriented Architecture (SOA).
Introduction to Web Services – The definition of web services, basic operational model of
web services, tools and technologies enabling web services, benefits and challenges of using
web services.
Web Services Architecture – Web services Architecture and its characteristics, core
building blocks of web services, standards and technologies available for implementing web
services, web services communication models, basic steps of implementing web services.

UNIT - II
Fundamentals of SOAP – SOAP Message Structure, SOAP encoding, Encoding of different
data types, SOAP message exchange models, SOAP communication and messaging, Java and
Axis, limitations of SOAP.

UNIT - III
Describing Web Services – WSDL – WSDL in the world of Web Services, Web Services
life cycle, anatomy of WSDL definition document, WSDL bindings, WSDL Tools,
limitations of WSDL.

UNIT - IV
Discovering Web Services – Service discovery, role of service discovery in a SOA, service
discovery mechanisms, UDDI – UDDI registries, uses of UDDI Registry, Programming with
UDDI, UDDI data structures, Publishing API, Publishing, searching and deleting information
in a UDDI Registry, limitations of UDDI.

175
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - V
Web Services Interoperability – Means of ensuring Interoperability, Overview of .NET,
Creating a .NET client for an Axis Web Service, creating Java client for a Web service,
Challenges in Web Services Interoperability.
Web Services Security – XML security frame work, Goals of Cryptography, Digital
signature, Digital Certificate, XML Encryption.

TEXT BOOK:
1. Developing Java Web Services, R. Nagappan, R. Skoczylas, R.P. Sriganesh, Wiley
India.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Java Web Service Architecture, James McGovern, Sameer Tyagi et al., Elsevier
2. Building Web Services with Java, 2nd Edition, S. Graham and others, Pearson Edn.
3. Java Web Services, D.A. Chappell & T. Jewell, O’Reilly, SPD.
4. Web Services, G. Alonso, F. Casati and others, Springer.

176
 R16 B.TECH IT

ANDROID APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT LAB

B.Tech. IV Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: IT703PC/CS752PC 0 0 3 2

Course Objectives:
 To learn how to develop Applications in android environment.
 To learn how to develop user interface applications.
 To learn how to develop URL related applications.

The student is expected to be able to do the following problems, though not limited.

1. Create an Android application that shows Hello + name of the user and run it on an
emulator.
(b) Create an application that takes the name from a text box and shows hello message
along with the name entered in text box, when the user clicks the OK button.

2. Create a screen that has input boxes for User Name, Password, Address, Gender
(radio buttons for male and female), Age (numeric), Date of Birth (Date Picket), State
(Spinner) and a Submit button. On clicking the submit button, print all the data below
the Submit Button. Use
(a) Linear Layout , (b) Relative Layout and
(c) Grid Layout or Table Layout.

3. Develop an application that shows names as a list and on selecting a name it should
show the details of the candidate on the next screen with a “Back” button. If the
screen is rotated to landscape mode (width greater than height), then the screen should
show list on left fragment and details on right fragment instead of second screen with
back button. Use Fragment transactions and Rotation event listener.

4. Develop an application that uses a menu with 3 options for dialing a number, opening
a website and to send an SMS. On selecting an option, the appropriate action should
be invoked using intents.

5. Develop an application that inserts some notifications into Notification area and
whenever a notification is inserted, it should show a toast with details of the
notification.

6. Create an application that uses a text file to store user names and passwords (tab
separated fields and one record per line). When the user submits a login name and
password through a screen, the details should be verified with the text file data and if
they match, show a dialog saying that login is successful. Otherwise, show the dialog
with Login Failed message.

7. Create a user registration application that stores the user details in a database table.

8. Create a database and a user table where the details of login names and passwords are
stored. Insert some names and passwords initially. Now the login details entered by

177
 R16 B.TECH IT

the user should be verified with the database and an appropriate dialog should be
shown to the user.

Note:
Android Application Development with MIT App Inventor:For the first one week, the student
is advised to go through the App Inventor from MIT which gives insight into the various
properties of each component.
The student should pay attention to the properties of each components, which are used later in
Android programming. Following are useful links:
1. http://ai2.appinventor.mit.edu
2. https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B8rTtW_91YclTWF4czdBMEpZcWs/view

178
 R16 B.TECH IT

PYTHON PROGRAMMING LAB

B.Tech. IV Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS751PC 0 0 3 2

Prerequisites: Students should install Python on Linux platform.

Course Objectives:
 To be able to introduce core programming basics and program design with
functions using Python programming language.
 To understand a range of Object-Oriented Programming, as well as in-depth data
and information processing techniques.
 To understand the high-performance programs designed to strengthen the practical
expertise.

Course Outcomes:
 Student should be able to understand the basic concepts scripting and the
contributions of scripting language
 Ability to explore python especially the object oriented concepts, and the built in
objects of Python.
 Ability to create practical and contemporary applications such as TCP/IP network
programming, Web applications, discrete event simulations

List of Programs:
1. Write a program to demonstrate different number data types in Python.
2. Write a program to perform different Arithmetic Operations on numbers in Python.
3. Write a program to create, concatenate and print a string and accessing sub-string
from a given string.
4. Write a python script to print the current date in the following format “Sun May 29
02:26:23 IST 2017”
5. Write a program to create, append, and remove lists in python.
6. Write a program to demonstrate working with tuples in python.
7. Write a program to demonstrate working with dictionaries in python.
8. Write a python program to find largest of three numbers.
9. Write a Python program to convert temperatures to and from Celsius, Fahrenheit. [
Formula : c/5 = f-32/9 ]
10. Write a Python program to construct the following pattern, using a nested for loop
*
* *
* * *
* * * *
* * * * *
* * * *
* * *

179
 R16 B.TECH IT

* *
*
11. Write a Python script that prints prime numbers less than 20.
12. Write a python program to find factorial of a number using Recursion.
13. Write a program that accepts the lengths of three sides of a triangle as inputs. The
program output should indicate whether or not the triangle is a right triangle (Recall
from the Pythagorean Theorem that in a right triangle, the square of one side equals
the sum of the squares of the other two sides).
14. Write a python program to define a module to find Fibonacci Numbers and import the
module to another program.
15. Write a python program to define a module and import a specific function in that
module to another program.
16. Write a script named copyfile.py. This script should prompt the user for the names of
two text files. The contents of the first file should be input and written to the second
file.
17. Write a program that inputs a text file. The program should print all of the unique
words in the file in alphabetical order.
18. Write a Python class to convert an integer to a roman numeral.
19. Write a Python class to implement pow(x, n)
20. Write a Python class to reverse a string word by word.

180
 R16 B.TECH IT

MULTIMEDIA APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT LAB

B.Tech. IV Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: IT752PC 0 0 3 2

Basic Multimedia programs using PHOTOSHOP

01. Write a program to visualize a given image in different forms using features like
brightness, contrast, blur etc.
02. Write a program to design a visiting card containing at least one Graphic and Text
information.
03. Write a program to prepare a cover page for any book in your subject area.
04. Write a program to use appropriate tools from the tool box to cut the objects from three
files (F1.jpg, F2.jpg, F3.jpg) ; Organize them in a single file and apply feather effects.

Multimedia Programs developed using FLASH

05. Write a Program to perform motion tweening operation using flash
06. Write a Program to create a 24 spokes on a wheel using flash.
07. Write a Program to change and object shape using a shape tweening concept.
08. Write a program to create an animated e-card using adobe Flash.
09. Write a Program to create an animation to represent the Growing Moon.
10. Write a Program to create an animation to indicate a ball bouncing on Steps
11. Write a Program to simulate a ball hitting another ball.
12. Write a Program to change a circle into a square using Flash.

Rich Internet Applications (RIA) using Adobe Flex and Ajax

13. Write an MXML code to display HelloWorld using Flex.
14. Create a Flex Project using Flash Builder IDE to run HelloWorld Application.
15. Implement an AJAX program to fetch RSS feeds from a well-known RSS feed site.
Provide a scrolling display of latest news on your page. You can use xparser.js if you like.
16. Implement an RSS-based search feature. Have a text box and a button in your page for
the same. Show the results in a separate <div> which has the results as hyperlinks, which
the user can click.
17. Use the Reverse AJAX technique to build a web-based chat application. The application
is one-way browser-based. That is, we have a window in which one user types his
messages. From other other side, the second user directly updates a file on the server
(instead of a browser area).
18. A file on a server has information about cricket players. The fields represent name,
country, matches, runs and centuries. The fields are separated by colons (:). The front end
screen has a text field in which the user can enter a country. The server returns details of
all players belonging to that country in the form of one big JSON object. The client parses
the JSON object and builds an HTML table to print the results. Implement the server side
script and the client code.
19. Write an Ajax enabled address book web application that interacts with a webservice to
obtain data and to modify data in a server-side database.
20. Write a Calender web application built using Dojo toolkit

181
 R16 B.TECH IT

LINUX PROGRAMMING LAB

B.Tech. IV Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EM704PC/CS753PC 0 0 3 2

Course Objectives:
 To write shell scripts to solve problems.
 To implement some standard Linux utilities such as ls,cp etc using system calls.
 To develop network-based applications using C.

Course Outcomes:
 Ability to understand the Linux environment
 Ability to perform the file management and multiple tasks using shell scripts in Linux
environment

List of sample problems:

Note: Use Bash for Shell scripts.

1. Write a shell script that accepts a file name, starting and ending line numbers as
arguments and displays all the lines between the given line numbers.
2. Write a shell script that deletes all lines containing a specified word in one or more
files supplied as arguments to it.
3. Write a shell script that displays a list of all the files in the current directory to which
the user has read, write and execute permissions.
4. Write a shell script that receives any number of file names as arguments checks if
every argument supplied is a file or a directory and reports accordingly. Whenever
the argument is a file, the number of lines on it is also reported.
5. Write a shell script that accepts a list of file names as its arguments, counts and
reports the occurrence of each word that is present in the first argument file on other
argument files.
6. Write a shell script to list all of the directory files in a directory.
7. Write a shell script to find factorial of a given integer.
8. Write an awk script to count the number of lines in a file that do not contain vowels.
9. Write an awk script to find the number of characters, words and lines in a file.
10. Write a C program that makes a copy of a file using standard I/O and system calls.
11. Implement in C the following Linux commands using System calls
a) cat b) mv
12. Write a C program to list files in a directory.
13. Write a C program to emulate the Unix ls –l command.
14. Write a C program to list for every file in a directory, its inode number and file name.
15. Write a C program that redirects standard output to a file.Ex: ls > f1.

182
 R16 B.TECH IT

16. Write a C program to create a child process and allow the parent to display “parent”
and the child to display “child” on the screen.
17. Write a C program to create a Zombie process.
18. Write a C program that illustrates how an orphan is created.
19. Write a C program that illustrates how to execute two commands concurrently with a
command pipe. Ex :- ls –l | sort
20. Write C programs that illustrate communication between two unrelated processes
using named pipe (FIFO File).
21. Write a C program in which a parent writes a message to a pipe and the child reads
the message.
22. Write a C program (sender.c) to create a message queue with read and write
permissions to write 3 messages to it with different priority numbers.
23. Write a C program (receiver.c) that receives the messages (from the above message
queue as specified in (22)) and displays them.
24. Write a C program that illustrates suspending and resuming processes using signals.
25. Write Client and Server programs in C for connection oriented communication
between Server and Client processes using Unix Domain sockets to perform the
following:
Client process sends a message to the Server Process. The Server receives the
message, reverses it and sends it back to the Client. The Client will then display the
message to the standard output device.

26. Write Client and Server programs in C for connection oriented communication
between Server and Client processes using Internet Domain sockets to perform the
following:
Client process sends a message to the Server Process. The Server receives the
message, reverses it and sends it back to the Client. The Client will then display the
message to the standard output device.

27. Write C programs to perform the following:

One process creates a shared memory segment and writes a message (“Hello”) into it.
Another process opens the shared memory segment and reads the message (i.e.
“Hello”). It will then display the message (“Hello”) to standard output device.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Beginning Linux Programming, 4th Edition, N. Matthew, R. Stones, Wrox, Wiley
India Edition.
2. Advanced Unix Programming, N. B. Venkateswarulu, BS Publications.
3. Unix and Shell Programming, M.G. Venkatesh Murthy, Pearson Education.
4. Unix Shells by Example, 4th Edition, Elllie Quigley, Pearson Education.
5. Sed and Awk, O. Dougherty & A. Robbins, 2nd edition, SPD.

183
 R16 B.TECH IT

R PROGRAMMING LAB

B.Tech. IV Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS754 PC 0 0 3 2

LIST OF PROGRAMS:

1. Write an R-Program to print Hello World

2. Write an R-Program to take input from user.
3. Write an R-Program to demonstrate working with operators (Arithmetic, Relational,
Logical, Assignment operators).
4. Write an R Program to Check if a Number is Odd or Even
5. Write an R Program to check if the given Number is a Prime Number
6. Write an R Program to Find the Factorial of a Number
7. Write an R Program to Find the Factors of a Number
8. Write an R Program to Find the Fibonacci sequence Using Recursive Function
9. Write an R Program to Make a Simple Calculator
10. Write an R Program to Find L.C.M of two numbers
11. Write an R Program to create a Vector and to access elements in a Vector
12. Write an R Program to create a Matrix and access rows and columns using functions
colnames() and rownames() .
13. Write an R Program to create a Matrix using cbind() and rbind() functions.
14. Write an R Program to create a Matrix from a Vector using dim() function.
15. Write an R Program to create a List and modify its components.
16. Write an R Program to create a Data Frame.
17. Write an R Program to access a Data Frame like a List.
18. Write an R Program to access a Data Frame like a Matrix.
19. Write an R Program to create a Factor.
20. Write an R Program to Access and Modify Components of a Factor.
21. Write an R Program to create an S3 Class and S3 Objects.
22. Write an R Program to write a own generic function in S3 Class.
23. Write an R Program to create an S4 Class and S4 Objects.
24. Write an R Program to write a own generic function in S4 Class.
25. Write an R Program to create Reference Class and modify its Methods.

184
 R16 B.TECH IT

INTERNET OF THINGS LAB

B.Tech. IV Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS755PC 0 0 3 2

Following are some of the programs that a student should be able to write
and test on an Raspberry Pi, but not limited to this only.

1 Start Raspberry Pi and try various Linix commands in command terminal window:
ls, cd, touch, mv, rm, man, mkdir, rmdir, tar, gzip, cat, more, less, ps, sudo, cron, chown,
chgrp, ping etc.
2. Run some python programs on Pi like:
Read your name and print Hello message with name
Read two numbers and print their sum, difference, product and division.
Word and character count of a given string
Area of a given shape (rectangle, triangle and circle) reading shape and appropriate values
from standard input
Print a name 'n' times, where name and n are read from standard input, using for and while
loops.
Handle Divided by Zero Exception.
Print current time for 10 times with an interval of 10 seconds.
Read a file line by line and print the word count of each line.
3. Light an LED through Python program
4. Get input from two switches and switch on corresponding LEDs
5. Flash an LED at a given on time and off time cycle, where the two times are taken from a
file.
6. Flash an LED based on cron output (acts as an alarm)
7. Switch on a relay at a given time using cron, where the relay's contact terminals are
connected to a load.
8. Get the status of a bulb at a remote place (on the LAN) through web.

The student should have hands on experience in using various sensors like temperature,
humidity, smoke, light, etc. and should be able to use control web camera, network, and
relays connected to the Pi.

185
 R16 B.TECH IT

NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – V)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS851PE 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites: Data structures, finite automata and probability theory

Course Objectives: Introduce to some of the problems and solutions of NLP and their
relation to linguistics and statistics.

Course Outcomes:
 Show sensitivity to linguistic phenomena and an ability to model them with formal
grammars.
 Understand and carry out proper experimental methodology for training and
evaluating empirical NLP systems.
 Able to manipulate probabilities, construct statistical models over strings and trees,
and estimate parameters using supervised and unsupervised training methods.
 Able to design, implement, and analyze NLP algorithms.
 Able to design different language modeling Techniques.

UNIT - I
Finding the Structure of Words: Words and Their Components, Issues and Challenges,
Morphological Models
Finding the Structure of Documents: Introduction, Methods, Complexity of the
Approaches, Performances of the Approaches

UNIT - II
Syntax Analysis: Parsing Natural Language, Treebanks: A Data-Driven Approach to Syntax,
Representation of Syntactic Structure, Parsing Algorithms, Models for Ambiguity Resolution
in Parsing, Multilingual Issues

UNIT - III
Semantic Parsing: Introduction, Semantic Interpretation, System Paradigms, Word Sense
Systems, Software.

UNIT - IV
Predicate-Argument Structure, Meaning Representation Systems, Software.

UNIT - V
Discourse Processing: Cohension, Reference Resolution, Discourse Cohension and Structure
Language Modeling: Introduction, N-Gram Models, Language Model Evaluation, Parameter
Estimation, Language Model Adaptation, Types of Language Models, Language-Specific
Modeling Problems, Multilingual and Cross lingual Language Modeling
186
 R16 B.TECH IT

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Multilingual natural Language Processing Applications: From Theory to Practice –
Daniel M. Bikel and Imed Zitouni, Pearson Publication.
2. Natural Language Processing and Information Retrieval: Tanvier Siddiqui, U.S.
Tiwary.

REFERENCE:
1. Speech and Natural Language Processing - Daniel Jurafsky & James H Martin,
Pearson Publications.

187
 R16 B.TECH IT

MIDDLEWARE TECHNOLOGIES
(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – V)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS852PE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 IT systems are more and more integrated with other software systems.
 The knowledge of integrating these systems by using middleware technologies can
be a key competence for IT engineers. Middleware is commonly understood as an
intermediary software layer between the application and the operating system,
which encapsulates the heterogeneity of the underlying communication network,
operating system or hardware platform.
 This course provides details about the modern component platforms. Based on
practical examples, details about modern middleware technologies are studied.
 Students get the chance to gain in-depth knowledge popular middleware platforms.

Course Outcomes:
 Ability to design the integrated system with different software’s.
 Ability to create simple interface between the software and hardware.

UNIT - I
Introduction to client server computing: Evolution of corporate computing models from
centralized to distributed computing, client server models. Benefits of client server
computing, pitfalls of client server programming.

UNIT - II
CORBA with Java: Review of Java concept like RMI, RMI API, JDBC. Client/Server
CORBA-style, The object web: CORBA with Java.
Introducing C# and the .NET Platform; Understanding .NET Assemblies; Object –
Oriented Programming with C#; Callback Interfaces, Delegates, and Events.

UNIT - III
Building c# applications: Type Reflection, Late Binding, and Attribute-Based
Programming; Object Serialization and the .NET Remoting Layer; Data Access with
ADO.NET; XML Web Services.
Core CORBA / Java: Two types of Client/ Server invocations-static, dynamic. The static
CORBA, first CORBA program, ORBlets with Applets, Dynamic CORBA-The portable
count, the dynamic count multicount.

UNIT - IV
Existential CORBA: CORBA initialization protocol, CORBA activation services,
CORBAIDL mapping CORBA java- to- IDL mapping, The introspective CORBA/Java
object.

188
 R16 B.TECH IT

Java Bean Component Model: Events, properties, persistency, Introspection of beans,

CORBA Beans.

UNIT - V
EJBs and CORBA: Object transaction monitors CORBA OTM’s, EJB and CORBA OTM’s,
EJB container frame work, Session and Entity Beans, The EJB client/server development
Process The EJB container protocol, support for transaction EJB packaging EJB design
Guidelines.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Client/Server programming with Java and CORBA Robert Orfali and Dan Harkey,
John Wiley & Sons ,SPD 2nd Edition
2. Java programming with CORBA 3rd Edition, G. Brose, A Vogel and K. Duddy,
Wiley-dreamtech, India John wiley and sons

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Distributed Computing, Principles and applications, M. L. Liu, Pearson Education
2. Client/Server Survival Guide 3rd edition Robert Orfali Dan Harkey & Jeri Edwards,
John Wiley & Sons
3. Client/Server Computing, D T Dewire, TMH.
4. IBM Webspere Starter Kit Ron Ben Natan Ori Sasson, TMH, New Delhi
5. Programming C#, Jesse Liberty, SPD-O’Reilly.
6. C# Preciesely Peter Sestoft and Henrik I. Hansen, Prentice Hall of India
7. Introduction to C# Using .NET Pearson Education
8. C# How to program, Pearson Education
9. C# and the .NET Platform Andrew Troelsen, Apress Wiley - dreamtech, India Pvt
Ltd

189
 R16 B.TECH IT

BIG DATA ANALYTIC TECHNIQUES

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – V)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS853PE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To understand about big data
 To learn the analytics of Big Data
 To Understand the Map Reduce fundamentals
UNIT - I
Big Data: What is big data, History of Data Management; Structuring Big Data; Elements of
Big Data; Big Data Analytics; Distributed and Parallel Computing for Big Data;
Big Data Analytics: What is Big Data Analytics, What Big Data Analytics Isn’t, Why this
sudden Hype Around Big Data Analytics, Classification of Analytics, Greatest Challenges
that Prevent Business from Capitalizing Big Data; Top Challenges Facing Big Data; Why Big
Data Analytics Important; Data Science; Data Scientist; Terminologies used in Big Data
Environments; Basically Available Soft State Eventual Consistency (BASE); Open source
Analytics Tools;

UNIT - II
Understanding Analytics and Big Data: Comparing Reporting and Analysis, Types of
Analytics; Points to Consider during Analysis; Developing an Analytic Team; Understanding
Text Analytics;
Analytical Approach and Tools to Analyze Data: Analytical Approaches; History of
Analytical Tools; Introducing Popular Analytical Tools; Comparing Various Analytical
Tools.

UNIT - III
Understanding Map Reduce Fundamentals and HBase: The Map Reduce Framework;
Techniques to Optimize MapReduce Jobs; Uses of MapReduce; Role of HBase in Big Data
Processing; Storing Data in Hadoop : Introduction of HDFS, Architecture, HDFC Files, File
system types, commands, org.apache.hadoop.io package, HDF, HDFS High Availability;
Introducing HBase, Architecture, Storing Big Data with HBase , Interacting with the Hadoop
Ecosystem; HBase in Operations-Programming with HBase; Installation, Combining HBase
and HDFS;

UNIT - IV
Big Data Technology Landscape and Hadoop : NoSQL, Hadoop; RDBMS versus Hadoop;
Distributed Computing Challenges; History of Hadoop; Hadoop Overview; Use Case of
Hadoop; Hadoop Distributors; HDFC (Hadoop Distributed File System), HDFC Daemons,
read,write, Replica Processing of Data with Hadoop; Managing Resources and Applications
with Hadoop YARN.

190
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - V
Social Media Analytics and Text Mining: Introducing Social Media; Key elements of Social
Media; Text mining; Understanding Text Mining Process; Sentiment Analysis, Performing
Social Media Analytics and Opinion Mining on Tweets;
Mobile Analytics: Introducing Mobile Analytics; Define Mobile Analytics; Mobile Analytics
and Web Analytics; Types of Results from Mobile Analytics; Types of Applications for
Mobile Analytics; Introducing Mobile Analytics Tools;

TEXT BOOKS
1. BIG DATA and ANALYTICS, Seema Acharya, Subhasinin Chellappan, Wiley
publications.
2. BIG DATA, Black BookTM , DreamTech Press, 2015 Edition.
3. BUSINESS ANALYTICS 5e , BY Albright |Winston

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Rajiv Sabherwal, Irma Becerra- Fernandez,” Business Intelligence –Practice,
Technologies, and Management”, John Wiley 2011.
2. Lariss T. Moss, Shaku Atre, “Business Intelligence Roadmap”, Addison-Wesley It
Service.
3. Yuli Vasiliev, “Oracle Business Intelligence: The Condensed Guide to Analysis and
Reporting”, SPD Shroff, 2012.

191
 R16 B.TECH IT

INFORMATION SECURITY INCIDENT RESPONSE AND MANAGEMENT

(SECURITY ANALYST- III)
(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – V)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS854PE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To introduce the terminology, technology and its applications
 To introduce the concept of Security Analyst
 To introduce the tools, technologies & programming languages which are used in day
to day security analyst job role.

UNIT - I
Managing Information Security Services: Configuring Network Devices, Identifying
Unauthorized Devices, Testing the Traffic Filtering Devices, Configuring Router,
Configuring Modes – Router/Global/Interface/Line/Privilege EXEC/ROM/User EXEC,
Configuring a banner/Firewall/Bastion Host/VPN server etc.

UNIT - II
Troubleshooting Network Devices and Services: Introduction & Methodology of
Troubleshooting, Troubleshooting of Network Communication-Connectivity-Network
Devices-Network Slowdowns-Systems-Modems etc.

UNIT - III
Information Security Incident Management & Data Backup: Information Security
Incident Management overview-Handling-Response, Incident Response Roles and
Responsibilities, Incident Response Process etc.
Data Back introduction, Types of Data Backup and its techniques, Developing an Effective
Data Backup Strategy and Plan, Security Policy for Back Procedures.

UNIT - IV
Log Correlation: Computer Security Logs, Configuring& Analyzing Windows Logs, Log
Management-Functions & Challenges, Centralized Logging and Architecture, Time
Synchronization – NTP/NIST etc.
Develop Knowledge Skill and competences (NOS 9005)

UNIT - V
Handling Network Security Incidents: Network Reconnaissance Incidents, Network
Scanning Security Incidents, Network Attacks and Security Incidents, Detecting DoS Attack,
DoS Response Strategies, Preventing/stopping a DoS Incident etc.
Handling Malicious Code Incidents: Incident Handling Preparation, Incident Prevention,
Detection of Malicious Code, Containment Strategy, Evidence Gathering and Handling,
Eradication and Recovery, Recommendations etc. Project.

192
 R16 B.TECH IT

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Managing Information Security Risks, The Octave Approach by Christopher Alberts,
and Audrey Dorofee
2. “Cryptography and Network Security (4th Edition) by William Stallings.”

REFERENCES:
1. https://www.sans.org/reading-room/whitepapers/incident/security-incident-handling-
small-organizations-32979

193
 R16 B.TECH IT

PREDICTIVE ANALYTICS (ASSOCIATE ANALYTICS-3)

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – V)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS855PE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To introduce the terminology, technology and its applications
 To introduce the concept of Analytics for Business
 To introduce the tools, technologies & programming languages which is used in day
to day analytics cycle

UNIT - I
Introduction to Predictive Analytics & Linear Regression (NOS 2101)
What and Why Analytics, Introduction to Tools and Environment, Application of Modelling
in Business, Databases & Types of data and variables, Data Modelling Techniques, Missing
imputations etc.
Need for Business Modelling, Regression – Concepts, Blue property-assumptions-Least
Square Estimation, Variable Rationalization, and Model Building etc.

UNIT - II
Logistic Regression (NOS 2101): Model Theory, Model fit Statistics, Model Conclusion,
Analytics applications to various Business Domains etc.
Regression Vs Segmentation – Supervised and Unsupervised Learning, Tree Building –
Regression, Classification, Over fitting, Pruning and complexity, Multiple Decision Trees
etc.

UNIT - III
Objective Segmentation (NOS 2101): Regression Vs Segmentation – Supervised and
Unsupervised Learning, Tree Building – Regression, Classification, Over fitting, Pruning and
complexity, Multiple Decision Trees etc.
Develop Knowledge, Skill, and Competences (NOS 9005): Introduction to Knowledge
skills & competences, Training & Development, Learning & Development, Policies and
Record keeping, etc.

UNIT - IV
Time Series Methods /Forecasting, Feature Extraction (NOS 2101): Arima, Measures of
Forecast Accuracy, STL approach, Extract features from generated model as Height,
Average, Energy etc and Analyze for prediction. Project

UNIT - V
Working with Documents (NOS 0703): Standard Operating Procedures for documentation
and knowledge sharing, Defining purpose and scope documents, Understanding structure of
documents – case studies, articles, white papers, technical reports, minutes of meeting etc.,

194
 R16 B.TECH IT

Style and format, Intellectual Property and Copyright, Document preparation tools – Visio,
PowerPoint, Word, Excel etc., Version Control, Accessing and updating corporate knowledge
base, Peer review and feedback.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Student’s Handbook for Associate Analytics - III.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Gareth James • Daniela Witten • Trevor Hastie Robert Tibshirani. An Introduction to
Statistical Learning with Applications in R

195
 R16 B.TECH IT

SOFTWARE TESTING METHODOLOGIES

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – VI)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS861PE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives: To understand the software testing methodologies such as flow graphs
and path testing, transaction flows testing, data flow testing, domain testing, and logic base
testing.
Course Outcomes:
 Ability to apply the process of testing and various methodologies in testing for
developed software.
 Ability to write test cases for given software to test it before delivery to the customer

UNIT - I
Introduction: Purpose of testing, Dichotomies, model for testing, consequences of bugs,
taxonomy of bugs.
Flow graphs and Path testing:- Basics concepts of path testing, predicates, path predicates and
achievable paths, path sensitizing, path instrumentation, application of path testing.

UNIT - II
Transaction Flow Testing:-transaction flows, transaction flow testing techniques.
Dataflow testing: Basics of dataflow testing, strategies in dataflow testing, application of
dataflow testing.

UNIT - III
Domain Testing:-domains and paths, Nice & ugly domains, domain testing, domains and
interfaces testing, domain and interface testing, domains and testability.

UNIT - IV
Paths, Path products and Regular expressions:- path products & path expression, reduction
procedure, applications, regular expressions & flow anomaly detection.
Logic Based Testing:- overview, decision tables, path expressions,

UNIT - V
State, State Graphs and Transition testing:- state graphs, good & bad state graphs, state
testing, Testability tips.
Graph Matrices and Application:-Motivational overview, matrix of graph, relations, power of
a matrix, node reduction algorithm, building tools. (Student should be given an exposure to a
tool like JMeter or Win-runner).

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Software Testing techniques – Boris Beizer, Dreamtech, second edition.
2. Software Testing Tools – Dr. K. V. K. K. Prasad, Dreamtech.

196
 R16 B.TECH IT

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. The craft of software testing - Brian Marick, Pearson Education.
2. Software Testing, 3rd edition, P.C. Jorgensen, Aurbach Publications (Dist. by SPD).
3. Software Testing, N. Chauhan, Oxford University Press.
4. Introduction to Software Testing, P. Ammann & J. Offutt, Cambridge Univ. Press.
5. Effective methods of Software Testing, Perry, John Wiley, 2nd Edition, 1999.
6. Software Testing Concepts and Tools, P. Nageswara Rao, dreamtech Press.
7. Software Testing, M. G. Limaye, TMH.
8. Software Testing, S. Desikan, G. Ramesh, Pearson.
9. Foundations of Software Testing, D. Graham & Others, Cengage Learning.
10. Foundations of Software Testing, A. P. Mathur, Pearson.

197
 R16 B.TECH IT

SEMANTIC WEB AND SOCIAL NETWORKING

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – VI)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS862PE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To learn Web Intelligence
 To learn Knowledge Representation for the Semantic Web
 To learn Ontology Engineering
 To learn Semantic Web Applications, Services and Technology
 To learn Social Network Analysis and semantic web

Course Outcomes:
 Ability to understand and knowledge representation for the semantic web.
 Ability to create ontology.
 Ability to build a blogs and social networks

UNIT - I
Thinking and Intelligent Web Applications, The Information Age ,The World Wide Web,
Limitations of Today’s Web, The Next Generation Web.
Machine Intelligence, Artificial Intelligence, Ontology, Inference engines, Software Agents,
Berners-Lee www, Semantic Road Map, Logic on the semantic Web.

UNIT - II
Ontologies and their role in the semantic web, Ontologies Languages for the Semantic Web –
Resource Description Framework(RDF) / RDF Schema, Ontology Web
Language(OWL),UML,XML/XML Schema.
Ontology Engineering, Constructing Ontology, Ontology Development Tools, Ontology
Methods, Ontology Sharing and Merging, Ontology Libraries and Ontology Mapping.

UNIT - III
Logic, Rule and Inference Engines. Semantic Web applications and services, Semantic
Search, e-learning, Semantic Bioinformatics, Knowledge Base.

UNIT - IV
XML Based Web Services, Creating an OWL-S Ontology for Web Services, Semantic
Search Technology, Web Search Agents and Semantic Methods,
What is social Networks analysis, development of the social networks analysis, Electronic
Sources for Network Analysis – Electronic Discussion networks.

UNIT - V
Blogs and Online Communities, Web Based Networks. Building Semantic Web Applications
with social network features.

198
 R16 B.TECH IT

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Thinking on the Web - Berners Lee, Godel and Turing, Wiley interscience.
2. Social Networks and the Semantic Web, Peter Mika, Springer.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Semantic Web Technologies, Trends and Research in Ontology Based Systems, J.
Davies, Rudi Studer, Paul Warren, John Wiley & Sons.
2. Semantic Web and Semantic Web Services -Liyang Lu Chapman and Hall/CRC
Publishers,(Taylor & Francis Group)
3. Information sharing on the semantic Web - Heiner Stucken schmidt; Frank Van
Harmelen, Springer Publications.
4. Programming the Semantic Web, T. Segaran, C. Evans, J. Taylor, O’Reilly, SPD.

199
 R16 B.TECH IT

ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
(Professional Elective - VI)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: IT863PE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To learn the difference between optimal reasoning vs human like reasoning
 To understand the notions of state space representation, exhaustive search, heuristic
search along with the time and space complexities
 To learn different knowledge representation techniques
 To understand the applications of AI: namely Game Playing, Theorem Proving,
Expert Systems, Machine Learning and Natural Language Processing

Course Outcomes:
 Possess the ability to formulate an efficient problem space for a problem
expressed in English.
 Possess the ability to select a search algorithm for a problem and characterize its
time and space complexities.
 Possess the skill for representing knowledge using the appropriate technique
 Possess the ability to apply AI techniques to solve problems of Game Playing,
Expert Systems, Machine Learning and Natural Language Processing

UNIT - I
Introduction, History, Intelligent Systems, Foundations of AI, Sub areas of AI, Applications.
Problem Solving - State-Space Search and Control Strategies: Introduction, General Problem
Solving, Characteristics of Problem, Exhaustive Searches, Heuristic Search Techniques,
Iterative-Deepening A*, Constraint Satisfaction. Game Playing, Bounded Look-ahead
Strategy and use of Evaluation Functions, Alpha-Beta Pruning

UNIT - II
Logic Concepts and Logic Programming: Introduction, Propositional Calculus, Propositional
Logic, Natural Deduction System, Axiomatic System, Semantic Tableau System in
Propositional Logic, Resolution Refutation in Propositional Logic, Predicate Logic, Logic
Programming.
Knowledge Representation: Introduction, Approaches to Knowledge Representation,
Knowledge Representation using Semantic Network, Extended Semantic Networks for KR,
Knowledge Representation using Frames.

UNIT - III
Expert System and Applications: Introduction, Phases in Building Expert Systems, Expert
System Architecture, Expert Systems Vs Traditional Systems, Truth Maintenance Systems,
Application of Expert Systems, List of Shells and Tools.

200
 R16 B.TECH IT

Uncertainty Measure - Probability Theory: Introduction, Probability Theory, Bayesian Belief

Networks, Certainty Factor Theory, Dempster-Shafer Theory.

UNIT-IV
Machine-Learning Paradigms: Introduction. Machine Learning Systems. Supervised and
Unsupervised Learning. Inductive Learning. Learning Decision Trees (Text Book 2),
Deductive Learning. Clustering, Support Vector Machines.
Artificial Neural Networks: Introduction, Artificial Neural Networks, Single-Layer Feed-
Forward Networks, Multi-Layer Feed-Forward Networks, Radial-Basis Function Networks,
Design Issues of Artificial Neural Networks, Recurrent Networks.

UNIT-V
Advanced Knowledge Representation Techniques: Case Grammars, Semantic Web
Natural Language Processing: Introduction, Sentence Analysis Phases, Grammars and
Parsers, Types of Parsers, Semantic Analysis, Universal Networking Knowledge.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Saroj Kaushik. Artificial Intelligence. Cengage Learning. 2011
2. Russell, Norvig: Artificial intelligence, A Modern Approach, Pearson Education,
Second Edition. 2004

REFERENCE BOOK:
1. Rich, Knight, Nair: Artificial intelligence, Tata McGraw Hill, Third Edition 2009.
2. Introduction to Artificial Intelligence by Eugene Charniak, Pearson.
3. Introduction to Artificial Intelligence and expert systems Dan W.Patterson. PHI.
4. Artificial Intelligence by George Fluger rearson fifth edition.

201
 R16 B.TECH IT

CYBER SECURITY
(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – VI)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS864PE 3 0 0 3

UNIT - I
Introduction to Cybercrime: Introduction, Cyber crime and Information Security, Who are
Cybercriminals, Classifications of Cybercrimes, Cybercrime: The legal Perspectives and
Indian Perspective, Cybercrime and the Indian ITA 2000, A Global Perspective on
Cybercrimes.

UNIT - II
Cyber Offenses: How Criminals Plan Them: Introduction, How Criminals plan the
Attacks, Social Engineering, Cyber stalking, Cyber cafe and Cybercrimes, Botnets: The Fuel
for Cybercrime, Attack Vector, Cloud Computing.

UNIT - III
Cybercrime: Mobile and Wireless Devices: Introduction, Proliferation of Mobile and
Wireless Devices, Trends in Mobility, Credit card Frauds in Mobile and Wireless Computing
Era, Security Challenges Posed by Mobile Devices, Registry Settings for Mobile Devices,
Authentication service Security, Attacks on Mobile/Cell Phones, Mobile Devices: Security
Implications for Organizations, Organizational Measures for Handling Mobile,
Organizational Security Policies an Measures in Mobile Computing Era, Laptops.

UNIT - IV
Tools and Methods Used in Cybercrime: Introduction, Proxy Servers and Anonymizers,
Phishing, Password Cracking, Key loggers and Spywares, Virus and Worms, Trojan Horse
and Backdoors, Steganography, DoS and DDoS attacks, SQL Injection, Buffer Overflow.

UNIT - V
Cyber Security: Organizational Implications, Introduction, Cost of Cybercrimes and IPR
issues, Web threats for Organizations, Security and Privacy Implications, Social media
marketing: Security Risks and Perils for Organizations, Social Computing and the associated
challenges for Organizations.

TEXT BOOK:
1. Cyber Security: Understanding Cyber Crimes, Computer Forensics and Legal
Perspectives, Nina Godbole and Sunil Belapure, Wiley INDIA.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Cyber Security Essentials, James Graham, Richard Howard and Ryan Otson, CRC
Press.
2. Introduction to Cyber Security, Chwan-Hwa (john) Wu, J. David Irwin. CRC Press
T&F Group

202
 R16 B.TECH IT

HUMAN COMPUTER INTERACTION

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – VI)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS865PE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
To gain an overview of Human-Computer Interaction (HCI), with an understanding of user
interface design in general, and alternatives to traditional "keyboard and mouse" computing;
become familiar with the vocabulary associated with sensory and cognitive systems as
relevant to task performance by humans; be able to apply models from cognitive psychology
to predicting user performance in various human-computer interaction tasks and recognize
the limits of human performance as they apply to computer operation; appreciate the
importance of a design and evaluation methodology that begins with and maintains a focus on
the user; be familiar with a variety of both conventional and non-traditional user interface
paradigms, the latter including virtual and augmented reality, mobile and wearable
computing, and ubiquitous computing; and understand the social implications of technology
and their ethical responsibilities as engineers in the design of technological systems. Finally,
working in small groups on a product design from start to finish will provide you with
invaluable team-work experience.

Course Outcomes:
 Ability to apply HCI and principles to interaction design.
 Ability to design certain tools for blind or PH people.

UNIT - I
Introduction: Importance of user Interface – definition, importance of good design. Benefits
of good design. A brief history of Screen design.
The graphical user interface – popularity of graphics, the concept of direct manipulation,
graphical system, Characteristics, Web user – Interface popularity, characteristics- Principles
of user interface.

UNIT - II
Design process – Human interaction with computers, importance of human characteristics
human consideration, Human interaction speeds, understanding business junctions.
Screen Designing:- Design goals – Screen planning and purpose, organizing screen elements,
ordering of screen data and content – screen navigation and flow – Visually pleasing
composition – amount of information – focus and emphasis – presentation information
simply and meaningfully – information retrieval on web – statistical graphics – Technological
consideration in interface design.

UNIT- III
Windows – New and Navigation schemes selection of window, selection of devices based
and screen based controls.
203
 R16 B.TECH IT

Components – text and messages, Icons and increases – Multimedia, colors, uses problems,
choosing colors.

UNIT- IV
HCI in the software process, The software life cycle Usability engineering Iterative design
and prototyping Design Focus: Prototyping in practice Design rationale Design rules
Principles to support usability Standards Golden rules and heuristics HCI patterns Evaluation
techniques, Goals of evaluation, Evaluation through expert analysis, Evaluation through user
participation, Choosing an evaluation method. Universal design, Universal design principles
Multi-modal interaction

UNIT- V
Cognitive models Goal and task hierarchies Design Focus: GOMS saves money Linguistic
models The challenge of display-based systems Physical and device models Cognitive
architectures Ubiquitous computing and augmented realities Ubiquitous computing
applications research Design Focus: Ambient Wood – augmenting the physical Virtual and
augmented reality Design Focus: Shared experience Design Focus: Applications of
augmented reality Information and data visualization Design Focus: Getting the size right

TEXT BOOKS:
1. The essential guide to user interface design, Wilbert O Galitz, Wiley Dream Tech.
Units 1, 2, 3
2. Human – Computer Interaction. Alan Dix, Janet Fincay, Gre Goryd, Abowd, Russell
Bealg, Pearson Education Units 4,5

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Designing the user interface. 3rd Edition Ben Shneidermann, Pearson Education Asia.
2. Interaction Design Prece, Rogers, Sharps. Wiley Dreamtech.
3. User Interface Design, Soren Lauesen , Pearson Education.
4. Human –Computer Interaction, D. R. Olsen, Cengage Learning.
5. Human –Computer Interaction, Smith - Atakan, Cengage Learning.

204
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

INTRODUCTION TO SPACE TECHNOLOGY
(OPEN ELECTIVE - I)

B.Tech. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: AE511OE 3 0 0 3

UNIT - I
Fundamentals of Rocket Propulsion and Trajectories: Space Mission- Types-Space
environment-launch vehicle selection.; Introduction to rocket propulsion-fundamentals of
solid propellant rockets- Fundamentals of liquid propellant rockets-Rocket equation, Two-
dimensional trajectories of rockets and missiles-Multi-stage rockets-Vehicle sizing-Two
multi-stage rockets-Trade-off ratios-Single stage to orbit- Sounding rocket-Aerospace plane-
Gravity turn trajectories-Impact point calculation-Injection conditions-Flight dispersions

UNIT- II
Atmospheric Re-entry: Introduction-Steep ballistic re-entry-Ballistic orbital re-entry-Skip
re-entry-“Double- Dip” re-entry - Aero-braking - Lifting body re-entry

UNIT-III
Fundamentals of Orbital Mechanics, Orbital Manoeuvres: Two-body motion-circular,
elliptic, hyperbolic, and parabolic orbits-Basic orbital elements-Ground trace. In-Plane orbit
changes-Hohmann transfer-Bi-elliptical transfer-Plane changes- Combined manoeuvres-
Propulsion for manoeuvres

UNIT - IV
Satellite Attitude Dynamics: Torque free axisymmetric rigid body-Attitude control for
spinning spacecraft - Attitude control for non-spinning spacecraft - The Yo-Yo mechanism –
Gravity – Gradient satellite-Dual spin spacecraft-Attitude determination

UNIT-V
Space mission Operations: Supporting ground system architecture and team interfaces -
Mission phases and core operations- Team responsibilities – Mission diversity – Standard
operations practices

TEXT BOOK:
1. ‘Spaceflight Dynamics’, W.E. Wiesel, 3rd edition, McGraw-Hill, 2010

REFERENCES
1. ‘Rocket Propulsion and Space flight dynamics’, Cornelisse JW, Schoyer HFR, and
Wakker KF, Pitman, 1984
2. ‘Fundamentals of Space Systems’, Vincet L. Pisacane, Oxford University Press, 2005.
3. ‘Understanding Space: An Introduction to Astronautics’, J. Sellers, 2nd edition,
McGraw- Hill, 2004
205
 R16 B.TECH IT

4. ‘Introduction to Space Flight’, Francis J Hale, Prentice-Hall, 1994

5. ‘Spacecraft Mission Design’, Charles D. Brown, AIAA Education Series, 1998
6. ‘Elements of Space Technology for Aerospace Engineers’, Meyer Rudolph X,
Academic Press, 1999

206
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

INTRODUCTION TO AEROSPACE ENGINEERING
(OPEN ELECTIVE - II)

B.Tech. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: AE621OE 3 0 0 3

UNIT – I
History of Flight and Space Environment: Balloons and dirigibles, heavier than air aircraft,
commercial air transport; Introduction of jet aircraft, helicopters, missiles; Conquest of space,
commercial use of space; Different types of flight vehicles, classifications exploring solar
system and beyond, a permanent presence of humans in space; Earth’s atmosphere, the
standard atmosphere; The temperature extremes of space, laws of gravitation, low earth orbit,
microgravity, benefits of microgravity; Environmental impact on spacecraft, space debris;
Planetary environments.

UNIT – II
Introduction to Aerodynamics: Anatomy of the airplane, helicopter; Understanding
engineering models; Aerodynamic forces on a wing, force coefficients; Generating lift,
moment coefficients; Aerodynamic forces on aircraft – classification of NACA airfoils,
aspect ratio, wing loading, Mach number, centre of pressure and aerodynamic centre-aerofoil
characteristics-lift, drag curves; Different types of drag.

UNIT – III
Flight Vehicle Performance and Stability: Performance parameters, performance in steady
flight, cruise, climb, range, endurance, accelerated flight symmetric manoeuvres, turns,
sideslips, takeoff and landing; Flight vehicle Stability, static stability, dynamic stability;
Longitudinal and lateral stability; Handling qualities of the airplanes.

UNIT – IV
Introduction to Airplane Structures and Materials, Power Plants: General types of
construction, monocoque, semi-monocoque; Typical wing and fuselage structure; Metallic &
non-metallic materials, use of aluminium alloy, titanium, stainless steel and composite
materials. Basic ideas about engines, use of propeller and jets for thrust production;
Principles of operation of rocket, types of rockets.

UNIT – V
Satellite Systems Engineering Human Space Exploration: Satellite missions, an
operational satellite system, elements of satellite, satellite bus subsystems; Satellite
structures, mechanisms and materials; Power systems; Communication and telemetry;
Propulsion and station keeping; Space missions, mission objectives. Goals of human space
flight missions, historical background, The Soviet and US missions; The Mercury, Gemini,
Apollo (manned flight to the moon), Skylab, Apollo-Soyuz, Space Shuttle; International

207
 R16 B.TECH IT

Space Station, extravehicular activity; The space suit; The US and Russian designs; Life
support systems, Flight safety; Indian effort in aviation, missile and space technology.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Anderson J. D, “Introduction to Flight”, McGraw-Hill, 5th Edition, 1989.
2. Newman D, “Interactive Aerospace Engineering and Design”, McGraw-Hill, 1st
Edition, 2002.
3. Barnard R.H and Philpot. D.R, “Aircraft Flight”, Pearson, 3rd Edition, 2004.

REFERENCES
1. Kermode, A. C, “Flight without Formulae”, McGraw Hill, 4th Edition, 1997.
2. Swatton P. J, “Flight Planning”, Blackwell Publisher, 6th Edition, 2002.

208
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

AIR TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS
(OPEN ELECTIVE - III)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: AE831OE 3 0 0 3

UNIT- I
Aviation Industry & Its Regulatory Authorities: Introduction, history of aviation-
evolution, development, growth, challenges. Aerospace industry, air transportation industry-
economic impact- types and causes. Airline Industry- structure and economic characteristics.
The breadth of regulation- ICAO, IATA, national authorities (DGCA, FAA). Safety
regulations- risk assessment- human factors and safety, security regulations, environmental
regulations.

UNIT-II
Airspace: Categories of airspace- separation minima, airspace sectors- capacity, demand and
delay. Evolution of air traffic control system- procedural ATC system, procedural ATC with
radar assistance, first generation ‘automated’ ATC system, current generation radar and
computer-based ATC systems. Aerodrome air traffic control equipment and operation -
ICAO future air-navigation systems (FANS). Air-navigation service providers as businesses.
Communication, navigation and surveillance systems (CNSS). Radio communications- VHF,
HF, ACARS, SSR, ADS. Navigation- NDB, VOR, DME, area-navigation systems( R-Nav),
ILS, MLS, GPS, INS.

UNIT- III
Aircraft: Costs- project cash-flow, aircraft price. Compatibility with the operational
infrastructure. Direct and indirect operating costs. Balancing efficiency and effectiveness-
payload-range, fuel efficiency, technical contribution to performance, operating speed and
altitude, aircraft field length performance. typical operating costs. Effectiveness- wake-
vortices, cabin dimensions, flight deck.

UNIT- IV
Airports: Setting up an airport- airport demand, airport siting, runway characteristics- length,
declared distances, aerodrome areas, obstacle safeguarding. Runway capacity- evaluating
runway capacity- sustainable runway capacity. Runway pavement length, Manoeuvring area-
airfield lighting, aprons, Passenger terminals-terminal sizing and configuration. Airport
demand, capacity and delay.

UNIT - V
Airlines: Setting up an airline- modern airline objectives. Route selection and development,
airline fleet planning, annual utilization and aircraft size, seating arrangements. Indirect
operating costs. Aircraft- buy or lease. Revenue generation, computerized reservation
systems, yield management. Integrating service quality into the revenue-generation process.
209
 R16 B.TECH IT

Marketing the seats. Airline scheduling. Evaluating success- financial viability, regulatory
compliance, efficient use of resources, effective service.

TEXT BOOK:
1. Hirst, M., The Air Transport System, Woodhead Publishing Ltd, Cambridge, England,
2008.

REFERENCES:
1. Wensven, J.G., Air Transportation: A Management Perspective, Eighth Edition,
shgate, 2015.
2. Belobaba, P., Odoni, A. and Barnhart, C., Global Airline Industry, Second Edition,
Wiley, 2015.
3. M. Bazargan, M., Airline Operations and Scheduling, Second Edition, Ashgate, 2010.
4. Nolan, M.S., Fundamentals of Air Traffic Control, 5th edn., Thomson Learning, 2011.
5. Wells, A. and Young, S., Airport Planning and Management, 6th edn., McGraw-Hill,
2011.

210
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

ROCKETS AND MISSILES
(OPEN ELECTIVE - III)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: AE832OE 3 0 0 3

UNIT- I
Introduction: Space launch vehicles and military missiles- function, types, role, mission,
mission profile, thrust profile, propulsion system, payload, staging, control and guidance
requirements, performance measures, design, construction, operation- similarities and
differences.

UNIT – II
Solid and Liquid Propulsion Systems: Solid propellant rocket motors, principal features,
applications. Solid propellants- types, composition, properties, performance. Propellant grain-
desirable properties, grain configurations, Liners, insulators and inhibitors-function,
requirements, materials. Rocket motor casing-materials. Combustion system of solid rockets,
igniters, types, construction. Nozzles-types, Liquid propellants- types, composition,
properties, performance. Propellant tanks feed systems- pressurisation, turbo-pumps- valves
and feed lines, injectors, starting and ignition. Engine cooling, support structure, control of
engine starting and thrust build-up, liquid rocket combustion chamber

UNIT – III
Aerodynamics of Rockets and Missiles: Classification of missiles. Airframe components of
rockets and missiles, Forces acting on a missile while passing through atmosphere, method of
describing aerodynamic forces and moments, lateral aerodynamic moment, lateral damping
moment, longitudinal moment of a rocket, lift and drag forces, drag estimation, body upwash
and downwash in missiles. Rocket dispersion, re-entry body design considerations

UNIT - IV
Dynamics and Control of Rockets and Missiles: Tsiolskovsky's rocket equation- range in
the absence of gravity, vertical motion in the earth's gravitational field, inclined motion, flight
path at constant pitch angle, motion in the atmosphere, the gravity turn- the culmination
altitude. Multi-staging. Earth launch trajectories- vertical segment, the gravity turn, constant
pitch trajectory, orbital injection; Rocket thrust vector control-methods of thrust vector
control for solid and liquid propulsion systems, thrust magnitude control, thrust termination

UNIT - V
Rocket Testing: Ground testing and flight testing- types of tests, test facilities and
safeguards, monitoring and control of toxic materials, instrumentation and data management.
Ground testing, flight testing, trajectory monitoring, post accident procedures, Description of
a typical space vehicle launch procedure.

211
 R16 B.TECH IT

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Sutton, G.P., and Biblarz, O., Rocket Propulsion Elements, 8th edition, Wiley-
Interscience, 2010.
2. Cornelisse, J.W., Schoyer H.F.R. and Wakker, K.F., Rocket Propulsion and Space-
flight Dynamics, Pitman, 1979.
3. Turner, M.J.L., Rocket and Spacecraft Propulsion, 3rd edition, Springer, 2009.

REFERENCES
1. Chin, S.S., Missile Configuration Design, McGraw Hill, 1961
2. Ball, K.J., Osborne, G.F., Space Vehicle Dynamics, Oxford University Press, 1967.

212
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING

DISASTER MANAGEMENT
(Open Elective - I)

B.Tech. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CE511OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives: The subject provides different disasters, tools and methods for disaster
management.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Understanding Disasters, man-made Hazards and Vulnerabilities
 Understanding disaster management mechanism
 Understanding capacity building concepts and planning of disaster managements

UNIT - I
Understanding Disaster: Concept of Disaster - Different approaches- Concept of Risk -
Levels of Disasters - Disaster Phenomena and Events (Global, national and regional)
Hazards and Vulnerabilities: Natural and man-made hazards; response time, frequency and
forewarning levels of different hazards - Characteristics and damage potential or natural
hazards; hazard assessment - Dimensions of vulnerability factors; vulnerability assessment -
Vulnerability and disaster risk - Vulnerabilities to flood and earthquake hazards

UNIT - II
Disaster Management Mechanism: Concepts of risk management and crisis managements -
Disaster Management Cycle - Response and Recovery - Development, Prevention, Mitigation
and Preparedness - Planning for Relief

UNIT - III
Capacity Building: Capacity Building: Concept - Structural and Nonstructural Measures
Capacity Assessment; Strengthening Capacity for Reducing Risk - Counter-Disaster
Resources and their utility in Disaster Management - Legislative Support at the state and
national levels

UNIT - IV
Coping with Disaster: Coping Strategies; alternative adjustment processes - Changing
Concepts of disaster management - Industrial Safety Plan; Safety norms and survival kits -
Mass media and disaster management

UNIT - V
Planning for disaster management: Strategies for disaster management planning - Steps for
formulating a disaster risk reduction plan - Disaster management Act and Policy in India -

213
 R16 B.TECH IT

Organizational structure for disaster management in India - Preparation of state and district
disaster management plans

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Manual on Disaster Management, National Disaster Management, Agency Govt of
India.
2. Disaster Management by Mrinalini Pandey Wiley 2014.
3. Disaster Science and Management by T. Bhattacharya, McGraw Hill Education
(India) Pvt Ltd Wiley 2015

REFERENCES:
1. Earth and Atmospheric Disasters Management, N. Pandharinath, CK Rajan, BS
Publications 2009.
2. National Disaster Management Plan, Ministry of Home affairs, Government of India
(http://www.ndma.gov.in/images/policyplan/dmplan/draftndmp.pdf)

214
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
(Open Elective - I)

B.Tech. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: MT512OE 3 0 0 3

UNIT – I
Introduction to Intellectual property: Introduction, types of intellectual property,
international organizations, agencies and treaties, importance of intellectual property rights.

UNIT – II
Trade Marks: Purpose and function of trademarks, acquisition of trade mark rights,
protectable matter, selecting, and evaluating trade mark, trade mark registration processes.

UNIT – III
Law of copy rights : Fundamental of copy right law, originality of material, rights of
reproduction, rights to perform the work publicly, copy right ownership issues, copy right
registration, notice of copy right, international copy right law.
Law of patents: Foundation of patent law, patent searching process, ownership rights and
transfer

UNIT – IV
Trade Secrets: Trade secrete law, determination of trade secrete status, liability for
misappropriations of trade secrets, protection for submission, trade secrete litigation.
Unfair competition: Misappropriation right of publicity, false advertising.

UNIT – V
New development of intellectual property: new developments in trade mark law; copy right
law, patent law, intellectual property audits.
International overview on intellectual property, international – trade mark law, copy right
law, international patent law, and international development in trade secrets law.

TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES:

1. Intellectual property right, Deborah. E. Bouchoux, Cengage learning.
2. Intellectual property right – Unleashing the knowledge economy, prabuddha ganguli,
Tata McGraw Hill Publishing company ltd.

215
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING

DATA STRUCTURES
(Open Elective – II)
B.Tech. III Year II Sem. L T P C
Course Code: EM614PE/MT621OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To understand the basic concepts such as Abstract Data Types, Linear, and Non
Linear Data structures.
 To understand the notations used to analyze the Performance of algorithms.
 To understand the behavior of data structures such as stacks, queues, trees, hash
tables, search trees, Graphs and their representations.
 To choose the appropriate data structure for a specified application.
 To understand and analyze various searching and sorting algorithms.
 To write programs in C to solve problems using data structures such as arrays, linked
lists, stacks, queues, trees, graphs, hash tables, search trees.

Course Outcomes:
 Learn how to use data structure concepts for realistic problems.
 Ability to identify appropriate data structure for solving computing problems in
respective language.
 Ability to solve problems independently and think critically.

UNIT- I
Basic concepts- Algorithm Specification-Introduction, Recursive algorithms, Data
Abstraction Performance analysis- time complexity and space complexity, Asymptotic
Notation-Big O, Omega and Theta notations, Introduction to Linear and Non Linear data
structures.
Singly Linked Lists-Operations-Insertion, Deletion, Concatenating singly linked lists,
Circularly linked lists-Operations for Circularly linked lists, Doubly Linked Lists-
Operations- Insertion, Deletion.
Representation of single, two dimensional arrays, sparse matrices-array and linked
representations.

UNIT- II
Stack ADT, definition, operations, array and linked implementations in C, applications-infix
to postfix conversion, Postfix expression evaluation, recursion implementation, Queue ADT,
definition and operations ,array and linked Implementations in C, Circular queues-Insertion
and deletion operations, Deque (Double ended queue)ADT, array and linked implementations
in C.

216
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT- III
Trees – Terminology, Representation of Trees, Binary tree ADT, Properties of Binary Trees,
Binary Tree Representations-array and linked representations, Binary Tree traversals,
Threaded binary trees, Max Priority Queue ADT-implementation-Max Heap-Definition,
Insertion into a Max Heap, Deletion from a Max Heap.
Graphs – Introduction, Definition, Terminology, Graph ADT, Graph Representations-
Adjacency matrix, Adjacency lists, Graph traversals- DFS and BFS.

UNIT- IV
Searching- Linear Search, Binary Search, Static Hashing-Introduction, hash tables, hash
functions, Overflow Handling.
Sorting-Insertion Sort, Selection Sort, Radix Sort, Quick sort, Heap Sort, Comparison of
Sorting methods.

UNIT- V
Search Trees-Binary Search Trees, Definition, Operations- Searching, Insertion and Deletion,
AVL Trees-Definition and Examples, Insertion into an AVL Tree ,B-Trees, Definition, B-
Tree of order m, operations-Insertion and Searching, Introduction to Red-Black and Splay
Trees(Elementary treatment-only Definitions and Examples), Comparison of Search Trees.
Pattern matching algorithm- The Knuth-Morris-Pratt algorithm, Tries (examples only).

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Fundamentals of Data structures in C, 2nd Edition, E.Horowitz, S.Sahni and Susan
Anderson-Freed, Universities Press.
2. Data structures A Programming Approach with C, D.S.Kushwaha and A.K.Misra,
PHI.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Data structures: A Pseudocode Approach with C, 2nd edition, R. F. Gilberg And B.A.
Forouzan, Cengage Learning.
2. Data structures and Algorithm Analysis in C, 2nd edition, M.A.Weiss, Pearson.
3. Data Structures using C, A. M. Tanenbaum, Y. Langsam, M.J. Augenstein, Pearson.
4. Data structures and Program Design in C, 2nd edition, R. Kruse, C. L. Tondo and B.
Leung, Pearson.
5. Data Structures and Algorithms made easy in JAVA, 2nd Edition, Narsimha
Karumanchi, and Career Monk Publications.
6. Data Structures using C, R. Thareja, Oxford University Press.
7. Data Structures, S. Lipscutz, Schaum’s Outlines, TMH.
8. Data structures using C, A. K. Sharma, 2nd edition, Pearson..
9. Data Structures using C &C++, R. Shukla, Wiley India.
10. Classic Data Structures, D. Samanta, 2nd edition, PHI.
11. Advanced Data structures, Peter Brass, Cambridge.

217
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING

ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORKS
(Open Elective – II)

B.Tech. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: MT622OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To understand the biological neural network and to model equivalent neuron models.
 To understand the architecture, learning algorithm and issues of various feed forward
and feedback neural networks.

Course Outcomes: By completing this course the student will be able to:
 Create different neural networks of various architectures both feed forward and feed
backward.
 Perform the training of neural networks using various learning rules.
 Perform the testing of neural networks and do the perform analysis of these networks
for various pattern recognition applications.

UNIT - I
Introduction: A Neural Network, Human Brain, Models of a Neuron, Neural Networks
viewed as Directed Graphs, Network Architectures, Knowledge Representation, Artificial
Intelligence and Neural Networks
Learning Process: Error Correction Learning, Memory Based Learning, Hebbian Learning,
Competitive, Boltzmann Learning, Credit Assignment Problem, Memory, Adaption,
Statistical Nature of the Learning Process

UNIT - II
Single Layer Perceptron: Adaptive Filtering Problem, Unconstrained Organization
Techniques, Linear Least Square Filters, Least Mean Square Algorithm, Learning Curves,
Learning Rate Annealing Techniques, Perceptron –Convergence Theorem, Relation Between
Perceptron and Bayes Classifier for a Gaussian Environment
Multilayer Perceptron: Back Propagation Algorithm XOR Problem, Heuristics, Output
Representation and Decision Rule, Computer Experiment, Feature Detection

UNIT - III
Back Propagation: Back Propagation and Differentiation, Hessian Matrix, Generalization,
Cross Validation, Network Pruning Techniques, Virtues, and Limitations of Back
Propagation Learning, Accelerated Convergence, Supervised Learning

218
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - IV
Self-Organization Maps (SOM): Two Basic Feature Mapping Models, Self-Organization
Map, SOM Algorithm, Properties of Feature Map, Computer Simulations, Learning Vector
Quantization, Adaptive Patter Classification

UNIT - V
Neuro Dynamics: Dynamical Systems, Stability of Equilibrium States, Attractors, Neuro
Dynamical Models, Manipulation of Attractors as a Recurrent Network Paradigm
Hopfield Models – Hopfield Models, Computer Experiment

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Neural Networks a Comprehensive Foundations, Simon Haykin, PHI edition.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Artificial Neural Networks - B. Yegnanarayana Prentice Hall of India P Ltd 2005
2. Neural Networks in Computer Inteligance, Li Min Fu TMH 2003
3. Neural Networks -James A Freeman David M S Kapura Pearson Education 2004.
4. Introduction to Artificial Neural Systems Jacek M. Zurada, JAICO Publishing House
Ed. 2006.

219
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING

INTRODUCTION TO MECHATRONICS
(Open Elective – III)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: AM831OE 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites: Basic Electronics Engineering

Course Objectives:
 To develop an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems
 To develop an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs
within realistic constraints.
 To develop an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools
necessary for engineering practice.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to, Model, analyze and
control engineering systems. Identify sensors, transducers and actuators to monitor and
control the behavior of a process or product. Develop PLC programs for a given task.
Evaluate the performance of mechatronic systems.

UNIT – I
Introduction: Definition – Trends - Control Methods: Standalone , PC Based ( Real Time
Operating Systems, Graphical User Interface , Simulation ) - Applications: identification of
sensors and actuators in Washing machine, Automatic Camera, Engine Management, SPM,
Robot, CNC, FMS, CIM.
Signal Conditioning : Introduction – Hardware - Digital I/O , Analog input – ADC ,
resolution, Filtering Noise using passive components – Registors, capacitors - Amplifying
signals using OP amps –Software - Digital Signal Processing – Low pass , high pass , notch
filtering

UNIT – II
Precision Mechanical Systems : Modern CNC Machines – Design aspects in machine
structures, guideways, feed drives, spindle and spindle bearings, measuring systems, control
software and operator interface, gauging and tool monitoring.
Electronic Interface Subsystems : TTL, CMOS interfacing - Sensor interfacing – Actuator
interfacing – solenoids , motors Isolation schemes- opto coupling, buffer IC’s - Protection
schemes – circuit breakers , over current sensing , resetable fuses , thermal dissipation -
Power Supply - Bipolar transistors / mosfets

220
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT – III
Electromechanical Drives : Relays and Solenoids - Stepper Motors - DC brushed motors –
DC brushless motors - DC servo motors - 4-quadrant servo drives , PWM’s - Pulse Width
Modulation – Variable Frequency Drives, Vector Drives - Drive System load calculation.
Microcontrollers Overview : 8051 Microcontroller , micro processor structure – Digital
Interfacing - Analog Interfacing - Digital to Analog Convertors - Analog to Digital
Convertors - Applications. Programming –Assembly, C ( LED Blinking , Voltage
measurement using ADC).

UNIT – IV
Programmable Logic Controllers : Basic Structure - Programming : Ladder diagram -Timers,
Internal Relays and Counters - Shift Registers - Master and Jump Controls - Data Handling -
Analog input / output - PLC Selection - Application.

UNIT – V
Programmable Motion Controllers : Introduction - System Transfer Function – Laplace
transform and its application in analysing differential equation of a control system - Feedback
Devices : Position , Velocity Sensors - Optical Incremental encoders - Proximity Sensors :
Inductive , Capacitive , Infrared - Continuous and discrete processes - Control System
Performance & tuning - Digital Controllers - P , PI , PID Control - Control modes – Position ,
Velocity and Torque - Velocity Profiles – Trapezoidal- S. Curve - Electronic Gearing -
Controlled Velocity Profile - Multi axis Interpolation , PTP , Linear , Circular - Core
functionalities – Home , Record position , GOTO Position - Applications : SPM, Robotics.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Mechatronics Electronics Control Systems in Mechanical and Electrical Engineering/
W Bolton/ Pearson.
2. Introduction to Mechatronics / Appukuttan /Oxford

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Mechatronics Principles concepts & Applications / N.P.Mahalik/ Mc Graw Hill
2. “Designing Intelligent Machines”. open University, London.

221
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING

MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS
(Open Elective – III)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: AM832OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To develop an understanding of the operations of microprocessors and micro
controllers; machine language programming and interfacing techniques.

Course Outcomes:
 Understands the internal architecture and organization of 8086, 8051 and ARM
processors/controllers.
 Understands the interfacing techniques to 8086 and 8051 and can develop assembly
language programming to design microprocessor/ micro controller based systems.

UNIT - I
8086 Architecture: 8086 Architecture-Functional diagram, Register Organization, Memory
Segmentation, Programming Model, Memory addresses, Physical Memory Organization,
Architecture of 8086, Signal descriptions of 8086, interrupts of 8086.
Instruction Set and Assembly Language Programming of 8086: Instruction formats,
Addressing modes, Instruction Set, Assembler Directives, Macros, and Simple Programs
involving Logical, Branch and Call Instructions, Sorting, String Manipulations.

UNIT - II
Introduction to Microcontrollers: Overview of 8051 Microcontroller, Architecture, I/O
Ports, Memory Organization, Addressing Modes and Instruction set of 8051.
8051 Real Time Control: Programming Timer Interrupts, Programming External Hardware
Interrupts, Programming the Serial Communication Interrupts, Programming 8051 Timers
and Counters

UNIT – III
I/O And Memory Interface: LCD, Keyboard, External Memory RAM, ROM Interface,
ADC, DAC Interface to 8051.
Serial Communication and Bus Interface: Serial Communication Standards, Serial Data
Transfer Scheme, On board Communication Interfaces-I2C Bus, SPI Bus, UART; External
Communication Interfaces-RS232,USB.

UNIT – IV
ARM Architecture: ARM Processor fundamentals, ARM Architecture – Register, CPSR,
Pipeline, exceptions and interrupts interrupt vector table, ARM instruction set – Data
processing, Branch instructions, load store instructions, Software interrupt instructions,

222
 R16 B.TECH IT

Program status register instructions, loading constants, Conditional execution, Introduction to

Thumb instructions.

UNIT – V
Advanced ARM Processors: Introduction to CORTEX Processor and its architecture,
OMAP Processor and its Architecture.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals – A. K. Ray and K.M. Bhurchandani,
MHE, 2nd Edition 2006.
2. The 8051 Microcontroller, Kenneth. J. Ayala, Cengage Learning, 3rd Ed.
3. ARM System Developers guide, Andrew N SLOSS, Dominic SYMES, Chris
WRIGHT, Elsevier, 2012

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Microprocessors and Interfacing, D. V. Hall, MGH, 2nd Edition 2006.
2. Introduction to Embedded Systems, Shibu K.V, MHE, 2009
3. The 8051Microcontrollers, Architecture and Programming and Applications -K.Uma
Rao, Andhe Pallavi, Pearson, 2009.

223
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING

RELIABILITY ENGINEERING
(Open Elective – I)

B.Tech. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: BM511OE 3 0 0 3

Prerequisite: Mathematics III

Course Objectives:
 To introduce the basic concepts of reliability, various models of reliability
 To analyze reliability of various systems
 To introduce techniques of frequency and duration for reliability evaluation of
repairable systems.

Course Outcomes: After completion of this course, the student will be able to
 model various systems applying reliability networks
 evaluate the reliability of simple and complex systems
 estimate the limiting state probabilities of repairable systems
 apply various mathematical models for evaluating reliability of irrepairable systems

UNIT – I
Basic Probability Theory: Elements of probability, probability distributions, Random
variables, Density and Distribution functions- Binomial distribution- Expected value and
standard deviation - Binomial distribution, Poisson distribution, normal distribution,
exponential distribution, Weibull distribution.
Definition of Reliability: Definition of terms used in reliability, Component reliability,
Hazard rate, derivation of the reliability function in terms of the hazard rate. Hazard models -
Bath tub curve, Effect of preventive maintenance. Measures of reliability: Mean Time to
Failure and Mean Time Between Failures.

UNIT – II
Network Modeling and Evaluation Of Simple Systems: Basic concepts- Evaluation of
network Reliability / Unreliability - Series systems, Parallel systems- Series-Parallel systems-
Partially redundant systems- Examples.
Network Modeling and Evaluation of Complex systems: Conditional probability method-
tie set, Cutset approach- Event tree and reduced event tree methods- Relationships between
tie and cutsets- Examples.

UNIT – III
Time Dependent Probability: Basic concepts- Reliability function f(t). F(t), R(t) and h(t) -
Relationship between these functions.

224
 R16 B.TECH IT

Network Reliability Evaluation Using Probability Distributions: Reliability Evaluation of

Series systems, Parallel systems – Partially redundant systems- determination of reliability
measure- MTTF for series and parallel systems – Examples.

UNIT – IV
Discrete Markov Chains: Basic concepts- Stochastic transitional probability matrix- time
dependent probability evaluation- Limiting State Probability evaluation- Absorbing states –
Examples
Continuous Markov Processes: Modeling concepts- State space diagrams- Unreliability
evaluation of single and two component repairable systems

UNIT – V
Frequency and Duration Techniques: Frequency and duration concepts, application to
multi state problems, Frequency balance approach.
Approximate System Reliability Evaluation: Series systems – Parallel systems- Network
reduction techniques- Cut set approach- Common mode failures modeling and evaluation
techniques- Examples.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Roy Billinton and Ronald N Allan, Reliability Evaluation of Engineering Systems,
Plenum Press, 1983.
2. E. Balagurusamy, Reliability Engineering by Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company
Limited, 2002.

REFERENCE BOOK:
1. K. K. Agarwal, Reliability Engineering-Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1993.

225
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING

MEDICAL ELECTRONICS
(Open Elective – II)

B.Tech. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: BM621OE 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites: Nil.

UNIT - I
Action Potential and Transducers: Electrical activity in cells, tissues, muscles and nervous
systems -transducers-types and characteristics
Physiological transducers – pressure transducers-transducers for body temperature
measurement – Pulse sensors-respiratory sensors.

UNIT - II
Biosignal Acquisition: Physiological signal amplifiers-isolation amplifiers-medical pre-
amplifier design-bridge amplifiers-line driving amplifier-current amplifier – chopper
amplifier-biosignal analysis - signal recovery and data acquisition-drift compensation in
operational amplifiers-pattern recognition-physiological assist devices.

UNIT - III
Biopotential Recorders: Characteristics of recoding system - electrocardiography (ECG) –
electro encephalography (EEG) - electromyography (EMG) - electroretinography (ERG) -
electrooculography (EOG) – recorders with high accuracy –recorders for OFF line analysis.

UNIT - IV
Specialized Medical Equipment: Digital thermometer-audio meter –X-ray machines-
radiography and fluoroscopy - angiography – elements of bio-telemetry system-design of bio-
telemetry system-radio telemetry system-pace makers-Heart lung machine-Dialysis machine.

UNIT - V
Advanced Biomedical Instrumentation: Computers in medicine - lasers in medicine – basic
principles of endoscopes- nuclear imaging techniques - computer tomography (CT) Scanning
–Ultrasonic imaging system-construction propagation and delay – magnetic resonance
imaging (MRI).

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurements-L. Cromwell, F.J. Weibel land E. A.
Pfeiffer.
2. Biomedical Instrumentation- M. Arumugam - Anuradha Publications.
3. Handbook of Biomedical Instruments- R.S. Khandpur.

226
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING

TELEMETRY AND TELECONTROL
(Open Elective – III)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: BM831OE 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites: Nil.

Course Objective: To make students understand the application of telemetry techniques to

Instrumentation.

Course Outcome: Upon completion of this course students will appreciate t he application of
different telemetry systems and control to any process.

UNIT – I
Telemetry Principles: Introduction, Functional blocks of Telemetry system, Methods of
Telemetry – Non Electrical, Electrical, Pneumatic, Frequency.
Symbols and Codes: Bits and Symbols, Time function pulses, Line and Channel Coding,
Modulation Codes. Inter symbol Interference.

UNIT – II
Frequency& Time Division Multiplexed Systems: FDM, IRIG Standard, FM and PM
Circuits, Receiving end, PLL.
TDM - PAM, PAM /PM and TDM – PCM Systems. PCM reception. Differential PCM
Introduction, QAM, Protocols.

UNIT – III
Satellite Telemetry: General considerations, TT & C Service, Digital Transmission systems,
TT & C Subsystems, Telemetry, and Communications.
Modern Telemetry: Zigbee, Ethernet.

UNIT – IV
Optical Telemetry: Optical fibers Cable – Sources and detectors – Transmitter and
Receiving Circuits, Coherent Optical Fiber Communication System.

UNIT – V
Telecontrol Methods: Analog and Digital techniques in Telecontrol, Telecontrol apparatus –
Remote adjustment, Guidance, and regulation – Telecontrol using information theory –
Example of a Telecontrol System.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Telemetry Principles – D. Patranabis, TMH

227
 R16 B.TECH IT

2. Telecontrol Methods and Applications of Telemetry and Remote Control – by

Swoboda G., Reinhold Publishing Corp., London, 1991

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Handbook of Telemetry and Remote Control – by Gruenberg L., McGraw Hill, New
York, 1987.
2. Telemetry Engineering – by Young R.E., Little Books Ltd., London, 1988.
3. Data Communication and Teleprocessing System – by Housley T., PH Intl.,
Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, 1987.

228
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING

ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE AND COMPATIBILITY
(Open Elective – III)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: BM832OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To introduce important system concepts such as Electromagnetic interference and
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMI & EMC).
 To familiarize with unavoidable and naturally happening sources of EMI and
problems to ensure EMC.
 To study various techniques to reduce EMI from systems and to improve EMC of
electronic systems.

Course Outcomes: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to
 Gain basic knowledge of problems associated with EMI and EMC from electronic
circuits and systems.
 Analyze various sources of EMI and various possibilities to provide EMC.
 Understand and analyze possible EMI prevention techniques such as grounding,
shielding, filtering, and use of proper coupling mechanisms to improve compatibility
of electronic circuits and systems in a given electromagnetic environment.

UNIT – I
Sources of EMI: Definition of EMI and EMC, Classification, Natural and Man-Made EMI
Sources, Switching Transients, Electrostatic Discharge, Nuclear Electromagnetic Pulse and
High Power Electromagnetics.
EMI/EMC Standards: Introduction, Standards for EMI/EMC – MIL –STD 461/462 –
IEEE/ANSI Standards – CISPR/IEC, Standards – FCC Regulations.

UNIT - II
EMI Coupling Modes: Penetration: Introduction, Shielding Theory - Shielding
Effectiveness, The Circuit Approach, The Wave Approach, Aperture Theory, Calculation of
Effectiveness of a Conducting Box with an Aperture, Introduction to Propagation and Cross
Talk – Introduction, Basic Principles, Determination of EM Field from Transmission Lines.

UNIT - III
EMI Controlling Techniques - I: Grounding, Principles and Practice of Earthing,
Precautions in Earthing, Measurements of Ground Resistance, System Grounding for EMC,
Cable Shielding Grounding.
Shielding, Theory and Effectiveness, Materials, Integrity at Discontinuities, Conductive
Coatings, Cable Shielding, Effectiveness Measurements, Electrical Bonding.

229
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT – IV
EMI Controlling Techniques - II: Characteristics and Types of Filters – Impedance
Mismatch, Lumped Element Low-Pass, High- Pass, Band-Pass and Band-Reject Filters,
Power Line Filter Design - Common Mode, Differential Mode, Combined CM and DM
Filters, Design Example.
EMC Gaskets – Knitted Wire-Mesh Gaskets, Wire-Screen Gaskets, Oriented Wire Mesh,
Conductive Elastomer, Transparent Conductive Windows, Conductive Adhesive, Conductive
Grease, Conductive Coatings, Isolation Transformers, Opto-Isolators.

UNIT - V
EMI Measurements: Introduction to Open Area Test Site Measurements – Measurement
Precautions – Open Area Test Site – Terrain Roughness – NSA – Measurement of Test Site
Imperfections – Antenna Factor Measurement – Measurement Errors.
Radiated Interference Measurements – Anechoic Chamber – TEM Cell – Reverberating
Chamber – Ghz TEM Cell – Comparison of Test Facilities – Measurement Uncertainties
Conducted Interference Measurements – Characterization – Conducted EM Noise on Power
Supply Lines – Conducted EMI from Equipment – Immunity – Detectors and Measurement –
Pulsed EMI Immunity – Electrostatic Discharge.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Engineering Electromagnetic Compatibility – V. Prasad Kodali – 2/e – IEEE Press –
Wiley India Pvt. Ltd – 2001.

REFERENCES:
1. Introduction to Electromagnetic Compatibility – Clayton R. Paul – John Wiley &
Sons, 1992.
2. Electromagnetic Compatibility of Integrated Circuits – Techniques for Low Emission
and Susceptibility – Edited by Sonia Ben Dhia, Mohamed Ramdani and Etienne
Sicard – Springer, 2006.
3. EMI reduction in Electronic Systems – Mills – J.P – Prentice Hall Inc.
4. Noise Reduction in Electronic Systems – Henry W. Ott, 2nd Edition, Wiley
Interscience, 1988.

230
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. CIVIL ENGINEERING

DISASTER MANAGEMENT
(Open Elective - I)

B.Tech. III Year I Sem L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE511OE 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives: The subject provide different disasters, tools and methods for disaster
management

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Understanding Disasters, man-made Hazards and Vulnerabilities
 Understanding disaster management mechanism
 Understanding capacity building concepts and planning of disaster managements

UNIT - I
Understanding Disaster: Concept of Disaster - Different approaches- Concept of Risk -
Levels of Disasters - Disaster Phenomena and Events (Global, national and regional)
Hazards and Vulnerabilities: Natural and man-made hazards; response time, frequency and
forewarning levels of different hazards - Characteristics and damage potential or natural
hazards; hazard assessment - Dimensions of vulnerability factors; vulnerability assessment -
Vulnerability and disaster risk - Vulnerabilities to flood and earthquake hazards

UNIT - II
Disaster Management Mechanism: Concepts of risk management and crisis managements -
Disaster Management Cycle - Response and Recovery - Development, Prevention, Mitigation
and Preparedness - Planning for Relief

UNIT - III
Capacity Building: Capacity Building: Concept - Structural and Nonstructural Measures
Capacity Assessment; Strengthening Capacity for Reducing Risk - Counter-Disaster
Resources and their utility in Disaster Management - Legislative Support at the state and
national levels

UNIT - IV
Coping with Disaster: Coping Strategies; alternative adjustment processes - Changing
Concepts of disaster management - Industrial Safety Plan; Safety norms and survival kits -
Mass media and disaster management

UNIT - V
Planning for disaster management: Strategies for disaster management planning - Steps for
formulating a disaster risk reduction plan - Disaster management Act and Policy in India -

231
 R16 B.TECH IT

Organizational structure for disaster management in India - Preparation of state and district
disaster management plans

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Manual on Disaster Management, National Disaster Management, Agency Govt of
India.
2. Disaster Management by Mrinalini Pandey Wiley 2014.
3. Disaster Science and Management by T. Bhattacharya, McGraw Hill Education
(India) Pvt Ltd Wiley 2015

REFERENCES:
1. Earth and Atmospheric Disasters Management, N. Pandharinath, CK Rajan, BS
Publications 2009.
2. National Disaster Management Plan, Ministry of Home affairs, Government of India
(http://www.ndma.gov.in/images/policyplan/dmplan/draftndmp.pdf)

232
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. CIVIL ENGINEERING

REMOTE SENSING AND GIS
(Open Elective - II)

B.Tech.IV Year II Sem L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE621OE 3 0/0/0 3

Pre Requisites: Surveying

Course Objectives: This course will make the student to understand about the principles of
GIS, Remote Sensing, Spatial Systems, and its applications to Engineering Problems.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Retrieve the information content of remotely sensed data
 Analyze the energy interactions in the atmosphere and earth surface features
 Interpret the images for preparation of thematic maps
 Apply problem specific remote sensing data for engineering applications
 Analyze spatial and attribute data for solving spatial problems
 Create GIS and cartographic outputs for presentation

UNIT – I
Introduction to Photogrammetry: Principles& types of aerial photograph, geometry of
vertical aerial photograph, Scale & Height measurement on single vertical aerial photograph,
Height measurement based on relief displacement, Fundamentals of stereoscopy, fiducial
points, parallax measurement using fiducial line.

UNIT – II
Remote Sensing: Basic concept of remote sensing, Data and Information, Remote sensing
data Collection, Remote sensing advantages & Limitations, Remote Sensing process.
Electro-magnetic Spectrum, Energy interactions with atmosphere and with earth surface
features (soil, water, vegetation), Indian Satellites and Sensors characteristics, Resolution,
Map and Image and False color composite, introduction to digital data, elements of visual
interpretation techniques.

UNIT – III
Geographic Information Systems: Introduction to GIS; Components of a GIS; Geospatial
Data: Spatial Data-Attribute data – Joining Spatial and Attribute data; GIS Operations:
Spatial Data Input- Attribute data Management –Data display- Data Exploration- Data
Analysis. COORDINATE SYSTEMS: Geographic Coordinate System: Approximation of the
Earth, Datum; Map Projections: Types of Map Projections-Map projection parameters-
Commonly used Map Projections - Projected coordinate Systems

233
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT – IV
Vector Data Model: Representation of simple features- Topology and its importance;
coverage and its data structure, Shape file; Data models for composite features Object Based
Vector Data Model; Classes and their Relationship; The geobase data model; Geometric
representation of Spatial Feature and data structure, Topology rules

UNIT – V
Raster Data Model: Elements of the Raster data model, Types of Raster Data, Raster Data
Structure, Data Conversion, Integration of Raster and Vector data.
Data Input: Metadata, Conversion of Existing data, creating new data; Remote Sensing data,
Field data, Text data, Digitizing, Scanning, on screen digitizing, importance of source map,
Data Editing

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Remote Sensing and GIS Lillesand and Kiefer, John Willey 2008.
2. Remote Sensing and GIS B. Bhatta by Oxford Publishers 2015.
3. Introduction to Geographic Information System – Kang-Tsung Chang, McGraw-Hill
2015

REFERENCES:
1. Concepts & Techniques of GIS by C. P. Lo Albert, K.W. Yonng, Prentice Hall (India)
Publications.
2. Principals of Geo physical Information Systems – Peter A Burragh and Rachael A.
Mc Donnell, Oxford Publishers 2004.
3. Basics of Remote sensing & GIS by S. Kumar, Laxmi Publications.

234
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH CIVIL ENGINEERING

GEOINFORMATICS
(Open Elective - II)

B.Tech. III Year II Sem L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE622OE 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives:
 To introduce the concepts of remote sensing, satellite image characteristics and its
components.
 To expose the various remote sensing platforms and sensors and to introduce the
concepts of GIS, GPS and GNSS.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course the student will be able to understand
 The characteristics of Aerial photographic images ,Remote sensing satellites and
Applications of remote sensing.
 The GIS and its Data models.
 The Global Navigation Satellite System.

UNIT – I
Aerial Photographs- Basic terms & Definitions, scales, relief displacements, Flight Planning,
Stereoscopy, Characteristics of photographic images, Fundamentals of aerial photo-
interpretation, Introduction to Digital Photogrammetry.

UNIT - II
Remote Sensing: Physics of remote sensing, Remote sensing satellites, and their data
products, Sensors and orbital characteristics, Spectral reflectance curves, resolution and
multi-concept, FCC

UNIT – III
Satellite Image - Characteristics and formats, Image histogram, Introduction to Image
rectification, Image Enhancement, Land use and land cover classification system,
Unsupervised and Supervised Classification, Applications of remote sensing

UNIT - IV
Basic concepts of geographic data, GIS and its components, Data models, Topology, Process
in GIS: Data capture, data sources, data encoding, geospatial analysis, GIS Applications

UNIT - V
Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS), GPS, GLONASS, GALILEO, GPS: Space
segment, Control segment, User segment, GPS satellite signals, Datum, coordinate system
and map projection, Static, Kinematic and Differential GPS, GPS Applications

235
 R16 B.TECH IT

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Remote Sensing & GIS , BS Publications
2. Higher Surveying by A M Chandra New Age International Publisher
3. Remote Sensing & GIS by B. Bhatta Oxford University Press
4. Introduction to GPS by A. E Rabbany Library of congress cataloging in Publication
data

REFERENCES:
1. T M Lillesand et al: Remote Sensing & Image Interpretation
2. Higher Surveying by B C Punmia Ashok kr. Jain Laxmi Publications
3. N K Agarwal : Essentials of GPS , Spatial Networks: Hyderabad

236
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. CIVIL ENGINEERING

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
(Open Elective - II)

B.Tech. III Year II Sem L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE623OE 3 0/0/0 3

UNIT – I
Introduction to Intellectual property: Introduction, types of intellectual property,
international organizations, agencies and treaties, importance of intellectual property rights.

UNIT – II
Trade Marks: Purpose and function of trademarks, acquisition of trade mark rights,
protectable matter, selecting, and evaluating trade mark, trade mark registration processes.

UNIT – III
Law of copy rights : Fundamental of copy right law, originality of material, rights of
reproduction, rights to perform the work publicly, copy right ownership issues, copy right
registration, notice of copy right, international copy right law.
Law of patents: Foundation of patent law, patent searching process, ownership rights and
transfer

UNIT – IV
Trade Secrets: Trade secrete law, determination of trade secrete status, liability for
misappropriations of trade secrets, protection for submission, trade secrete litigation.
Unfair competition: Misappropriation right of publicity, false advertising.

UNIT – V
New development of intellectual property: new developments in trade mark law; copy right
law, patent law, intellectual property audits.
International overview on intellectual property, international – trade mark law, copy right
law, international patent law, and international development in trade secrets law.

TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES:

1. Intellectual property right, Deborah. E. Bouchoux, Cengage learning.
2. Intellectual property right – Unleashing the knowledge economy, prabuddha ganguli,
Tate McGraw Hill Publishing company ltd.,

237
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH CIVIL ENGINEERING

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
(Open Elective - III)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE831OE 3 0/0/0 3

Pre Requisites: Environmental Engineering

Course Objectives: This subject will cover various aspects of Environment Impact
Assessment methodologies, impact of development activities. Impact on surface water, Air
and Biological Environment, Environment legislation Environment.

Course Outcomes:
 Identify the environmental attributes to be considered for the EIA study.
 Formulate objectives of the EIA studies.
 Identify the suitable methodology and prepare Rapid EIA.
 Indentify and incorporate mitigation measures.

UNIT – I
Basic concept of EIA : Initial environmental Examination, Elements of EIA, - factors
affecting E-I-A Impact evaluation and analysis, preparation of Environmental Base map,
Classification of environmental parameters.
E I A Methodologies: introduction, Criteria for the selection of EIA Methodology, E I A
methods, Ad-hoc methods, matrix methods, Network method Environmental Media Quality
Index method, overlay methods, cost/benefit Analysis.

UNIT- II
Assessment of Impact of development Activities on Vegetation and wildlife, environmental
Impact of Deforestation – Causes and effects of deforestation.

UNIT- III
Procurement of relevant soil quality, Impact prediction, Assessment of Impact significance,
Identification and Incorporation of mitigation measures.

UNIT – IV
Environmental Audit & Environmental legislation objectives of Environmental Audit, Types
of environmental Audit, Audit protocel, stages of Environmental Audit, onsite activities,
evaluation of Audit data and preparation of Audit report, Post Audit activities.

238
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - V
The Environmental Protection Act, The water Act, The Air (Prevention & Control of
pollution Act.), Motor Act, Wild life Act. Case studies and preparation of Environmental
Impact assessment statement for various Industries.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Larry Canter – Environmental Impact Assessment, McGraw-Hill Publications
2. Environmental Impact Assessment, Barthwal, R. R. New Age International
Publications

REFERENCES:
1. Environmental Pollution by R.K. Khitoliya S. Chand, 2014.
2. Glynn, J. and Gary, W. H. K. - Environmental Science and Engineering, Prentice Hall
Publishers
3. Suresh K. Dhaneja - Environmental Science and Engineering, S.K. Kataria & Sons
Publication. New Delhi.
4. Bhatia, H. S. - Environmental Pollution and Control, Galgotia Publication (P) Ltd,
Delhi.
5. Wathern, P. – Environmental Impact Assessment: Theory & Practice, Publishers-
Rutledge, London, 1992.

239
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. CIVIL ENGINEERING

OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES IN ENGINEERING
(Open Elective - III)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE832OE 3 0/0/0 3

Prerequisites: Operations Research

Course Objectives: After doing this subject student should know

 The various optimization techniques for single variable optimization problem
 Direct search methods and Gradient methods for multi variable un constraint
Optimization problems
 Formulate a Geometric Programming model and solve it by using Arithmetic
Geometric in equality theorem
 Simulate the system
 Thorough of state of art optimization techniques like Genetic Algorithms, simulated
Annealing

Course Outcomes: For a given system, as per customer requirement it is required to

 Formulate optimization problem.
 Solve the problem by using a appropriate optimization techniques.

UNIT - I
Single Variable Non-Linear Unconstrained Optimization: Elimination methods: Uni-
Model function-its importance, Fibonacci method & Golden section method. Interpolation
methods: Quadratic & Cubic interpolation methods.

UNIT - II
Multi variable non-linear unconstrained optimization: Direct search methods –
Univariant method, Pattern search methods – Powell’s, Hook - Jeeves, Rosen brock search
methods. Gradient methods: Gradient of function& its importance, Steepest descent method,
Conjugate direction methods: Fletcher-Reeves method & variable metric method.

UNIT - III
Linear Programming – Formulation, Simplex method, & artificial variable optimization
techniques: Big M & Two phase methods. Sensitivity analysis: Changes in the objective
coefficients, constants& coefficients of the constraints. Addition and deletion of variables,
constraints.
Simulation – Introduction – Types- steps – applications: inventory & queuing – Advantages
and disadvantages

240
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - IV
Integer Programming- Introduction – formulation – Gomory cutting plane algorithm – Zero
or one algorithm, branch and bound method
Stochastic Programming: Basic concepts of probability theory, random variables-
distributions-mean, variance, correlation, co variance, joint probability distribution.
Stochastic linear programming: Chance constrained algorithm.

UNIT - V
Geometric Programming: Polynomials – Arithmetic - Geometric inequality – unconstrained
G.P- constrained G.P (≤ type only)
Non Traditional Optimization Algorithms: Genetics Algorithm-Working Principles,
Similarities, and Differences between Genetic Algorithm & Traditional Methods. Simulated
Annealing- Working Principle-Simple Problems. Introduction to Particle Swarm
Optimization (PSO)(very brief)

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Optimization theory & Applications / S. S. Rao / New Age International.
2. Optimization for Engineering Design, Kalyanmoy Deb, PHI

REFERENCES:
1. Operations Research by S. D. Sharma Kedarnath & Ramnath Publisher
2. Operation Research by Hamdy A Taha Pearson Educations
3. Optimization in operations research by Ronald L. Rardin Pearson Publisher
4. Optimization Techniques by Benugundu & Chandraputla, Pearson Asia.
5. Optimization Techniques theory and practice by M. C. Joshi, K. M. Moudgalya
Narosa Publications

241
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. CIVIL ENGINEERING

ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND SMALL BUSINESS ENTERPRISES
(Open Elective - III)

B.Tech. IV Year III Sem L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE833OE 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objective: The aim of this course is to have a comprehensive perspective of

inclusive learning, ability to learn and implement the Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship.

Course Outcome: It enables students to learn the basics of Entrepreneurship and

entrepreneurial development which will help them to provide vision for their own Start-up.

Unit – 1: Entrepreneurial Perspectives:

Evolution, Concept of Entrepreneurship, Types of Entrepreneurs, Entrepreneurial
Competencies, Capacity Building for Entrepreneurs.
Entrepreneurial Training Methods; Entrepreneurial Motivations; Models for Entrepreneurial
Development, The process of Entrepreneurial Development.

Unit – 2: New Venture Creation:

Introduction, Mobility of Entrepreneurs, Models for Opportunity Evaluation; Business plans
– Purpose, Contents, Presenting Business Plan, Procedure for setting up Enterprises, Central
level - Startup and State level - T Hub, Other Institutions initiatives.

Unit – 3: Management of MSMEs and Sick Enterprises

Challenges of MSMEs, Preventing Sickness in Enterprises – Specific Management Problems;
Industrial Sickness; Industrial Sickness in India – Symptoms, process and Rehabilitation of
Sick Units.

Units – 4: Managing Marketing and Growth of Enterprises:

Essential Marketing Mix of Services, Key Success Factors in Service Marketing, Cost and
Pricing, Branding, New Techniques in Marketing, International Trade.

Units – 5: Strategic perspectives in Entrepreneurship:

Strategic Growth in Entrepreneurship, The Valuation Challenge in Entrepreneurship, The
Final Harvest of New Ventures, Technology, Business Incubation, India way –
Entrepreneurship; Women Entrepreneurs – Strategies to develop Women Entrepreneurs,
Institutions supporting Women Entrepreneurship in India.

Text Books:
1. Entrepreneurship Development and Small Business Enterprises, Poornima M.
Charantimath, 2e, Pearson, 2014.
2. Entrepreneurship, A South – Asian Perspective, D. F. Kuratko and T.V.Rao, 3e, Cengage,
2012.
242
 R16 B.TECH IT

REFERENCES:
1. Entrepreneurship, Arya Kumar, 4 e, Pearson 2015.
2. The Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development and Management, Vasant Desai, Himalaya
Publishing House, 2015.

243
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING

DISASTER MANAGEMENT
(Open Elective - I)

B.Tech. III Year I Sem L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE511OE 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives: The subject provide different disasters, tools and methods for disaster
management

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Understanding Disasters, man-made Hazards and Vulnerabilities
 Understanding disaster management mechanism
 Understanding capacity building concepts and planning of disaster managements

UNIT - I
Understanding Disaster: Concept of Disaster - Different approaches- Concept of Risk -
Levels of Disasters - Disaster Phenomena and Events (Global, national and regional)
Hazards and Vulnerabilities: Natural and man-made hazards; response time, frequency and
forewarning levels of different hazards - Characteristics and damage potential or natural
hazards; hazard assessment - Dimensions of vulnerability factors; vulnerability assessment -
Vulnerability and disaster risk - Vulnerabilities to flood and earthquake hazards

UNIT - II
Disaster Management Mechanism: Concepts of risk management and crisis managements -
Disaster Management Cycle - Response and Recovery - Development, Prevention, Mitigation
and Preparedness - Planning for Relief

UNIT - III
Capacity Building: Capacity Building: Concept - Structural and Nonstructural Measures
Capacity Assessment; Strengthening Capacity for Reducing Risk - Counter-Disaster
Resources and their utility in Disaster Management - Legislative Support at the state and
national levels

UNIT - IV
Coping with Disaster: Coping Strategies; alternative adjustment processes - Changing
Concepts of disaster management - Industrial Safety Plan; Safety norms and survival kits -
Mass media and disaster management

UNIT - V
Planning for disaster management: Strategies for disaster management planning - Steps for
formulating a disaster risk reduction plan - Disaster management Act and Policy in India -

244
 R16 B.TECH IT

Organizational structure for disaster management in India - Preparation of state and district
disaster management plans

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Manual on Disaster Management, National Disaster Management, Agency Govt of
India.
2. Disaster Management by Mrinalini Pandey Wiley 2014.
3. Disaster Science and Management by T. Bhattacharya, McGraw Hill Education
(India) Pvt Ltd Wiley 2015

REFERENCES:
1. Earth and Atmospheric Disasters Management, N. Pandharinath, CK Rajan, BS
Publications 2009.
2. National Disaster Management Plan, Ministry of Home affairs, Government of India
(http://www.ndma.gov.in/images/policyplan/dmplan/draftndmp.pdf)

245
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
(Open Elective - II)

B.Tech.III Year II Sem L T/P/D C

Course Code: CN621OE 3 0/0/0 3

Pre Requisites: Environmental Engineering

Course Objectives: This subject will cover various aspects of Environment Impact
Assessment methodologies, impact of development activities. Impact on surface water, Air
and Biological Environment, Environment legislation Environment.

Course Outcomes:
 Identify the environmental attributes to be considered for the EIA study.
 Formulate objectives of the EIA studies.
 Identify the suitable methodology and prepare Rapid EIA.
 Indentify and incorporate mitigation measures.

UNIT – I
Basic concept of EIA : Initial environmental Examination, Elements of EIA, - factors
affecting E-I-A Impact evaluation and analysis, preparation of Environmental Base map,
Classification of environmental parameters.
E I A Methodologies: introduction, Criteria for the selection of EIA Methodology, E I A
methods, Ad-hoc methods, matrix methods, Network method Environmental Media Quality
Index method, overlay methods, cost/benefit Analysis.

UNIT- II
Assessment of Impact of development Activities on Vegetation and wildlife, environmental
Impact of Deforestation – Causes and effects of deforestation.

UNIT- III
Procurement of relevant soil quality, Impact prediction, Assessment of Impact significance,
Identification and Incorporation of mitigation measures.

UNIT – IV
Environmental Audit & Environmental legislation objectives of Environmental Audit, Types
of environmental Audit, Audit protocel, stages of Environmental Audit, onsite activities,
evaluation of Audit data and preparation of Audit report, Post Audit activities.

246
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - V
The Environmental Protection Act, The water Act, The Air (Prevention & Control of
pollution Act.), Motor Act, Wild life Act. Case studies and preparation of Environmental
Impact assessment statement for various Industries.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Larry Canter – Environmental Impact Assessment, McGraw-Hill Publications
2. Environmental Impact Assessment, Barthwal, R. R. New Age International
Publications

REFERENCES:
1. Environmental Pollution by R.K. Khitoliya S. Chand, 2014.
2. Glynn, J. and Gary, W. H. K. - Environmental Science and Engineering, Prentice Hall
Publishers
3. Suresh K. Dhaneja - Environmental Science and Engineering, S.K. Kataria & Sons
Publication. New Delhi.
4. Bhatia, H. S. - Environmental Pollution and Control, Galgotia Publication (P) Ltd,
Delhi.
5. Wathern, P. – Environmental Impact Assessment: Theory & Practice, Publishers-
Rutledge, London, 1992.

247
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
(Open Elective - II)

B.Tech.III Year II Sem L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE623OE 3 0/0/0 3

UNIT – I
Introduction to Intellectual property: Introduction, types of intellectual property,
international organizations, agencies and treaties, importance of intellectual property rights.

UNIT – II
Trade Marks: Purpose and function of trademarks, acquisition of trade mark rights,
protectable matter, selecting, and evaluating trade mark, trade mark registration processes.

UNIT – III
Law of copy rights : Fundamental of copy right law, originality of material, rights of
reproduction, rights to perform the work publicly, copy right ownership issues, copy right
registration, notice of copy right, international copy right law.
Law of patents: Foundation of patent law, patent searching process, ownership rights and
transfer

UNIT – IV
Trade Secrets: Trade secrete law, determination of trade secrete status, liability for
misappropriations of trade secrets, protection for submission, trade secrete litigation.
Unfair competition: Misappropriation right of publicity, false advertising.

UNIT – V
New development of intellectual property: new developments in trade mark law; copy right
law, patent law, intellectual property audits.
International overview on intellectual property, international – trade mark law, copy right
law, international patent law, and international development in trade secrets law.

TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES:

1. Intellectual property right, Deborah. E. Bouchoux, Cengage learning.
2. Intellectual property right – Unleashing the knowledge economy, prabuddha ganguli,
Tate McGraw Hill Publishing company ltd.,

248
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING

REMOTE SENSING & GIS
(Open Elective - III)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem L T/P/D C

Course Code: CN831OE 3 0/0/0 3

Pre Requisites: Surveying

Course Objectives: This course will make the student to understand about the principles of
GIS, Remote Sensing, Spatial Systems, and its applications to Engineering Problems.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Retrieve the information content of remotely sensed data
 Analyze the energy interactions in the atmosphere and earth surface features
 Interpret the images for preparation of thematic maps
 Apply problem specific remote sensing data for engineering applications
 Analyze spatial and attribute data for solving spatial problems
 Create GIS and cartographic outputs for presentation

UNIT – I
Introduction to Photogrammetry: Principles& types of aerial photograph, geometry of
vertical aerial photograph, Scale & Height measurement on single vertical aerial photograph,
Height measurement based on relief displacement, Fundamentals of stereoscopy, fiducial
points, parallax measurement using fiducial line.

UNIT – II
Remote Sensing: Basic concept of remote sensing, Data and Information, Remote sensing
data Collection, Remote sensing advantages & Limitations, Remote Sensing process.
Electro-magnetic Spectrum, Energy interactions with atmosphere and with earth surface
features (soil, water, vegetation), Indian Satellites and Sensors characteristics, Resolution,
Map and Image and False color composite, introduction to digital data, elements of visual
interpretation techniques.

UNIT – III
Geographic Information Systems: Introduction to GIS; Components of a GIS; Geospatial
Data: Spatial Data-Attribute data – Joining Spatial and Attribute data; GIS Operations:
Spatial Data Input- Attribute data Management –Data display- Data Exploration- Data
Analysis. COORDINATE SYSTEMS: Geographic Coordinate System: Approximation of the
Earth, Datum; Map Projections: Types of Map Projections-Map projection parameters-
Commonly used Map Projections - Projected coordinate Systems

249
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT – IV
Vector Data Model: Representation of simple features- Topology and its importance;
coverage and its data structure, Shape file; Data models for composite features Object Based
Vector Data Model; Classes and their Relationship; The geobase data model; Geometric
representation of Spatial Feature and data structure, Topology rules

UNIT – V
Raster Data Model: Elements of the Raster data model, Types of Raster Data, Raster Data
Structure, Data Conversion, Integration of Raster and Vector data.
Data Input: Metadata, Conversion of Existing data, creating new data; Remote Sensing data,
Field data, Text data, Digitizing, Scanning, on screen digitizing, importance of source map,
Data Editing

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Remote Sensing and GIS Lillesand and Kiefer, John Willey 2008.
2. Remote Sensing and GIS B. Bhatta by Oxford Publishers 2015.
3. Introduction to Geographic Information System – Kang-Tsung Chang, McGraw-Hill
2015

REFERENCES:
1. Concepts & Techniques of GIS by C. P. Lo Albert, K.W. Yonng, Prentice Hall (India)
Publications.
2. Principals of Geo physical Information Systems – Peter A Burragh and Rachael A.
Mc Donnell, Oxford Publishers 2004.
3. Basics of Remote sensing & GIS by S. Kumar, Laxmi Publications.

250
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING

ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND SMALL BUSINESS ENTERPRISES
(Open Elective – III)

B.Tech. III Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE833OE 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objective: The aim of this course is to have a comprehensive perspective of

inclusive learning, ability to learn and implement the Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship.

Course Outcome: It enables students to learn the basics of Entrepreneurship and

entrepreneurial development which will help them to provide vision for their own Start-up.

Unit – 1: Entrepreneurial Perspectives:

Evolution, Concept of Entrepreneurship, Types of Entrepreneurs, Entrepreneurial
Competencies, Capacity Building for Entrepreneurs.
Entrepreneurial Training Methods; Entrepreneurial Motivations; Models for Entrepreneurial
Development, The process of Entrepreneurial Development.

Unit – 2: New Venture Creation:

Introduction, Mobility of Entrepreneurs, Models for Opportunity Evaluation; Business plans
– Purpose, Contents, Presenting Business Plan, Procedure for setting up Enterprises, Central
level - Startup and State level - T Hub, Other Institutions initiatives.

Unit – 3: Management of MSMEs and Sick Enterprises

Challenges of MSMEs, Preventing Sickness in Enterprises – Specific Management Problems;
Industrial Sickness; Industrial Sickness in India – Symptoms, process and Rehabilitation of
Sick Units.

Units – 4: Managing Marketing and Growth of Enterprises:

Essential Marketing Mix of Services, Key Success Factors in Service Marketing, Cost and
Pricing, Branding, New Techniques in Marketing, International Trade.

Units – 5: Strategic perspectives in Entrepreneurship:

Strategic Growth in Entrepreneurship, The Valuation Challenge in Entrepreneurship, The
Final Harvest of New Ventures, Technology, Business Incubation, India way –
Entrepreneurship; Women Entrepreneurs – Strategies to develop Women Entrepreneurs,
Institutions supporting Women Entrepreneurship in India.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Entrepreneurship Development and Small Business Enterprises, Poornima M.
Charantimath, 2e, Pearson, 2014.
2. Entrepreneurship, A South – Asian Perspective, D. F. Kuratko and T.V. Rao, 3e,
Cengage, 2012.
251
 R16 B.TECH IT

REFERENCES:
1. Entrepreneurship, Arya Kumar, 4 e, Pearson 2015.
2. The Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development and Management, Vasant Desai,
Himalaya Publishing House, 2015.

252
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING/B.TECH INFORMATION

TECHNOLOGY
OPERATING SYSTEMS
(OPEN ELECTIVE – I)

B.Tech. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS511OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To understand the OS role in the overall computer system
 To study the operations performed by OS as a resource manager
 To understand the scheduling policies of OS
 To understand the different memory management techniques
 To understand process concurrency and synchronization
 To understand the concepts of input/output, storage and file management
 To understand the goals and principles of protection
 Introduce system call interface for file and process management
 To study different OS and compare their features.

Course Outcomes:
 Apply optimization techniques for the improvement of system performance.
 Ability to design and solve synchronization problems.
 Learn about minimization of turnaround time, waiting time and response time and
also maximization of throughput by keeping CPU as busy as possible.
 Ability to change access controls to protect files.
 Ability to compare the different operating systems.

UNIT - I
Overview-Introduction-Operating system objectives, User view, System view, Operating
system definition ,Computer System Organization, Computer System Architecture, OS
Structure, OS Operations, Process Management, Memory Management, Storage
Management, Protection and Security, Computing Environments.
Operating System services, User and OS Interface, System Calls, Types of System Calls,
System Programs, Operating System Design and Implementation, OS Structure.

UNIT - II
Process and CPU Scheduling - Process concepts-The Process, Process State, Process Control
Block, Threads, Process Scheduling-Scheduling Queues, Schedulers, Context Switch,
Operations on Processes, System calls-fork(),exec(),wait(),exit(), Interprocess
communication-ordinary pipes and named pipes in Unix.
Process Scheduling-Basic concepts, Scheduling Criteria, Scheduling algorithms, Multiple-
Processor Scheduling, Real-Time Scheduling, Thread scheduling, Linux scheduling and
Windows scheduling.

253
 R16 B.TECH IT

Process Synchronization, Background, The Critical Section Problem, Peterson’s solution,

Synchronization Hardware, Semaphores, Classic Problems of Synchronization, Monitors,
Synchronization in Linux and Windows.
UNIT - III
Memory Management and Virtual Memory – Memory Management Strategies- Background,
Swapping, Contiguous Memory Allocation, Segmentation, Paging, Structure of Page Table,
IA-32 Segmentation, IA-32 Paging.
Virtual Memory Management-Background, Demand Paging, Copy-on-Write, Page
Replacement, Page Replacement Algorithms, Allocation of Frames, Thrashing, Virtual
memory in Windows..

UNIT - IV
Storage Management-File System- Concept of a File, System calls for file operations - open
(), read (), write (), close (), seek (), unlink (), Access methods, Directory and Disk Structure,
File System Mounting, File Sharing, Protection.
File System Implementation - File System Structure, File System Implementation, Directory
Implementation, Allocation methods, Free-space Management, Efficiency, and Performance.
Mass Storage Structure – Overview of Mass Storage Structure, Disk Structure, Disk
Attachment, Disk Scheduling, Disk Management, Swap space Management

UNIT - V
Deadlocks - System Model, Deadlock Characterization, Methods for Handling Deadlocks,
Deadlock Prevention, Deadlock Avoidance, Deadlock Detection, and Recovery from
Deadlock.
Protection – System Protection, Goals of Protection, Principles of Protection, Domain of
Protection, Access Matrix, Implementation of Access Matrix, Access Control, Revocation of
Access Rights, Capability-Based Systems, Language-Based Protection.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Operating System Concepts , Abraham Silberschatz, Peter B. Galvin, Greg Gagne, 9th
Edition, Wiley, 2016 India Edition
2. Operating Systems – Internals and Design Principles, W. Stallings, 7th Edition,
Pearson.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Modern Operating Systems, Andrew S Tanenbaum, 3rd Edition, PHI
2. Operating Systems A concept-based Approach, 2nd Edition, D.M. Dhamdhere, TMH.
3. Principles of Operating Systems, B. L. Stuart, Cengage learning, India Edition.
4. An Introduction to Operating Systems, P.C.P. Bhatt, PHI.
5. Principles of Operating systems, Naresh Chauhan, Oxford University Press.

254
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING/B.TECH INFORMATION

TECHNOLOGY
DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
(OPEN ELECTIVE – I)

B.Tech. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS512OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To understand the basic concepts and the applications of database systems.
 To master the basics of SQL and construct queries using SQL.
 To understand the relational database design principles.
 To become familiar with the basic issues of transaction processing and concurrency
control.
 To become familiar with database storage structures and access techniques.

Course Outcomes:
 Demonstrate the basic elements of a relational database management system.
 Ability to identify the data models for relevant problems.
 Ability to design entity relationship model and convert entity relationship
diagrams into RDBMS and formulate SQL queries on the data.
 Apply normalization for the development of application software.

UNIT - I
Introduction: Database System Applications, Purpose of Database Systems, View of Data,
Database Languages – DDL, DML, Relational Databases, Database Design, Data Storage
and Querying, Transaction Management, Database Architecture, Data Mining and
Information Retrieval, Specialty Databases, Database Users and Administrators, History of
Database Systems.
Introduction to Data base design: Database Design and ER diagrams, Entities, Attributes
and Entity sets, Relationships and Relationship sets, Additional features of ER Model,
Conceptual Design with the ER Model, Conceptual Design for Large enterprises.
Relational Model: Introduction to the Relational Model, Integrity Constraints over
Relations, Enforcing Integrity constraints, Querying relational data, Logical data base
Design: ER to Relational, Introduction to Views, Destroying /Altering Tables and Views.

UNIT - II
Relational Algebra and Calculus: Preliminaries, Relational Algebra, Relational calculus –
Tuple relational Calculus, Domain relational calculus, Expressive Power of Algebra and
calculus.
SQL: Queries, Constraints, Triggers: Form of Basic SQL Query, UNION,INTERSECT, and
EXCEPT, Nested Queries, Aggregate Operators, NULL values Complex Integrity
Constraints in SQL, Triggers and Active Data bases, Designing Active Databases..

255
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - III
Schema Refinement and Normal Forms: Introduction to Schema Refinement, Functional
Dependencies - Reasoning about FDs, Normal Forms, Properties of Decompositions,
Normalization, Schema Refinement in Database Design, Other Kinds of Dependencies.

UNIT - IV
Transaction Management: Transactions, Transaction Concept, A Simple Transaction
Model, Storage Structure, Transaction Atomicity and Durability, Transaction Isolation,
Serializability, Transaction Isolation and Atomicity Transaction Isolation Levels,
Implementation of Isolation Levels.
Concurrency Control: Lock–Based Protocols, Multiple Granularity, Timestamp-Based
Protocols, Validation-Based Protocols, Multiversion Schemes.
Recovery System-Failure Classification, Storage, Recovery and Atomicity, Recovery
Algorithm, Buffer Management, Failure with loss of nonvolatile storage, Early Lock Release
and Logical Undo Operations, Remote Backup systems.

UNIT - V
Storage and Indexing: Overview of Storage and Indexing: Data on External Storage, File
Organization and Indexing, Index Data Structures, Comparison of File Organizations.
Tree-Structured Indexing: Intuition for tree Indexes, Indexed Sequential Access Method
(ISAM), B+ Trees: A Dynamic Index Structure, Search, Insert, Delete.
Hash- Based Indexing: Static Hashing, Extendible hashing, Linear Hashing, Extendible vs.
Linear Hashing.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Data base Management Systems, Raghu Ramakrishnan, Johannes Gehrke, McGraw
Hill Education (India) Private Limited, 3rd Edition. (Part of UNIT-I, UNIT-II,
UNIT-III, UNIT-V)
2. Data base System Concepts, A. Silberschatz, Henry. F. Korth, S. Sudarshan,
McGraw Hill Education(India) Private Limited l, 6th edition.( Part of UNIT-I,
UNIT-IV)

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Database Systems, 6th edition, R Elmasri, Shamkant B.Navathe, Pearson
Education.
2. Database System Concepts, Peter Rob & Carlos Coronel, Cengage Learning.
3. Introduction to Database Management, M. L. Gillenson and others, Wiley Student
Edition.
4. Database Development and Management, Lee Chao, Auerbach publications, Taylor
& Francis Group.
5. Introduction to Database Systems, C. J. Date, Pearson Education.

256
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING/B.TECH INFORMATION

TECHNOLOGY
JAVA PROGRAMMING
(OPEN ELECTIVE – II)

B.Tech. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS621OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To understand object oriented programming concepts, and apply them in problem
solving.
 To learn the basics of java Console and GUI based programming.

Course Outcomes:
 Understanding of OOP concepts and basics of java programming (Console and GUI
based).
 The skills to apply OOP and Java programming in problem solving.
 Should have the ability to extend his/her knowledge of Java programming further on
his/her own.

UNIT- I
OOP concepts – Data abstraction, encapsulation, inheritance, benefits of inheritance,
polymorphism, classes and objects, Procedural and object oriented programming paradigms
Java programming - History of Java, comments, data types, variables, constants, scope and
life time of variables, operators, operator hierarchy, expressions, type conversion and casting,
enumerated types, control flow - block scope, conditional statements, loops, break and
continue statements, simple java stand alone programs, arrays, console input and output,
formatting output, constructors, methods, parameter passing, static fields and methods, access
control, this reference, overloading methods and constructors, recursion, garbage collection,
building strings, exploring string class.

UNIT- II
Inheritance - Inheritance hierarchies, super and sub classes, Member access rules, super
keyword, preventing inheritance: final classes and methods, the Object class and its methods
Polymorphism- dynamic binding, method overriding, abstract classes and methods.
Interfaces – Interfaces vs. Abstract classes, defining an interface, implementing interfaces,
accessing implementations through interface references, extending interface.
Inner classes – Uses of inner classes, local inner classes, anonymous inner classes, static
inner classes, examples.
Packages-Defining, Creating and Accessing a Package, Understanding CLASSPATH,
importing packages.

257
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT- III
Exception handling – Dealing with errors, benefits of exception handling, the classification
of exceptions- exception hierarchy, checked exceptions and unchecked exceptions, usage of
try, catch, throw, throws and finally, re-throwing exceptions, exception specification, built in
exceptions, creating own exception sub classes.
Multithreading - Differences between multiple processes and multiple threads, thread states,
creating threads, interrupting threads, thread priorities, synchronizing threads, inter-thread
communication, producer consumer pattern.

UNIT- IV
Collection Framework in Java – Introduction to Java Collections, Overview of Java
Collection frame work, Generics, Commonly used Collection classes– Array List, Vector,
Hash table, Stack, Enumeration, Iterator, String Tokenizer, Random, Scanner, calendar and
Properties
Files – streams- byte streams, character streams, text Input/output, binary input/output,
random access file operations, File management using File class.
Connecting to Database - JDBC Type 1 to 4 drivers, connecting to a database, querying a
database and processing the results, updating data with JDBC.

UNIT- V
GUI Programming with Java - The AWT class hierarchy, Introduction to Swing, Swing vs.
AWT, Hierarchy for Swing components, Containers – JFrame, JApplet, JDialog, JPanel,
Overview of some swing components- Jbutton, JLabel, JTextField, JTextArea, simple swing
applications, Layout management - Layout manager types – border, grid and flow
Event handling - Events, Event sources, Event classes, Event Listeners, Relationship
between Event sources and Listeners, Delegation event model, Examples: handling a button
click, handling mouse events, Adapter classes.
Applets – Inheritance hierarchy for applets, differences between applets and applications, life
cycle of an applet, passing parameters to applets, applet security issues.

TEXT BOOK:
1. Java Fundamentals – A comprehensive Introduction, Herbert Schildt and Dale Skrien,
TMH.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Java for Programmers, P.J.Deitel and H.M.Deitel, Pearson education (OR) Java: How
to Program P.J.Deitel and H.M.Deitel, PHI.
2. Object Oriented Programming through Java, P.Radha Krishna, Universities Press.
3. Thinking in Java, Bruce Eckel, Pearson Education
4. Programming in Java, S.Malhotra and S.Choudhary, Oxford Univ. Press.

258
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING/B.TECH INFORMATION

TECHNOLOGY
SOFTWARE TESTING METHODOLOGIES
(OPEN ELECTIVE – II)

B.Tech. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS622OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
To understand the software testing methodologies such as flow graphs and path testing,
transaction flows testing, data flow testing, domain testing and logic base testing.

Course Outcomes:
 Ability to apply the process of testing and various methodologies in testing for
developed software.
 Ability to write test cases for given software to test it before delivery to the customer.

UNIT - I
Introduction:- Purpose of testing, Dichotomies, model for testing, consequences of bugs,
taxonomy of bugs.
Flow graphs and Path testing:- Basics concepts of path testing, predicates, path predicates and
achievable paths, path sensitizing, path instrumentation, application of path testing.

UNIT - II
Transaction Flow Testing:-transaction flows, transaction flow testing techniques.
Dataflow testing:- Basics of dataflow testing, strategies in dataflow testing, application of
dataflow testing.

UNIT - III
Domain Testing:-domains and paths, Nice & ugly domains, domain testing, domains and
interfaces testing, domain and interface testing, domains and testability.

UNIT-IV
Paths, Path products and Regular expressions:- path products & path expression, reduction
procedure, applications, regular expressions & flow anomaly detection.
Logic Based Testing:- overview, decision tables, path expressions, kv charts, specifications.

UNIT - V
State, State Graphs and Transition testing:- state graphs, good & bad state graphs, state
testing, Testability tips.
Graph Matrices and Application:-Motivational overview, matrix of graph, relations, power of
a matrix, node reduction algorithm, building tools. (Student should be given an exposure to a
tool like JMeter or Win-runner).

259
 R16 B.TECH IT

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Software Testing techniques – Boris Beizer, Dreamtech, second edition.
2. Software Testing Tools – Dr.K.V.K.K.Prasad, Dreamtech.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. The craft of software testing - Brian Marick, Pearson Education.
2. Software Testing,3rd edition,P.C. Jorgensen, Aurbach Publications (Dist.by SPD).
3. Software Testing, N.Chauhan, Oxford University Press.
4. Introduction to Software Testing, P.Ammann&J.Offutt, Cambridge Univ.Press.
5. Effective methods of Software Testing, Perry, John Wiley, 2nd Edition, 1999.
6. Software Testing Concepts and Tools, P.Nageswara Rao, dreamtech Press.
7. Software Testing, M.G.Limaye, TMH.
8. Software Testing, S.Desikan, G.Ramesh, Pearson.
9. Foundations of Software Testing, D.Graham & Others, Cengage Learning.
10. Foundations of Software Testing, A.P.Mathur, Pearson.

260
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING / B.TECH INFORMATION

TECHNOLOGY
CYBER SECURITY
(OPEN ELECTIVE – II)

B.Tech. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS623OE 3 0 0 3

UNIT- I
Introduction to Cybercrime: Introduction, Cybercrime, and Information Security, Who are
Cybercriminals, Classifications of Cybercrimes, And Cybercrime: The legal Perspectives and
Indian Perspective, Cybercrime and the Indian ITA 2000, A Global Perspective on
Cybercrimes.

UNIT - II
Cyber Offenses: How Criminals Plan Them: Introduction, How Criminals plan the
Attacks, Social Engineering, Cyber stalking, Cyber cafe and Cybercrimes, Botnets: The Fuel
for Cybercrime, Attack Vector, Cloud Computing.

UNIT - III
Cybercrime: Mobile and Wireless Devices: Introduction, Proliferation of Mobile and
Wireless Devices, Trends in Mobility, Credit card Frauds in Mobile and Wireless Computing
Era, Security Challenges Posed by Mobile Devices, Registry Settings for Mobile Devices,
Authentication service Security, Attacks on Mobile/Cell Phones, Mobile Devices: Security
Implications for Organizations, Organizational Measures for Handling Mobile,
Organizational Security Policies an Measures in Mobile Computing Era, Laptops.

UNIT IV
Tools and Methods Used in Cybercrime: Introduction, Proxy Servers and Anonymizers,
Phishing, Password Cracking, Keyloggers and Spywares, Virus and Worms, Trojan Horse
and Backdoors, Steganography, DoS and DDoS attacks, SQL Injection, Buffer Overflow.

UNIT V
Cyber Security: Organizational Implications
Introduction, Cost of Cybercrimes and IPR issues, Web threats for Organizations, Security
and Privacy Implications, Social media marketing: Security Risks and Perils for
Organizations, Social Computing and the associated challenges for Organizations.

TEXT BOOK:
1. Cyber Security: Understanding Cyber Crimes, Computer Forensics and Legal
Perspectives, Nina Godbole and Sunil Belapure, Wiley INDIA.

261
 R16 B.TECH IT

REFERENCE BOOK:
1. Cyber Security Essentials, James Graham, Richard Howard and Ryan Otson, CRC
Press.
2. Introduction to Cyber Security , Chwan-Hwa(john) Wu,J.David Irwin.CRC Press
T&F Group

262
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING/B.TECH INFORMATION

TECHNOLOGY
LINUX PROGRAMMING
(OPEN ELECTIVE – III)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS831OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To understand and make effective use of Linux utilities and Shell scripting language
(bash) to solve Problems.
 To implement in C some standard Linux utilities such as ls, mv, cp etc. using system
calls.
 To develop the skills necessary for systems programming including file system
programming, process and signal management, and interprocess communication.
 To develop the basic skills required to write network programs using Sockets.

Course Outcomes:
 Work confidently in Linux environment.
 Work with shell script to automate different tasks as Linux administration.

UNIT- I
Linux Utilities - File handling utilities, Security by file permissions, Process utilities, Disk
utilities, Networking commands, Filters, Text processing utilities and Backup utilities.
Sed-Scripts, Operation, Addresses, Commands, Applications, awk-Execution, Fields and
Records, Scripts, Operation, Patterns, Actions, Associative Arrays, String and Mathematical
functions, System commands in awk, Applications.
Shell programming with Bourne again shell (bash) - Introduction, shell responsibilities,
pipes and Redirection, here documents, running a shell script, the shell as a programming
language, shell meta characters, file name substitution, shell variables, command substitution,
shell commands, the environment, quoting, test command, control structures, arithmetic in
shell, shell script examples, interrupt processing, functions, debugging shell scripts.

UNIT- II
Files and Directories - File Concept, File types, File System Structure, file metadata-Inodes,
kernel support for files, system calls for file I/O operations- open, creat, read, write, close,
lseek, dup2, file status information-stat family, file and record locking- fcntl function, file
permissions - chmod, fchmod, file ownership-chown, lchown, fchown, links-soft links and
hard links – symlink, link, unlink. Directories - Creating, removing and changing
Directories-mkdir, rmdir, chdir, obtaining current working directory-getcwd, Directory
contents, Scanning Directories-opendir, readdir, closedir, rewinddir functions.

263
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT- III
Process – Process concept, Layout of a C program image in main memory, Process
environment-environment list, environment variables, getenv, setenv, Kernel support for
process, process identification, process control - process creation, replacing a process image,
waiting for a process, process termination, zombie process, orphan process, system call
interface for process management-fork, vfork, exit, wait, waitpid, exec family, Process
Groups, Sessions and Controlling Terminal, Differences between threads and processes.
Signals – Introduction to signals, Signal generation and handling, Kernel support for signals,
Signal function, unreliable signals, reliable signals, kill, raise, alarm, pause, abort, sleep
functions.

UNIT- IV
Interprocess Communication - Introduction to IPC, IPC between processes on a single
computer system, IPC between processes on different systems, pipes-creation, IPC between
related processes using unnamed pipes, FIFOs-creation, IPC between unrelated processes
using FIFOs (Named pipes), differences between unnamed and named pipes, popen and
pclose library functions. Message Queues - Kernel support for messages, APIs for message
queues, client/server example. Semaphores - Kernel support for semaphores, APIs for
semaphores, file locking with semaphores.

UNIT- V
Shared Memory - Kernel support for shared memory, APIs for shared memory, shared
memory example. Sockets - Introduction to Berkeley Sockets, IPC over a network, Client-
Server model, Socket address structures (Unix domain and Internet domain),Socket system
calls for connection oriented protocol and connectionless protocol, example-client/server
programs-Single Server-Client connection, Multiple simultaneous clients, Socket options-
setsockopt and fcntl system calls, Comparison of IPC mechanisms.

TEXT BOOKS:
4. Unix System Programming using C++, T. Chan, PHI.
5. Unix Concepts and Applications, 4th Edition, Sumitabha Das, TMH.
6. Unix Network Programming, W. R. Stevens, PHI.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
11. Beginning Linux Programming, 4th Edition, N. Matthew, R. Stones, Wrox, Wiley
India Edition.
12. Unix for programmers and users, 3rd Edition, Graham Glass, King Ables, Pearson.
13. System Programming with C and Unix, A. Hoover, Pearson.
14. Unix System Programming, Communication, Concurrency and Threads, K. A.
Robbins and S. Robbins, Pearson Education.
15. Unix shell Programming, S. G. Kochan and P. Wood, 3rd edition, Pearson Education.
16. Shell Scripting, S. Parker, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.

264
 R16 B.TECH IT

17. Advanced Programming in the Unix Environment, 2nd edition, W. R. Stevens and S.
A. Rago, Pearson Education.
18. Unix and Shell programming, B. A. Forouzan and R. F. Gilberg, Cengage Learning.
19. Linux System Programming, Robert Love, O’Reilly, SPD.
20. C Programming Language, Kernighan and Ritchie, PHI

265
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING/B.TECH INFORMATION

TECHNOLOGY
R PROGRAMMING
(OPEN ELECTIVE – III)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS832OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 Understanding and being able to use basic programming concepts
 Automate data analysis
 Working collaboratively and openly on code
 Knowing how to generate dynamic documents
 Being able to use a continuous test-driven development approach

Course Outcomes:
 be able to use and program in the programming language R
 be able to use R to solve statistical problems
 be able to implement and describe Monte Carlo the technology
 be able to minimize and maximize functions using R

UNIT – I
Introduction: Overview of R, R data types and objects, reading and writing data, sub setting
R Objects, Essentials of the R Language, Installing R, Running R, Packages in R,
Calculations, Complex numbers in R, Rounding, Arithmetic, Modulo and integer quotients,
Variable names and assignment, Operators, Integers, Factors, Logical operations

UNIT – II
Control structures, functions, scoping rules, dates and times, Introduction to Functions,
preview of Some Important R Data Structures, Vectors, Character Strings, Matrices, Lists,
Data Frames, Classes
Vectors: Generating sequences, Vectors and subscripts, Extracting elements of a vector using
subscripts, Working with logical subscripts, Scalars, Vectors, Arrays, and Matrices, Adding
and Deleting Vector Elements, Obtaining the Length of a Vector, Matrices and Arrays as
Vectors Vector Arithmetic and Logical Operations, Vector Indexing, Common Vector
Operations

UNIT – III
Lists: Creating Lists, General List Operations, List Indexing Adding and Deleting List
Elements, Getting the Size of a List, Extended Example: Text Concordance Accessing List
Components and Values Applying Functions to Lists, DATA FRAMES, Creating Data
Frames, Accessing Data Frames, Other Matrix-Like Operations

266
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - IV
FACTORS AND TABLES, Factors and Levels, Common Functions Used with Factors,
Working with Tables, Matrix/Array-Like Operations on Tables , Extracting a Subtable,
Finding the Largest Cells in a Table, Math Functions, Calculating a Probability, Cumulative
Sums and Products, Minima and Maxima, Calculus, Functions for Statistical Distributions

UNIT - V
OBJECT-ORIENTED PROGRAMMING: S Classes, S Generic Functions, Writing S
Classes, Using Inheritance, S Classes, Writing S Classes, Implementing a Generic Function
on an S Class, visualization, Simulation, code profiling, Statistical Analysis with R, data
manipulation

TEXT BOOKS:
1. R Programming for Data Science by Roger D. Peng
2. The Art of R Programming by Prashanth singh, Vivek Mourya, Cengage Learning
India.

267
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING/B.TECH INFORMATION

TECHNOLOGY
PHP PROGRAMMING
(OPEN ELECTIVE – III)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS833OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 Gain the PHP programming skills needed to successfully build interactive, data-
driven sites
 Use the MVC pattern to organize code
 Test and debug a PHP application
 Work with form data
 Use cookies and sessions
 Work with regular expressions, handle exceptions, and validate data

Course Outcomes:
 Be able to develop a form containing several fields and be able to process the data
provided on the form by a user in a PHP-based script.
 Understand basic PHP syntax for variable use and standard language constructs, such
as conditionals and loops.
 Understand the syntax and use of PHP object-oriented classes.
 Understand the syntax and functions available to deal with file processing for files on
the server as well as processing web URLs.
 Understand the paradigm for dealing with form-based data, both from the syntax of
HTML forms, and how they are accessed inside a PHP-based script.

Unit - I:
INTRODUCTION TO PHP: History of PHP, Apache Web Server, MySQL and Open
Source, Relationship between Apache, MySQL and PHP (AMP Module), PHP configuration
in IIS, Apache Web server
BASICS OF PHP: PHP structure and syntax, Creating the PHP pages, Rules of PHP syntax,
Integrating HTML with PHP, Constants, Variables : static and global variable, Conditional
Structure & Looping, PHP Operators, Arrays, for each constructs, User defined function,
argument function, Variable function, Return Function, default argument, variable length
argument.

Unit - II:
WORKING WITH FUNCTIONS: Variable Function, String Function, Math Function,
Date Function, Array Function, and File Function. User defined function, Systems defined
function, Parameterized function, Non parameterized function, Dynamic parameter in
function, Variable scope, Passing Argument in function, Static function.

268
 R16 B.TECH IT

Unit - III:
WORKING WITH DATA: FORM element, INPUT elements, Processing the form, User
Input, Adding items, Validating the user input, Passing variables between pages. Files,
Creating and deleting file, Reading and writing file, Working with file, Creating and deleting
folder, Working with regular Expression Basic regular expression, Matching patterns,
Finding match, Replace match,

Unit - IV:
ERROR HANDLING: Error types in PHP, Generating PHP errors, Exceptions, Parse errors,
State Management: - Cookies Session, Destroying cookies and session Http management,
Sent mail
Images with PHP: Working with GD Library, File types with GD and PHP, Compiling PHP
with GD, Creating the image table, uploading the image.

Unit - V:
INTRODUCTION TO MYSQL: MySQL structure and syntax, Types of MySQL tables
and storages engines, MySQL commands, Integration of PHP with MySQL, Connection to
the MySQL server, Working with PHP and arrays of data, Referencing two tables, Joining
two tables.
WORKING WITH DATABASE: Creating a table, manipulating the table, editing the
database, inserting a record, deleting a record, editing data
Understand process of executing a PHP-based script on a webserver.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Beginning PHP, Apache, MySQL Web Development - Elizabeth Naramore, Jason
Gerner, Yann Le, Scouarnec, Jeremy Stolz, Michael K. Glass, Gary Mailer - By Wrox
Publication.
2. PHP, MySQL and Apache - Julie C. Melone By Pearson Education

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Beginning PHP 5.3, by Matt Doyle - By Wrox Publication
2. PHP and MySQL Bible – Tim Converse and Joyce Park with Clark Morgam By
Wiley INDIA

269
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

/ B.TECH ELECTRONICS AND TELEMATICS ENGINEERING
PRINCIPLES OF ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS
(OPEN ELECTIVE - I)

B.Tech. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EC511OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives: The objective of this subject is to:

 Introduce the students to modulation and various analog and digital modulation
schemes.
 They can have a broad understanding of satellite, optical, cellular, mobile, wireless
and telecom concepts.

Course Outcomes: By completing this subject, the student can

 Work on various types of modulations.
 Should be able to use these communication modules in implementation.
 Will have a basic understanding of various wireless and cellular, mobile and
telephone communication systems.

UNIT - I
Introduction: Need for Modulation, Frequency translation, Electromagnetic spectrum, Gain,
Attenuation and decibels.

UNIT - II
Simple description on Modulation: Analog Modulation-AM, FM, Pulse Modulation-PAM,
PWM, PCM, Digital Modulation Techniques-ASK, FSK, PSK, QPSK modulation and
demodulation schemes.

UNIT - III
Telecommunication Systems: Telephones Telephone system, Paging systems, Internet
Telephony.
Networking and Local Area Networks: Network fundamentals, LAN hardware, Ethernet
LANs, Token Ring LAN.

UNIT - IV
Satellite Communication: Satellite Orbits, satellite communication systems, satellite
subsystems, Ground Stations Satellite Applications, Global Positioning systems.
Optical Communication: Optical Principles, Optical Communication Systems, Fiber –Optic
Cables, Optical Transmitters & Receivers, Wavelength Division Multiplexing.

270
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - V
Cellular and Mobile Communications: Cellular telephone systems, AMPS, GSM, CDMA,
and WCDMA.
Wireless Technologies: Wireless LAN, PANs and Bluetooth, Zig Bee and Mesh Wireless
networks, Wimax and MANs, Infrared wireless, RFID communication, UWB.

Text Books:
1. Principles of Electronic Communication Systems, Louis E. Frenzel, 3e, McGraw Hill
publications, 2008.
2. Electronic Communications systems, Kennedy, Davis 4e, MC GRAW HILL
EDUCATION, 1999

Reference Books:
1. Theodore Rapp port, Wireless Communications - Principles and practice, Prentice
Hall, 2002.
2. Roger L. Freeman, Fundamentals of Telecommunications, 2e, Wiley publications.
3. Introduction to data communications and networking, Wayne Tomasi, Pearson
Education, 2005.

271
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

/ B.TECH ELECTRONICS AND TELEMATICS ENGINEERING
PRINCIPLES OF COMPUTER COMMUNICATIONS AND NETWORKS
(OPEN ELECTIVE - II)

B.Tech. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EC621OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
1. To understand the concept of computer communication.
2. To learn about the networking concept, layered protocols.
3. To understand various communications concepts.
4. To get the knowledge of various networking equipment.

Course Outcomes:
1. The student can get the knowledge of networking of computers, data transmission
between computers.
2. Will have the exposure about the various communication concepts.
3. Will get awareness about the structure and equipment of computer network structures.

UNIT - I
Overview of Computer Communications and Networking: Introduction to Computer
Communications and Networking, Introduction to Computer Network, Types of Computer
Networks, Network Addressing, Routing, Reliability, Interoperability and Security, Network
Standards, The Telephone System and Data Communications.

UNIT - II
Essential Terms and Concepts: Computer Applications and application protocols,
Computer Communications and Networking models, Communication Service Methods and
data transmission modes, analog and Digital Communications , Speed and capacity of a
Communication Channel, Multiplexing and switching, Network architecture and the OSI
reference model.

UNIT - III
Analog and Digital Communication Concepts: Representing data as analog signals,
representing data as digital signals, data rate and bandwidth reduction, Digital Carrier
Systems.

UNIT - IV
Physical and data link layer Concepts: The Physical and Electrical Characteristics of wire,
Copper media, fiber optic media, wireless Communications. Introduction to data link Layer ,
the logical link control and medium access control sub-layers.

272
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - V
Network Hardware Components: Introduction to Connectors, Transreceivers and media
convertors, repeaters, network interference cards and PC cards, bridges, switches, switches
Vs Routers.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Computer Communications and Networking Technologies, Michel A. Gallo and
William H. Hancock, Thomson Brooks / Cole.
2. Data Communications and Networking – Behrouz A. Forouzan, Fourth Edition MC
GRAW HILL EDUCATION, 2006.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Principles of Computer Networks and Communications, M. Barry Dumas, Morris
Schwartz, Pearson.
2. Computer Networking: A Top-Down Approach Featuring the Internet, James F.
Kurose, K. W. Ross, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education.

273
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

/ B.TECH ELECTRONICS AND TELEMATICS ENGINEERING
ELECTRONIC MEASURING INSTRUMENTS
(OPEN ELECTIVE - III)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EC831OE 3 0 0 3

Note: No detailed mathematical treatment is required.

Course Objectives:
 It provides an understanding of various measuring systems functioning and metrics
for performance analysis.
 Provides understanding of principle of operation, working of different electronic
instruments viz. signal generators, signal analyzers, recorders and measuring
equipment.
 Provides understanding of use of various measuring techniques for measurement of
different physical parameters using different classes of transducers.

Course Outcomes: On completion of this course student can be able to

 Identify the various electronic instruments based on their specifications for carrying
out a particular task of measurement.
 Measure various physical parameters by appropriately selecting the transducers.
 Use various types of signal generators, signal analyzers for generating and analyzing
various real-time signals.

UNIT - I
Block Schematics of Measuring Systems and Performance Metrics: Performance
Characteristics, Static Characteristics, Accuracy, Precision, Resolution, Types of Errors,
Gaussian Error, Root Sum Squares formula, Dynamic Characteristics, Repeatability,
Reproducibility, Fidelity, Lag.

UNIT - II
Signal Generators: AF, RF Signal Generators, Sweep Frequency Generators, Pulse and
Square wave Generators, Function Generators, Arbitrary Waveform Generator, and
Specifications.

UNIT - III
Measuring Instruments: DC Voltmeters, D’ Arsonval Movement, DC Current Meters, AC
Voltmeters and Current Meters, Ohmmeters, Multimeters, Meter Protection, Extension of
Range, True RMS Responding Voltmeters, Specifications of Instruments. CRT, Block
Schematic of CRO, Time Base Circuits, Lissajous Figures, CRO Probes.

274
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - IV
Recorders: X-Y Plotter, Curve tracer, Galvanometric Recorders, Servo transducers, pen
driving mechanisms, Magnetic Recording, Magnetic recording techniques.
UNIT - V
Transducers: Classification, Strain Gauges, Bounded, unbounded; Force and Displacement
Transducers, Resistance Thermometers, Hotwire Anemometers, LVDT, Thermocouples,
Synchros, Special Resistance Thermometers, Digital Temperature sensing system,
Piezoelectric Transducers, Variable Capacitance Transducers, Magneto Strictive Transducers.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation: B.M. Oliver, J.M. Cage TMH Reprint
2009.
2. Electronic Instrumentation: H.S.Kalsi – TMH, 2nd Edition 2004.

REFERENCES:
1. Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements – David A. Bell, Oxford Univ. Press,
1997.
2. Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques: A.D. Helbincs,
W.D. Cooper: PHI 5th Edition 2003.
3. Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation – K. Lal Kishore, Pearson Education
2010.
4. Industrial Instrumentation: T.R. Padmanabham Springer 2009.

275
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. ELECTRONICS AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING

SCRIPTING LANGUAGES
(Open Elective – I)

B.Tech. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EM511OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives: The goal of the course is to study:

 The principles of scripting languages.
 Motivation for and applications of scripting.
 Difference between scripting languages and non- scripting languages.
 Types of scripting languages.
 Scripting languages such as PERL, TCL/TK, python and BASH.
 Creation of programs in the Linux environment.
 Usage of scripting languages in IC design flow.

Course Outcomes:
Upon learning the course, the student will have the:
 Ability to create and run scripts using PERL/TCl/Python in IC design flow.
 Ability to use Linux environment and write programs for automation of scripts in
VLSI tool design flow.

UNIT –I:
Linux Basics:
Introduction to Linux , File System of the Linux, General usage of Linux kernel & basic
commands, Linux users and group, Permissions for file, directory and users, searching a file
& directory, zipping and unzipping concepts.

UNIT –II :
Linux Networking:
Introduction to Networking in Linux, Network basics & Tools, File Transfer Protocol in
Linux, Network file system, Domain Naming Services, Dynamic hosting configuration
Protocol & Network information Services.

UNIT –III :
Perl Scripting:
Introduction to Perl Scripting, working with simple values, Lists and Hashes, Loops and
Decisions, Regular Expressions, Files and Data in Perl Scripting, References & Subroutines,
Running and Debugging Perl, Modules, Object – Oriented Perl.

276
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT –IV:
Tcl / Tk Scripting:
Tcl Fundamentals, String and Pattern Matching, Tcl Data Structures, Control Flow
Commands, Procedures and Scope, Evel, Working with Unix, Reflection and Debugging,
Script Libraries, Tk Fundamentals, Tk by examples, The Pack Geometry Manager, Binding
Commands to X Events, Buttons and Menus, Simple Tk Widgets, Entry and List box
Widgets Focus, Grabs and Dialogs.

UNIT –V :
Python Scripting:
Introduction to Python, using the Python Interpreter, More Control Flow Tools, Data
Structures, Modules, Input and Output, Errors and Exceptions, Classes, Brief Tour of the
Standard Library.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Python Tutorial by Guido Van Rossum, Fred L. Drake Jr. editor , Release 2.6.4
2. Practical Programming in Tcl and Tk by Brent Welch, Updated for Tcl 7.4 and Tk
4.0.
3. Teach Yorself Perl in 21 days by David Till.
4. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 : System Administration Guide Copyright, 2005 Red Hat
Inc.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Learning Python – 2nd Ed., Mark Lutz and David Ascher, 2003, O’Reilly.
2. Perl in 24 Hours – 3rd Ed., Clinton Pierce, 2005, Sams Publishing.
3. Learning Perl – 4th Ed. Randal Schwartz, Tom Phoenix and Brain d foy. 2005.
4. Jython Essentials – Samuele Pedroni and Noel Pappin.2002. O’Reilly.
5. Programming Perl – Larry Wall, Tom Christiansen and John Orwant, 3rd Edition,
O’Reilly, 2000. (ISBN 0596000278)

277
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. ELECTRONICS AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING

SOFT COMPUTING TECHNIQUES
(Open Elective – II)

B.Tech. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EM621OE 3 0 0 3

Prerequisite: Nil.

Course Objectives: This course makes the students to Understand

 Fundamentals of Neural Networks & Feed Forward Networks.
 Associative Memories & ART Neural Networks.
 Fuzzy Logic & Systems.
 Genetic Algorithms and Hybrid Systems.

Course Outcomes: On completion of this course the students will be able to

 Identify and employ suitable soft computing techniques in classification and
optimization problems.
 Design hybrid systems to suit a given real – life problem.

UNIT –I:
Fundamentals of Neural Networks & Feed Forward Networks:
Basic Concept of Neural Networks, Human Brain, Models of an Artificial Neuron, Learning
Methods, Neural Networks Architectures, Single Layer Feed Forward Neural Network :The
Perceptron Model, Multilayer Feed Forward Neural Network :Architecture of a Back
Propagation Network (BPN), The Solution, Back propagation Learning, Selection of various
Parameters in BPN. Application of Back propagation Networks in Pattern Recognition &
Image Processing.

UNIT –II:
Associative Memories & ART Neural Networks:
Basic concepts of Linear Associator, Basic concepts of Dynamical systems, Mathematical
Foundation of Discrete-Time Hop field Networks(HPF), Mathematical Foundation of
Gradient-Type Hopfield Networks, Transient response of Continuous Time Networks,
Applications of HPF in Solution of Optimization Problem: Minimization of the Traveling
salesman tour length, Summing networks with digital outputs, Solving Simultaneous Linear
Equations, Bidirectional Associative Memory Networks; Cluster Structure, Vector
Quantization, Classical ART Networks, Simplified ART Architecture.

278
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT –III:
Fuzzy Logic & Systems:
Fuzzy sets, Crisp Relations, Fuzzy Relations, Crisp Logic, Predicate Logic, Fuzzy Logic,
Fuzzy Rule based system, Defuzzification Methods, Applications: Greg Viot’s Fuzzy Cruise
Controller, Air Conditioner Controller.

UNIT –IV:
Genetic Algorithms:
Basic Concepts of Genetic Algorithms (GA), Biological background, Creation of Offsprings,
Working Principle, Encoding, Fitness Function, Reproduction, Inheritance Operators, Cross
Over, Inversion and Deletion, Mutation Operator, Bit-wise Operators used in GA,
Generational Cycle, Convergence of Genetic Algorithm.

UNIT –V:
Hybrid Systems:
Types of Hybrid Systems, Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic, and Genetic Algorithms Hybrid,
Genetic Algorithm based BPN: GA Based weight Determination, Fuzzy Back Propagation
Dept. of ECE, JNTUHCEH M.Tech. (SSP) (FT) w.e.f. 2015-16 56 Networks: LR-type fuzzy
numbers, Fuzzy Neuron, Fuzzy BP Architecture, Learning in Fuzzy BPN, Inference by fuzzy
BPN.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Introduction to Artificial Neural Systems - J.M.Zurada, Jaico Publishers
2. Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic & Genetic Algorithms: Synthesis & Applications -
S.Rajasekaran, G.A. Vijayalakshmi Pai, July 2011, PHI, New Delhi.
3. Genetic Algorithms by David E. Gold Berg, Pearson Education India, 2006.
4. Neural Networks & Fuzzy Sytems- Kosko.B., PHI, Delhi,1994.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Artificial Neural Networks - Dr. B. Yagananarayana, 1999, PHI, New Delhi.
2. An introduction to Genetic Algorithms - Mitchell Melanie, MIT Press, 1998
3. Fuzzy Sets, Uncertainty and Information- Klir G.J. & Folger. T. A., PHI, Delhi, 1993

279
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. ELECTRONICS AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING

DATA ANALYTICS
(Open Elective – III)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EM831OE 3 0 0 3

Prerequisite: Nil

Course Objectives: The student should be made to :

 Be exposed to conceptual frame work of big data.
 Understand different techniques of Data Analysis.
 Be familiar with concepts of data streams.
 Be exposed to item sets, Clustering, frame works and Visualization.

Course Outcomes: Upon completion of this course the students will be able to
 Understand Big data fundamentals.
 Learn various Data Analysis Techniques
 Implement various Data streams.
 Understand item sets, Clustering, frame works & Visualizations.

UNIT – I
Introduction to Big Data: Introduction to Big Data Platform – Challenges of Conventional
systems – Web data – Evolution of Analytic scalability , analytic process and tools , Analysis
vs Reporting – Modern data analytic tools, stastical concepts : Sampling distributions,
resampling , statistical inference, prediction error.

UNIT – II
Data Analysis: Regression modeling , Multivariate analysis, Bayesian modeling , inference
and Bayesian networks , Support vector and Kernel methods, Analysis of time series : Linear
systems analysis , nonlinear dynamics – Rule induction – Neural networks : Learning and and
Generalisation, competitive learning, Principal component analysis and neural networks ;
Fuzzy Logic : extracting fuzzy models from data , fuzzy decision trees, Stochastic search
methods.

UNIT – III
Mining Data Streams: Introduction to Streams Concepts – Stream data model and
architecture – Stream Computing , Sampling data in a stream – Filtering streams – Counting
distinct elements in a stream – Estimating moments – Counting oneness in a Window –
Decaying window – Real time Analytics Platform ( RTAP) applications – case studies – real
time sentiment analysis, stock market predictions.

280
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT – IV
Frequent Itemsets and clustering: Mining Frequent itemsets – Market based Modeling –
Apriori Algorithm – Handling large data sets in Main Memory – Limited Pass Algorithm –
Counting frequent itemsets in a Stream – Clustering Techniques – Hierarchical – K-Means –
Clustering high dimensional data – CLIQUE and ProCLUS – Frequent pattern based
clustering methods – Clustering in non-euclidean space – Clustering for streams and
Parallelism.

UNIT – V
Frame Works and Visualization: MapReduce – Hadoop, Hive , MapR – Sharding –
NoSQL Databases – S3 – Hadoop Distributed file systems – Visualizations – Visual data
analysis techniques, interaction techniques : systems and Applications .

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Michael Berthold, David J. Hand, Intelligent Data Analysis, Springer, 2007.
2. Anand Rajaraman and Jeffrey David Ullman, Mining of Massive Datasets, Cambridge
University Press, 2012.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Bill Franks, Taming the Big Data Tidal wave: Finding Opportunities in Huge Data
Streams with advanced analytics, John Wiley & sons, 2012.
2. Glenn J. Myatt, Making Sense of Data, John Wiley & sons, 2007 Pete Warden, Big
Data Glossary, O’Reilly, 2011.
3. Jiawei Han, Micheline Kamber “Data Mining Concepts and Techniques”, Second
Edition, Elsevier, Reprinted 2008.

281
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

NON-CONVENTIONAL POWER GENERATION
(OPEN ELECTIVE – I)

B.Tech. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EE511OE 3 0 0 3

Prerequisite: Nil.

Course Objectives:
 To introduce various types of renewable energy technologies
 To understand the technologies of energy conversion from the resources and their
quantitative analysis.

Course Outcomes: After completion of this course, the student will be able to
 Analyze solar thermal and photovoltaic systems and related technologies for energy
conversion.
 Understand Wind energy conversion and devices available for it.
 Understand Biomass conversion technologies, Geo thermal resources and energy
conversion principles and technologies.
 Realize Power from oceans (thermal, wave, tidal) and conversion devices.
 Understand fundamentals of fuel cells and commercial batteries.

UNIT - I
Fundamentals of Solar Energy-Solar spectrum- Solar Radiation on Earth’s surface-Solar
radiation geometry-Solar radiation measurements- Solar radiation data- Solar radiation on
horizontal and tilted surfaces. Solar Thermal conversion- Flat plate collectors- concentrated
collectors- construction and thermal analysis- Solar applications- Solar ponds- Heliostat
systems-water heater-air heater-solar still.

UNIT - II
Solar-Electric Power generation- Photovoltaic cells- Equivalent circuit- V-I Characteristics-
Photovoltaic modules – constructional details- design considerations- Tracking- Maximum
power point tracking - Solar Thermo electric conversion.

UNIT - III
Wind Energy- Fundamentals of wind energy-power available in wind- Betz Limit-
Aerodynamics of wind turbine- Wind turbines- Horizontal and vertical axis turbines –their
configurations- Wind Energy conversion systems.

UNIT - IV
Energy from Bio Mass- Various fuels- Sources-Conversion technologies-Wet Processes –
Dry Processes- Bio Gas generation – Aerobic and anaerobic digestion - Factors affecting

282
 R16 B.TECH IT

generation of bio gas - Classification of bio gas plants-Different Indian digesters- Digester
design considerations - Gasification process - Gasifiers – Applications. Geothermal Energy -
sources- Hydrothermal convective - Geo-pressure resources - Petro-thermal systems (HDR) -
Magma Resources-Prime Movers.

UNIT - V
OTEC Systems- Principle of operation - Open and closed cycles, Energy from Tides -
Principle of Tidal Power - Components of tidal Power plants - Operation Methods -
Estimation of Energy in Single and double basin systems - Energy and Power from Waves-
Wave energy conversion devices - Fuel Cells - Design and Principle of operation - Types of
Fuel Cells - Advantages and disadvantages - Types of Electrodes – Applications - Basics of
Batteries - Constructional details of Lead acid batteries - Ni-Cd Batteries.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. “John Twidell & Wier”, “Renewable Energy Resources”, CRC Press, 2009.
2. “G. D. Rai”, “Non Conventional Energy sources”, Khanna publishers, 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. “D. P .Kothari, Singal, Rakesh and Ranjan”, “Renewable Energy sources and
Emerging Technologies”, PHI, 2009.
2. “F. C. Treble”, Generating Electricity from Sun, Pergamon Press, 1st Edition 1991
3. “C. S. Solanki”, “Solar Photovoltaics - Fundamentals- Principles and Applications”,
PHI, 2009
4. “S. P. Sukhatme”, “Solar Energy Principles and Application”, TMH, 2009.

283
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING MATERIALS
(OPEN ELECTIVE – I)

B.Tech. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EE512OE 3 0 0 3

Prerequisite: Engineering chemistry and Engineering Physics - II

Course Objective:
 To understand the importance of various materials used in electrical engineering and
obtain a qualitative analysis of their behavior and applications.

Course Outcomes: After completion of this course, the student will be able to
 Understand various types of dielectric materials, their properties in various conditions.
 Evaluate magnetic materials and their behavior.
 Evaluate semiconductor materials and technologies.
 Acquire Knowledge on Materials used in electrical engineering and applications.

UNIT- I
Dielectric Materials: Dielectric as Electric Field Medium, leakage currents, dielectric loss,
dielectric strength, breakdown voltage, breakdown in solid dielectrics, flashover, liquid
dielectrics, electric conductivity in solid, liquid and gaseous dielectrics, Ferromagnetic
materials, properties of ferromagnetic materials in static fields, spontaneous, polarization,
curie point, anti-ferromagnetic materials, piezoelectric materials, pyroelectric materials.

UNIT – II
Magnetic Materials: Classification of magnetic materials, spontaneous magnetization in
ferromagnetic materials, magnetic Anisotropy, Magnetostriction, diamagnetism, magnetically
soft and hard materials, special purpose materials, feebly magnetic materials, Ferrites, cast
and cermet permanent magnets, ageing of magnets. Factors effecting permeability and
hysteresis

UNIT – III
Semiconductor Materials: Properties of semiconductors, Silicon wafers, integration
techniques, Large and very large scale integration techniques (VLSI)

UNIT – IV
Materials for Electrical Applications: Materials used for Resistors, rheostats, heaters,
transmission line structures, stranded conductors, bimetals fuses, soft and hard solders,
electric contact materials, electric carbon materials, thermocouple materials. Solid, Liquid
and Gaseous insulating materials, Effect of moisture on insulation.

284
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT – V
Special Purpose Materials: Refractory Materials, Structural Materials, Radioactive
Materials, Galvanization and Impregnation of materials, Processing of electronic materials,
Insulating varnishes and coolants, Properties and applications of mineral oils, Testing of
Transformer oil as per ISI

Text Books:
1. “R K Rajput”, “ A course in Electrical Engineering Materials”, Laxmi Publications,
2009
2. “T K Basak”, “ A course in Electrical Engineering Materials”, New Age Science
Publications 2009

Reference Books:
1. TTTI Madras, “Electrical Engineering Materials”, McGraw Hill Education, 2004.
2. “AdrianusJ.Dekker”, Electrical Engineering Materials, PHI Publication, 2006.
3. S. P. Seth, P. V. Gupta “A course in Electrical Engineering Materials”, Dhanpat Rai &
Sons, 2011.

285
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

NANOTECHNOLOGY
(OPEN ELECTIVE – I)

B.Tech. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EE513OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives: Nano Technology is one of the core subjects of multidisciplinary nature.
This has extensive applications in the field of energy, electronics, Biomedical Engg. Etc.
Built to specifications by manufacturing matter on the atomic scale, the Nano products would
exhibit an order of magnitude improvement in strength, toughness, and efficiency. The
objective here is imparting the basic knowledge in Nano Science and Technology.

Course Outcomes: The present syllabus of “Introduction to Nano Technology” will give
insight into many aspects of Nanoscience, technology and their applications in the
prospective of materials science.

UNIT - I
Introduction: History and Scope, Can Small Things Make a Big Difference? Classification
of Nanostructured Materials, Fascinating Nanostructures, Applications of Nanomaterials,
Nature: The Best of Nanotechnologist, Challenges, and Future Prospects.

UNIT - II
Unique Properties of Nanomaterials: Microstructure and Defects in Nanocrystalline
Materials: Dislocations, Twins, stacking faults and voids, Grain Boundaries, triple and
disclinations,
Effect of Nano-dimensions on Materials Behavior: Elastic properties, Melting Point,
Diffusivity, Grain growth characteristics, enhanced solid solubility.
Magnetic Properties: Soft magnetic nanocrystalline alloy, Permanent magnetic
nanocrystalline materials, Giant Magnetic Resonance, Electrical Properties, Optical
Properties, Thermal Properties, and Mechanical Properties.

UNIT- III
Synthesis Routes: Bottom up approaches: Physical Vapor Deposition, Inert Gas
Condensation, Laser Ablation, Chemical Vapor Deposition, Molecular Beam Epitaxy, Sol-
gel method ,Self-assembly, Top down approaches: Mechanical alloying, Nano-lithography,
Consolidation of Nanopowders: Shock wave consolidation, Hot isostatic pressing and Cold
isostatic pressing Spark plasma sintering.

UNIT - IV
Tools to Characterize nanomaterials: X-Ray Diffraction (XRD), Small Angle X-ray
scattering (SAXS), Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM), Transmission Electron
Microscopy (TEM), Atomic Force Microscopy (AFM), Scanning Tunneling Microscope

286
 R16 B.TECH IT

(STM), Field Ion Microscope (FEM), Three-dimensional Atom Probe (3DAP),

Nanoindentation.

UNIT - V
Applications of Nanomaterials: Nano-electronics, Micro- and Nano-electromechanical
systems (MEMS/NEMS), Nanosensors, Nanocatalysts, Food and Agricultural Industry,
Cosmetic and Consumer Goods, Structure and Engineering, Automotive Industry, Water-
Treatment and the environment, Nano-medical applications, Textiles, Paints, Energy,
Defense and Space Applications, Concerns and challenges of Nanotechnology.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Text Book of Nano Science and Nano Technology – B.S. Murthy, P. Shankar, Baldev
Raj, B.B. Rath and James Munday, University Press-IIM.
2. Introduction to Nanotechnology – Charles P. Poole, Jr., and Frank J. Owens, Wley
India Edition, 2012.

REFERENCES BOOKS:
1. Nano: The Essentials by T. Pradeep, Mc Graw- Hill Education.
2. Nanomaterials, Nanotechnologies and Design by Michael F. Ashby, Paulo J. Ferreira
and Daniel L. Schodek.
3. Transport in Nano structures- David Ferry, Cambridge University press 2000
4. Nanofabrication towards biomedical application: Techniques, tools, Application and
impact – Ed. Challa S., S. R. Kumar, J. H. Carola.
5. Carbon Nanotubes: Properties and Applications- Michael J. O'Connell.
6. Electron Transport in Mesoscopic systems - S. Dutta, Cambridge University press.

287
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

DESIGN ESTIMATION AND COSTING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
(OPEN ELECTIVE – II)

B.Tech. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EE621OE 3 0 0 3

Prerequisite: Power systems - I & Power Systems - II

Course Objectives:
 To emphasize the estimation and costing aspects of all electrical equipment,
installation and designs on the cost viability.
 To design and estimation of wiring
 To design overhead and underground distribution lines, substations and illumination

Course Outcomes: After Completion of this course, student will be able to

 Understand the design considerations of electrical installations.
 Design electrical installation for buildings and small industries.
 Identify and design the various types of light sources for different applications.

UNIT - I
Design Considerations of Electrical Installations: Electric Supply System, Three phase
four wire distribution system, Protection of Electric Installation against over load, short
circuit and Earth fault, Earthing, General requirements of electrical installations, testing of
installations, Indian Electricity rules, Neutral and Earth wire, Types of loads, Systems of
wiring, Service connections , Service Mains, Sub-Circuits, Location of Outlets, Location of
Control Switches, Location of Main Board and Distribution board, Guide lines for
Installation of Fittings, Load Assessment, Permissible voltage drops and sizes of wires,
estimating and costing of Electric installations.

UNIT - II
Electrical Installation for Different Types of Buildings and Small Industries: Electrical
installations for residential buildings – estimating and costing of material, Electrical
installations for commercial buildings, Electrical installations for small industries.

UNIT - III
Overhead and Underground Transmission and Distribution Lines: Introduction,
Supports for transmission lines, Distribution lines – Materials used, Underground cables,
Mechanical Design of overhead lines, Design of underground cables.

288
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - IV
Substations: Introduction, Types of substations, Outdoor substation – Pole mounted type,
Indoor substations – Floor mounted type.

UNIT - V
Design of Illumination Schemes: Introduction, Terminology in illumination, laws of
illumination, various types of light sources, Practical lighting schemes LED, CFL and OCFL
differences.

Text Books:
1. “K. B. Raina, S. K. Bhattacharya”, “Electrical Design Estimating and Costing”, New
Age International Publisher, 2010.
2. “Er. V. K. Jain, Er. Amitabh Bajaj”, “Design of Electrical Installations”, University
Science Press.
Reference Books:
1. Code of practice for Electrical wiring installations,(System voltage not exceeding 650
volts), Indian Standard Institution, IS: 732-1983.
2. Guide for Electrical layout in residential buildings, Indian Standard Institution, IS:
4648-1968.
3. Electrical Installation buildings Indian Standard Institution, IS: 2032.
4. Code of Practice for selection, Installation of Maintenance of fuse (voltage not
exceeding 650 V), Indian Standard Institution, IS: 3106-1966.
5. Code of Practice for earthling, Indian Standard Institution, IS: 3043-1966.
6. Code of Practice for Installation and Maintenance of induction motors, Indian
Standard Institution, IS: 900-1965.
7. Code of Practice for electrical wiring, Installations (system voltage not exceeding 650
Volts), Indian Standard Institution, IS: 2274-1963.
8. “Gupta J. B., Katson, Ludhiana”, “Electrical Installation, estimating and costing”, S.
K. Kataria and sons, 2013.

289
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEMS
(OPEN ELECTIVE – II)

B.Tech. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EE622OE 3 0 0 3

Prerequisite: Electro chemistry

Course Objective:
 To enable the student to understand the need for energy storage, devices and
technologies available and their applications
Course Outcomes: After completion of this course, the student will be able to
 analyze the characteristics of energy from various sources and need for storage
 classify various types of energy storage and various devices used for the purpose
 Identify various real time applications.

UNIT - I
Electrical Energy Storage Technologies: Characteristics of electricity, Electricity and the
roles of EES, High generation cost during peak-demand periods, Need for continuous and
flexible supply, Long distance between generation and consumption, Congestion in power
grids, Transmission by cable.

UNIT - II
Needs for Electrical Energy Storage: Emerging needs for EES, More renewable energy,
less fossil fuel, Smart Grid uses, The roles of electrical energy storage technologies, The roles
from the viewpoint of a utility, The roles from the viewpoint of consumers, The roles from
the viewpoint of generators of renewable energy.

UNIT - III
Features of Energy Storage Systems: Classification of EES systems , Mechanical storage
systems, Pumped hydro storage (PHS), Compressed air energy storage (CAES), Flywheel
energy storage (FES),Electrochemical storage systems, Secondary batteries, Flow batteries,
Chemical energy storage, Hydrogen (H2),Synthetic natural gas (SNG).

UNIT - IV
Types of Electrical Energy Storage systems: Electrical storage systems, Double-layer
capacitors (DLC) ,Superconducting magnetic energy storage (SMES),Thermal storage
systems ,Standards for EES, Technical comparison of EES technologies.

290
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - V
Applications: Present status of applications, Utility use (conventional power generation, grid
operation & service) , Consumer use (uninterruptable power supply for large consumers),
New trends in applications ,Renewable energy generation, Smart Grid, Smart Micro grid,
Smart House, Electric vehicles, Management and control hierarchy of storage systems,
Internal configuration of battery storage systems, External connection of EES systems ,
Aggregating EES systems and distributed generation (Virtual Power Plant), Battery SCADA–
aggregation of many dispersed batteries.

Text Books:
1. “James M. Eyer, Joseph J. Iannucci and Garth P. Corey “, “Energy Storage Benefits
and Market Analysis”, Sandia National Laboratories, 2004.
2. The Electrical Energy Storage by IEC Market Strategy Board.

Reference Book:
1. “Jim Eyer, Garth Corey”, Energy Storage for the Electricity Grid: Benefits and
Market Potential Assessment Guide, Report, Sandia National Laboratories, Feb 2010.

291
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

INTRODUCTION TO MECHATRONICS
(OPEN ELECTIVE – II)

B.Tech. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EE623OE 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites: Basic Electronics Engineering

Course Objectives:
 To develop an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems
 To develop an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs
within realistic constraints.
 To develop an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools
necessary for engineering practice.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to, Model, analyze and
control engineering systems. Identify sensors, transducers and actuators to monitor and
control the behavior of a process or product. Develop PLC programs for a given task.
Evaluate the performance of mechatronic systems.

UNIT – I
Introduction: Definition – Trends - Control Methods: Standalone , PC Based ( Real Time
Operating Systems, Graphical User Interface , Simulation ) - Applications: identification of
sensors and actuators in Washing machine, Automatic Camera, Engine Management, SPM,
Robot, CNC, FMS, CIM.
Signal Conditioning : Introduction – Hardware - Digital I/O , Analog input – ADC ,
resolution, Filtering Noise using passive components – Registors, capacitors - Amplifying
signals using OP amps –Software - Digital Signal Processing – Low pass , high pass , notch
filtering

UNIT – II
Precision Mechanical Systems : Modern CNC Machines – Design aspects in machine
structures, guideways, feed drives, spindle and spindle bearings, measuring systems, control
software and operator interface, gauging and tool monitoring.
Electronic Interface Subsystems : TTL, CMOS interfacing - Sensor interfacing – Actuator
interfacing – solenoids , motors Isolation schemes- opto coupling, buffer IC’s - Protection
schemes – circuit breakers , over current sensing , resetable fuses , thermal dissipation -
Power Supply - Bipolar transistors / mosfets

292
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT – III
Electromechanical Drives : Relays and Solenoids - Stepper Motors - DC brushed motors –
DC brushless motors - DC servo motors - 4-quadrant servo drives , PWM’s - Pulse Width
Modulation – Variable Frequency Drives, Vector Drives - Drive System load calculation.
Microcontrollers Overview : 8051 Microcontroller , micro processor structure – Digital
Interfacing - Analog Interfacing - Digital to Analog Convertors - Analog to Digital
Convertors - Applications. Programming –Assembly, C (LED Blinking, Voltage
measurement using ADC).

UNIT – IV
Programmable Logic Controllers : Basic Structure - Programming : Ladder diagram -Timers,
Internal Relays and Counters - Shift Registers - Master and Jump Controls - Data Handling -
Analog input / output - PLC Selection - Application.

UNIT – V
Programmable Motion Controllers : Introduction - System Transfer Function – Laplace
transform and its application in analysing differential equation of a control system - Feedback
Devices : Position , Velocity Sensors - Optical Incremental encoders - Proximity Sensors :
Inductive , Capacitive , Infrared - Continuous and discrete processes - Control System
Performance & tuning - Digital Controllers - P , PI , PID Control - Control modes – Position ,
Velocity and Torque - Velocity Profiles – Trapezoidal- S. Curve - Electronic Gearing -
Controlled Velocity Profile - Multi axis Interpolation , PTP , Linear , Circular - Core
functionalities – Home , Record position , GOTO Position - Applications : SPM, Robotics.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Mechatronics Electronics Control Systems in Mechanical and Electrical Engineering/
W Bolton/ Pearson.
2. Introduction to Mechatronics / Appukuttan /Oxford

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Mechatronics Principles concepts & Applications / N.P.Mahalik/ Mc Graw Hill
2. “Designing Intelligent Machines”. open University, London.

293
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

ENTREPRENEUR RESOURCE PLANNING
(OPEN ELECTIVE – III)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EE831OE 3 0 0 3

(Students must read text book. Faculty is free to choose any other cases)

Course Objectives: It enables the student to understand the foundations of Enterprise

planning and ERP System Options.

Course Outcome: The student understands the challenges in implementation of ERP system,
ERP System Implementation options, and functional modules of ERP.
1. Introduction to ERP- Foundation for Understanding ERP systems-Business benefits
of ERP-The challenges of implementing ERP system-ERP modules and Historical
Development.
Case: Response top RFP for ban ERP system (Mary Sumner).
2. ERP system options & Selection methods-Measurement of project Inpact-
information Technology Selection-ERP proposal evaluation-Project Evaluation
Technique.(David L. olson).
Case: Atlantic Manufacturing (Mary Sumner).
3. ERP system Installation Options- IS/IT Management results-Risk Identification
analysis-System Projects- Demonstration of the system-Failure method-system
Architecture & ERP (David L. Olson)
Case: Data Solutions & Technology Knowledge (Mary Sumner).
4. ERP - sales and Marketing- Management control process in sales and marketing -
ERP customer relationship management - ERP systems- Accounting & Finance
control processes. Financial modules in ERP systems.
Case: Atlantic manufacturing (Mary Sumner).
5. ERP – Production and Material Management-Control process on production and
manufacturing - Production module in ERP- supply chain Management & e-market
place-e-business & ERP-e supply chain & ERP- Future directions for ERP.
Case: HR in Atlantic manufacturing. (Mary Sumner).

UNIT - I
ERP and Technology: Introduction – Related Technologies – Business Intelligence – E-
Commerce and E Business – Business Process Reengineering – Data Warehousing – Data
Mining – OLAP – Product life Cycle management – SCM – CRM

UNIT - II
ERP Implementation: Implementation Challenges – Strategies – Life Cycle – Pre-
implementation Tasks –Requirements Definition – Methodologies – Package selection –

294
 R16 B.TECH IT

Project Teams –Process Definitions – Vendors and Consultants – Data Migration – Project
management – Post Implementation Activities.

UNIT - III
ERP In Action & Business Modules: Operation and Maintenance – Performance –
Maximizing the ERP System – Business Modules – Finance – Manufacturing – Human
Resources – Plant maintenance –Materials Management – Quality management – Marketing
– Sales, Distribution and service.

UNIT - IV
ERP Market: Marketplace – Dynamics – SAP AG – Oracle – PeopleSoft – JD Edwards –
QAD Inc –SSA Global – Lawson Software – Epicor – Intutive.

UNIT - V
Enterprise Application Integration – ERP and E-Business – ERP II – Total quality
management – Future Directions – Trends in ERP.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Alexis Leon, “ERP DEMYSTIFIED”, Tata McGraw Hill, Second Edition, 2008.
2. Mary Sumner, “Enterprise Resource Planning”, Pearson Education, 2007.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Jim Mazzullo, “SAP R/3 for Everyone”, Pearson, 2007.
2. Jose Antonio Fernandz, “The SAP R /3 Handbook”, Tata McGraw Hill, 1998.
3. Biao Fu, “SAP BW: A Step-by-Step Guide”, First Edition, Pearson Education, 2003.

295
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM (MIS)
(OPEN ELECTIVE – III)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EE832OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objective:
 To provide the basic concepts of Enterprise Resource Planning and Management of
Information System.
 Explain to students why information systems are so important today for business and
management;
 Evaluate the role of the major types of information systems in a business
 Assess the impact of the Internet and Internet technology on business-electronic
commerce and electronic business;
 Identify the major management challenges to building and using information systems
and learn how to find appropriate solutions to those challenges

Course Outcomes: The completion of the subject, the student will be able to
 Understand the usage of MIS in organizations and the constituents of the MIS
 Understand the classifications of MIS, understanding of functional MIS and the
different functionalities of these MIS. This would be followed by case study on
Knowledge management.
 Assess the requirement and stage in which the organization is placed. Nolan model is
expected to aid such decisions
 Learn the functions and issues at each stage of system development. Further different
ways in which systems can be developed are also learnt.

UNIT – I
Introduction to IS Models and Types of Information systems: – Nolan Stage Hypothesis,
IS Strategic Grid, Wards Model, Earl’s Multiple Methodology, Critical Success Factors, Soft
Systems Methodology, Socio-Technical Systems Approach (Mumford), System Develop Life
Cycle, Prototype and End User Computing, Application Packages, Outsourcing, Deciding
Combination of Methods. Types of Information Systems

UNIT – II
IS Security, Control and Audit– System Vulnerability and Abuse, business value of
security and control, Need for Security, Methods of minimizing risks IS Audit, ensuring
system quality.

UNIT – III
Induction to ERP: Overview of ERP, MRP, MRPII and Evolution of ERP, Integrated
Management Systems, Reasons for the growth of ERP, Business Modeling, Integrated Data

296
 R16 B.TECH IT

Model, Foundations of IS in Business, Obstacles of applying IT, ERP Market- ERP

Modules: Finance, Accounting Systems, Manufacturing and Production Systems, Sales and
Distribution Systems, , Human Resource Systems, Plant Maintenance System, Materials
Management System, Quality Management System, ERP System Options and Selection,
ERP proposal Evaluation.

UNIT – IV
Benefits of ERP: Reduction of Lead Time, On-Time Shipment, Reduction in Cycle Time,
Improved Resource Utilisation, Better Customer Satisfaction, Improved Supplier
Performance, Increased Flexibility, Reduced Quality Costs, Improved Information Accuracy
and Design Making Capabilities.

UNIT – V
ERP Implementation and Maintenance: Implementation Strategy Options, Features of
Successful ERP Implementation, Strategies to Attain Success, User Training, Maintaining
ERP & IS. Case Studies.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Gordon B. Davis & Margrethe H. Olson: Management Information Systems, TMH,
2009.
2. C Laudon and Jane P. Laudon, et al: Management Information Systems, Pearson
Education, 2009.
3. Alexis Leon: ERP (Demystified), 5/E, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2009.
4. C. S. V. Murthy: Management Information System, Himalaya, 2009
5. James A. Obrein: Management Information Systems, TMH, 2009
6. David L Olson: Managerial Issues of Enterprise Resource Planning Systems, McGraw
Hill, International Edition-2009.
7. Rainer, Turban, Potter: Introduction to Information Systems, WILEY-India, 2009.
8. Vaman, ERP in Practice, TMH, 2009

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Dharminder and Sangeetha: Management Information Systems, Excel, 2009
2. Gerald V. Post, David L Anderson: Management Information Systems, Irvin McGraw
Hill, 2009.
3. Monk: Concepts in ERP, Cengage, 2009
4. Olson: Managerial Issues of ERO, TMH, 2009
5. Motiwala: Enterprise Resource Planning, Pearson 2009
6. Miller: MIS—Cases, Pearson, 2009

297
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR
(OPEN ELECTIVE – III)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EE833OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objective:
 To provide the students with the conceptual framework and the theories underlying
Organisational Behaviour.

Course Outcomes: Upon the completion of the subject, the student will be able to
 Analyse the behaviour of individuals and groups in organizations in terms of the key
factors that influence organizational behaviour.
 Assess the potential effects of organizational level factors (such as structure, culture
and change) on organizational behaviour.
 Critically evaluate the potential effects of important developments in the external
environment (such as globalization and advances in technology) on organizational
behaviour.
 Analyse organizational behavioural issues in the context of organizational behaviour
theories, models and concepts.

UNIT – I
Introduction to OB - Definition, Nature and Scope –Environmental and organizational
context – Impact of IT, globalization, Diversity, Ethics, culture, reward systems and
organizational design on Organisational Behaviour. Cognitive Processes-I : Perception and
Attribution: Nature and importance of Perception – Perceptual selectivity and organization -
Social perception – Attribution Theories – Locus of control –Attribution Errors –Impression
Management.

UNIT – II
Cognitive Processes-II: Personality and Attitudes - Personality as a continuum – Meaning of
personality - Johari Window and Transactional Analysis - Nature and Dimension of
Attitudes – Job satisfaction and organisational commitment-Motivational needs and
processes- Work-Motivation Approaches Theories of Motivation- Motivation across cultures
- Positive organizational behaviour: Optimism – Emotional intelligence – Self-Efficacy.

UNIT – III
Dynamics of OB-I: Communication – types - interactive communication in organizations –
barriers to communication and strategies to improve the follow of communication - Decision
Making: Participative decision making techniques – creativity and group decision making .
Dynamics of OB –II Stress and Conflict: Meaning and types of stress –Meaning and types of

298
 R16 B.TECH IT

conflict - Effect of stress and intra-individual conflict - strategies to cope with stress and
conflict.

UNIT – IV
Dynamics of OB –III Power and Politics: Meaning and types of power – empowerment -
Groups Vs. Teams – Nature of groups –dynamics of informal groups – dysfunctions of
groups and teams – teams in modern work place.

UNIT – V
Leading High performance: Job design and Goal setting for High performance- Quality of
Work Life- Socio technical Design and High performance work practices - Behavioural
performance management: reinforcement and punishment as principles of Learning –Process
of Behavioural modification - Leadership theories - Styles, Activities and skills of Great
leaders.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Luthans, Fred: Organizational Behaviour 10/e, McGraw-Hill, 2009
2. Mc Shane: Organizational Behaviour, 3e, TMH, 2008
3. Nelson: Organizational Behaviour, 3/e, Thomson, 2008.
4. New strom W. John& Davis Keith, Organisational Behaviour-- Human Behaviour at
Work, 12/e, TMH, New Delhi, 2009.
5. Pierce and Gardner: Management and Organisational Behaviour: An Integrated
perspective, Thomson, 2009.
6. Robbins, P. Stephen, Timothy A. Judge: Organisational Behaviour, 12/e,
PHI/Pearson, New Delhi, 2009.
7. Pareek Udai: Behavioural Process at Work:, Oxford & IBH, New Delhi, 2009.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Schermerhorn: Organizational Behaviour 9/e, Wiley, 2008.
2. Hitt: Organizational Behaviour, Wiley, 2008
3. Aswathappa: Organisational Behaviour, Himalaya, 2009
4. Mullins: Management and Organisational Behaviour, Pearson, 2008.
5. McShane, Glinow: Organisational Behaviour--Essentials, TMH, 2009.
6. Ivancevich: Organisational Behaviour and Management, 7/e, TMH, 2008.

299
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. ELECTRONICS AND INSTRUMENTATION ENGINEERING

ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION
(Open Elective – I)

B.Tech. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EI511OE 3 0 0 3

Prerequisite: Nil

Course Objectives:
 It provides an understanding of various measuring systems functioning and metrics
for performance analysis.
 Provides understanding of principle of operation, working of different electronic
instruments viz. signal generators, signal analyzers, recorders and measuring
equipment.
 Provides understanding of use of various measuring techniques for measurement of
different physical parameters using different classes of transducers.

Course Outcomes: On completion of this course student can be able to

 Identify the various electronic instruments based on their specifications for carrying
out a particular task of measurement.
 Measure various physical parameters by appropriately selecting the transducers.
 Use various types of signal generators, signal analyzers for generating and analyzing
various real-time signals.

UNIT - I
Block Schematics of Measuring Systems: Performance Characteristics, Static
Characteristics, Accuracy, Precision, Resolution, Types of Errors, Gaussian Error, Root Sum
Squares formula, Dynamic Characteristics, Repeatability, Reproducibility, Fidelity, Lag
;Measuring Instruments: DC Voltmeters, D’ Arsonval Movement, DC Current Meters, AC
Voltmeters and Current Meters, Ohmmeters, Multimeters, Meter Protection, Extension of
Range, True RMS Responding Voltmeters, Specifications of Instruments.

UNIT - II
Signal Analyzers: AF, HF Wave Analyzers, Harmonic Distortion, Heterodyne wave
Analyzers, Spectrum Analyzers, Power Analyzers, Capacitance-Voltage Meters, Oscillators.
Signal Generators: AF, RF Signal Generators, Sweep Frequency Generators, Pulse and
Square wave Generators, Function Generators, Arbitrary Waveform Generator, Video Signal
Generators, and Specifications

300
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - III
Oscilloscopes: CRT, Block Schematic of CRO, Time Base Circuits, Lissajous Figures, CRO
Probes, High Frequency CRO Considerations, Delay lines, Applications: Measurement of
Time, Period and Frequency Specifications.
Special Purpose Oscilloscopes: Dual Trace, Dual Beam CROs, Sampling Oscilloscopes,
Storage Oscilloscopes, Digital Storage CROs.

UNIT - IV
Transducers: Classification, Strain Gauges, Bounded, unbounded; Force and Displacement
Transducers, Resistance Thermometers, Hotwire Anemometers, LVDT, Thermocouples,
Synchros, Special Resistance Thermometers, Digital Temperature sensing system,
Piezoelectric Transducers, Variable Capacitance Transducers, Magneto Strictive Transducers.

UNIT - V
Bridges: Wheat Stone Bridge, Kelvin Bridge, and Maxwell Bridge.
Measurement of Physical Parameters: Flow Measurement, Displacement Meters, Liquid
level Measurement, Measurement of Humidity and Moisture, Velocity, Force, Pressure –
High Pressure, Vacuum level, Temperature -Measurements, Data Acquisition Systems.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation – K. Lal Kishore, Pearson Education
2010.
2. Electronic Instrumentation: H.S.Kalsi – TMH, 2nd Edition 2004.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements – David A. Bell, Oxford Univ. Press,
1997.
2. Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques: A.D. Helbincs,
W.D. Cooper: PHI 5th Edition 2003.
3. Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation: B.M. Oliver, J.M. Cage TMH Reprint
2009.
4. Industrial Instrumentation: T.R. Padmanabham Springer 2009.

301
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. ELECTRONICS AND INSTRUMENTATION ENGINEERING

INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS
(Open Elective – II)

B.Tech. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EI621OE 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites: Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering or Electronic Devices and

Circuits.

UNIT - I
DC Amplifiers: Need for DC amplifiers, DC amplifiers - Drift, Causes, Darlington Emitter
Follower, Cascode amplifier, Stabilization, Differential amplifiers - Chopper stabilization,
Operational Amplifiers, Ideal specifications of Operational Amplifiers, Instrumentation
Amplifiers.

UNIT - II
Regulated Power Supplies: Block diagram, Principle of voltage regulation, Series and Shunt
type Linear Voltage Regulators, Protection Techniques - Short Circuit, Over voltage
and Thermal Protection.
Switched Mode & IC Regulators: Switched Mode voltage regulator, Comparison of Linear
and Switched Mode Voltage Regulators, Servo Voltage Stabilizer, monolithic voltage
regulators Fixed and Adjustable IC Voltage regulators, 3-terminal Voltage regulators -
Current boosting .

UNIT - III
SCR and Thyristor: Principles of operation and characteristics of SCR, Triggering of
Thyristors, Commutation Techniques of Thyristors - Classes A, B, C, D, E and F, Ratings
of SCR.

UNIT - IV
Applications of SCR in Power Control: Static circuit breaker, Protection of SCR, Inverters
- Classification, Single Phase inverters, Converters –single phase Half wave and Full wave.
DIAC, TRIAC and Thyristor Applications: Chopper circuits – Principle, methods and
Configurations, DIAC AND TRIAC, TRIACS – Triggering modes, Firing Circuits,
Commutation.

UNIT - V
Industrial Applications - I: Industrial timers -Classification, types, Electronic Timers –
Classification, RC and Digital timers, Time base Generators.
Electric Welding Classification, types and methods of Resistance and ARC wielding,
Electronic DC Motor Control.
Industrial Applications - II: High Frequency heating – principle, merits, applications, High
frequency Source for Induction heating. Dielectric Heating – principle, material properties,
302
 R16 B.TECH IT

Electrodes and their Coupling to RF generator, Thermal losses and Applications. Ultrasonics
– Generation and Applications.

TEXTBOOKS:
1. Industrial and Power Electronics – G. K. Mithal and Maneesha Gupta, Khanna
Publishers, 19th Ed., 2003.
2. Integrated Electronics – J. Millman and C.C Halkias, McGraw Hill, 1972.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Electronic Devices and circuits – Theodore. H. Bogart, Pearson Education, 6th Edn.,
2003.
2. Thyristors and applications – M. Rammurthy, East-West Press, 1977.3.
3. Integrated Circuits and Semiconductor Devices – Deboo and Burroughs, ISE

303
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. ELECTRONICS AND INSTRUMENTATION ENGINEERING

SENSORS AND TRANSDUCERS
(Open Elective – III)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EI831OE 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites: Nil

Course Objectives: To enable the students to select and design suitable instruments to meet
the requirements of industrial applications and various transducers used for the measurement
of various physical quantities and the following:
 Various types of Sensors & Transducers and their working principle
 Resistive, Capacitive and Inductive transducers
 Some of the miscellaneous transducers
 Characteristics of transducers

Course Outcomes: Upon completion of this course the student shall be able to understand
the working of basic sensors and transducers used in any industries.

UNIT – I
Measurements and Instrumentation of Transducers: Measurements – Basic method of
measurement – Generalized scheme for measurement systems – Units and standards – Errors
– Classification of errors, error analysis – Statistical methods – Sensor – Transducer –
Classification of transducers – Basic requirement of transducers.

UNIT – II
Characteristics of Transducers: Static characteristics – Dynamic characteristics –
Mathematical model of transducer – Zero, first order and second order transducers –
Response to impulse, step, ramp and sinusoidal inputs

UNIT – III
Resistive Transducers: Potentiometer –Loading effect – Strain gauge – Theory, types,
temperature compensation – Applications – Torque measurement – Proving Ring – Load Cell
– Resistance thermometer – Thermistors materials – Constructions, Characteristics – Hot
wire anemometer

UNIT – IV
Inductive and Capacitive Transducer: Self inductive transducer – Mutual inductive
transducers – Linear Variable Differential Transformer – LVDT Accelerometer – RVDT –
Synchros – Microsyn – Capacitive transducer – Variable Area Type – Variable Air Gap type
– Variable Permittivity type – Capacitor microphone.

304
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT – V
Miscellaneous Transducers: Piezoelectric transducer – Hall Effect transducers – Smart
sensors – Fiber optic sensors – Film sensors – MEMS – Nano sensors, Digital transducers

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Sawhney. A.K, “A Course in Electrical and Electronics Measurements and
Instrumentation”, 18th Edition, Dhanpat Rai & Company Private Limited, 2007.
2. Patranabis. D, “Sensors and Transducers”, Prentice Hall of India, 2003.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Renganathan. S, “Transducer Engineering”, Allied Publishers, Chennai, 2003.
2. Doebelin. E.A, “Measurement Systems – Applications and Design”, Tata McGraw
Hill, New York, 2000.
3. John. P, Bentley, “Principles of Measurement Systems”, III Edition, Pearson
Education, 2000.
4. Murthy. D. V. S, “Transducers and Instrumentation”, Prentice Hall of India, 2001.
5. Sensor Technology Hand Book – Jon Wilson, Newne 2004.
6. Instrument Transducers – An Introduction to their Performance and design – by
Herman K. P. Neubrat, Oxford University Press.

305
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. ELECTRONICS AND INSTRUMENTATION ENGINEERING

PC BASED INSTRUMENTATION
(Open Elective – III)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EI832OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objective: To introduce interfacing data acquisition systems to PC and introducing

PLCs with their classification, operation, and programming.

UNIT – I
Introduction to Computer Instrument Communication: Personal Computer, overview of
operating System, I/O Ports, Plug-in-slots, PCI bus, Operators Interface. Computer
Interfacing for Data Acquisition and Control – Interfacing Input Signals, Output system with
continuous actuators. Data Acquisition and Control using Standard Cards: PC expansion
systems, Plug-in Data Acquisition Boards; Transducer to Control room, Backplane bus –
VXI.

UNIT – II
Programmable logic controller (PLC) basics: Definition, overview of PLC systems,
input/output modules, power supplies, and isolators.
Basic PLC programming: Programming On-Off inputs/ outputs. Creating Ladder diagrams
Basic PLC functions PLC Basic Functions, register basics, timer functions, counter functions.

UNIT – III
PLC intermediate and advanced functions: Arithmetic functions, number comparison
functions, Skip and MCR functions, data move systems. Utilizing digital bits, sequencer
functions, matrix functions. PLC Advanced functions: Analog PLC operation, networking of
PLC.

UNIT – IV
Application of PLC: Controlling of Robot using PLC, PID control of continuous processes,
Continuous Bottle-filling system, Batch mixing system, 3-stage air conditioning system,
Automatic frequency control of Induction heating

UNIT – V
Related Topics: Alternate programming languages. Auxiliary commands and functions. PLC
installation, troubleshooting, and maintenance. Field bus: Introduction, concept. HART
protocol: Method of operation, structure, and applications. Smart transmitters, smart valves,
and smart actuators.

306
 R16 B.TECH IT

TEXT BOOKS
1. Programmable Logic Controllers – Principles and Applications, John. W .Webb
Ronald A Reis , Fourth edition, Prentice Hall Inc., New Jersey, 1998.
2. Computer Control of Processes – M.Chidambaram. Narosa 2003.

REFERENCES
1. PC Based Instrumentation and Control Third Edition by Mike Tooley ; Elsevier.
2. PC Interfacing and Data Acquisition Techniques for Measurement, Instrumentation,
and Control. By Kevin James; Elsevier.
3. Practical Data Acquisition for Instrumentation and Control Systems by John Park and
Steve Mackay.
4. Distributed Control Systems, Lukcas M.P, Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., New York,
1986.
5. 5. Programmable Logic Controllers, Second edition, Frank D. Petruzella, Mc Graw
Hill, New York, 1997.
6. Programmable Logic Controllers Programming methods and applications-Prentice
Hall by John R. Hackworth and Frederick D. Hackworth, Jr.

307
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES
(Open Elective – I)

B.Tech. III Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: ME511OE 3 0/0/0 3

Prerequisite: Mathematics –I & Mathematics –II

Course Objectives:
 To introduce various optimization techniques i.e classical, linear programming,
transportation problem, simplex algorithm, dynamic programming
 Constrained and unconstrained optimization techniques for solving and optimizing an
electrical and electronic engineering circuits design problems in real world situations.
 To explain the concept of Dynamic programming and its applications to project
implementation.
Course Outcomes: After completion of this course, the student will be able to
 explain the need of optimization of engineering systems
 understand optimization of electrical and electronics engineering problems
 apply classical optimization techniques, linear programming, simplex algorithm,
transportation problem
 apply unconstrained optimization and constrained non-linear programming and
dynamic programming
 Formulate optimization problems.

UNIT – I
Introduction and Classical Optimization Techniques: Statement of an Optimization
problem – design vector – design constraints – constraint surface – objective function –
objective function surfaces – classification of Optimization problems.
Classical Optimization Techniques: Single variable Optimization – multi variable
Optimization without constraints – necessary and sufficient conditions for
minimum/maximum – multivariable Optimization with equality constraints.
Solution by method of Lagrange multipliers – Multivariable Optimization with inequality
constraints – Kuhn – Tucker conditions.

UNIT – II
Linear Programming: Standard form of a linear programming problem – geometry of linear
programming problems – definitions and theorems – solution of a system of linear
simultaneous equations – pivotal reduction of a general system of equations – motivation to
the simplex method – simplex algorithm.
Transportation Problem: Finding initial basic feasible solution by north – west corner rule,
least cost method and Vogel’s approximation method – testing for optimality of balanced
transportation problems.

308
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT – III
Unconstrained Nonlinear Programming: One dimensional minimization methods,
Classification, Fibonacci method and Quadratic interpolation method
Unconstrained Optimization Techniques: Univariant method, Powell’s method and
steepest descent method.

UNIT – IV
Constrained Nonlinear Programming: Characteristics of a constrained problem -
classification - Basic approach of Penalty Function method - Basic approach of Penalty
Function method - Basic approaches of Interior and Exterior penalty function methods -
Introduction to convex programming problem.

UNIT – V
Dynamic Programming: Dynamic programming multistage decision processes – types –
concept of sub optimization and the principle of optimality – computational procedure in
dynamic programming – examples illustrating the calculus method of solution - examples
illustrating the tabular method of solution.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Singiresu S. Rao, Engineering Optimization: Theory and Practice by John Wiley and
Sons, 4th edition, 2009.
2. H. S. Kasene & K. D. Kumar, Introductory Operations Research, Springer (India),
Pvt. Ltd., 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. George Bernard Dantzig, Mukund Narain Thapa, “Linear programming”, Springer
series in operations research 3rd edition, 2003.
2. H.A. Taha, “Operations Research: An Introduction”, 8th Edition, Pearson/Prentice
Hall, 2007.
3. Kalyanmoy Deb, “Optimization for Engineering Design – Algorithms and Examples”,
PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2005.

309
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

COMPUTER GRAPHICS
(Open Elective - I)

B.Tech. III Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: ME512OE 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives:
 To make students understand about fundamentals of Graphics to enable them to
design animated scenes for virtual object creations.
 To make the student present the content graphically.

Course Outcomes:
 Students can animate scenes entertainment.
 Will be able work in computer aided design for content presentation..
 Better analogy data with pictorial representation.

UNIT - I
Introduction: Application areas of Computer Graphics, overview of graphics systems,
video-display devices, raster-scan systems, random scan systems, graphics monitors and
work stations and input devices
Output primitives: Points and lines, line drawing algorithms, mid-point circle and ellipse
algorithms. Filled area primitives: Scan line polygon fill algorithm, boundary-fill and flood-
fill algorithms.

UNIT - II
2-D Geometrical transforms: Translation, scaling, rotation, reflection and shear
transformations, matrix representations and homogeneous coordinates, composite transforms,
transformations between coordinate systems.
2-D Viewing: The viewing pipeline, viewing coordinate reference frame, window to view-
port coordinate transformation, viewing functions, Cohen-Sutherland and Cyrus-beck line
clipping algorithms, Sutherland –Hodgeman polygon clipping algorithm.

UNIT - III
3-D Object representation: Polygon surfaces, quadric surfaces, spline representation,
Hermite curve, Bezier curve and B-spline curves, Bezier and B-spline surfaces, sweep
representations, octrees BSP Trees,
3-D Geometric transformations: Translation, rotation, scaling, reflection and shear
transformations, composite transformations, 3-D viewing: Viewing pipeline, viewing
coordinates, view volume and general projection transforms and clipping.

310
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - IV
Visible surface detection methods: Classification, back-face detection, depth-buffer, scan-
line, depth sorting, BSP-tree methods, area sub-division and octree methods
Illumination Models and Surface rendering Methods: Basic illumination models, polygon
rendering methods

UNIT- V
Computer animation: Design of animation sequence, general computer animation functions,
raster animation, computer animation languages, key frame systems, motion specifications

TEXT BOOKS:
1. “Computer Graphics C version”, Donald Hearn and M. Pauline Baker, Pearson
education.
2. “Computer Graphics Second edition”, Zhigand xiang, Roy Plastock, Schaum’s
outlines, Tata Mc Graw hill edition.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. “Computer Graphics Principles & practice”, second edition in C, Foley, Van Dam,
Feiner and Hughes, Pearson Education.
2. “Procedural elements for Computer Graphics”, David F Rogers, Tata Mc Graw hill,
2nd edition.
3. “Principles of Interactive Computer Graphics”, Neuman and Sproul, TMH.
4. “Principles of Computer Graphics”, Shalini, Govil-Pai, Springer.
5. “Computer Graphics”, Steven Harrington, TMH
6. Computer Graphics, F. S. Hill, S. M. Kelley, PHI.
7. Computer Graphics, P. Shirley, Steve Marschner & Others, Cengage Learning.
8. Computer Graphics & Animation, M. C. Trivedi, Jaico Publishing House.
9. An Integrated Introduction to Computer Graphics and Geometric Modelling, R.
Goldman, CRC Press, Taylor&Francis Group.
10. Computer Graphics, Rajesh K.Maurya, Wiley India.

311
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

INTRODUCTION TO MECHATRONICS
(Open Elective - I)

B.Tech. III Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: ME513OE 3 0/0/0 3

Pre-requisites: Basic Electronics Engineering

Course Objectives:
 To develop an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems
 To develop an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs
within realistic constraints.
 To develop an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools
necessary for engineering practice.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to, Model, analyze and
control engineering systems. Identify sensors, transducers and actuators to monitor and
control the behavior of a process or product. Develop PLC programs for a given task.
Evaluate the performance of mechatronic systems.

UNIT – I
Introduction: Definition – Trends - Control Methods: Standalone , PC Based ( Real Time
Operating Systems, Graphical User Interface , Simulation ) - Applications: identification of
sensors and actuators in Washing machine, Automatic Camera, Engine Management, SPM,
Robot, CNC, FMS, CIM.
Signal Conditioning : Introduction – Hardware - Digital I/O , Analog input – ADC ,
resolution, Filtering Noise using passive components – Registors, capacitors - Amplifying
signals using OP amps –Software - Digital Signal Processing – Low pass , high pass , notch
filtering

UNIT – II
Precision Mechanical Systems : Modern CNC Machines – Design aspects in machine
structures, guideways, feed drives, spindle and spindle bearings, measuring systems, control
software and operator interface, gauging and tool monitoring.
Electronic Interface Subsystems : TTL, CMOS interfacing - Sensor interfacing – Actuator
interfacing – solenoids , motors Isolation schemes- opto coupling, buffer IC’s - Protection
schemes – circuit breakers , over current sensing , resetable fuses , thermal dissipation -
Power Supply - Bipolar transistors / mosfets

312
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT – III
Electromechanical Drives : Relays and Solenoids - Stepper Motors - DC brushed motors –
DC brushless motors - DC servo motors - 4-quadrant servo drives , PWM’s - Pulse Width
Modulation – Variable Frequency Drives, Vector Drives - Drive System load calculation.
Microcontrollers Overview : 8051 Microcontroller , micro processor structure – Digital
Interfacing - Analog Interfacing - Digital to Analog Convertors - Analog to Digital
Convertors - Applications. Programming –Assembly, C (LED Blinking, Voltage
measurement using ADC).

UNIT – IV
Programmable Logic Controllers : Basic Structure - Programming : Ladder diagram -Timers,
Internal Relays and Counters - Shift Registers - Master and Jump Controls - Data Handling -
Analog input / output - PLC Selection - Application.

UNIT – V
Programmable Motion Controllers : Introduction - System Transfer Function – Laplace
transform and its application in analysing differential equation of a control system - Feedback
Devices : Position , Velocity Sensors - Optical Incremental encoders - Proximity Sensors :
Inductive , Capacitive , Infrared - Continuous and discrete processes - Control System
Performance & tuning - Digital Controllers - P , PI , PID Control - Control modes – Position ,
Velocity and Torque - Velocity Profiles – Trapezoidal- S. Curve - Electronic Gearing -
Controlled Velocity Profile - Multi axis Interpolation , PTP , Linear , Circular - Core
functionalities – Home , Record position , GOTO Position - Applications : SPM, Robotics.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Mechatronics Electronics Control Systems in Mechanical and Electrical Engineering/
W Bolton/ Pearson.
2. Introduction to Mechatronics / Appukuttan /Oxford

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Mechatronics Principles concepts & Applications / N.P.Mahalik/ Mc Graw Hill
2. “Designing Intelligent Machines”. open University, London.

313
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

FUNDAMENTALS OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
(Open Elective - I)

B.Tech. III Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: ME514OE 3 0/0/0 3

Pre-Requisites: None
Course Objectives: Understanding of basic principles of Mechanical Engineering is required
in various field of engineering.

Course Outcomes: After learning the course the students should be able to
 To understand the fundamentals of mechanical systems.
 To understand and appreciate significance of mechanical engineering in different
Fields of engineering.

UNIT - I
Introduction: Prime movers and its types, Concept of Force, Pressure, Energy, Work,
Power, System, Heat, Temperature, Specific heat capacity, Change of state, Path, Process,
Cycle, Internal energy, Enthalpy, Statements of Zeroth Law and First law.
Energy: Introduction and applications of Energy sources like Fossil fuels, Nuclear fuels,
Hydel, Solar, wind, and bio-fuels, Environmental issues like Global warming and Ozone
depletion.

UNIT - II
Properties of gases: Gas laws, Boyle's law, Charle's law, Combined gas law, Gas constant,
Relation between Cp and Cv, Various non-flow processes like constant volume process,
constant pressure process, Isothermal process, Adiabatic process, Poly-tropic process
Properties of Steam: Steam formation, Types of Steam, Enthalpy, Specific volume, Internal
energy and dryness fraction of steam, use of Steam tables, steam calorimeters.
Steam Boilers: Introduction, Classification, Cochran, Lancashire and Babcock and Wilcox
boiler, functioning of different mountings and accessories.

UNIT - III
Heat Engines: Heat Engine cycle and Heat Engine, working substances, Classification of
heat engines, Description and thermal efficiency of Carnot; Rankine; Otto cycle and Diesel
cycles.
Internal Combustion Engines: Introduction, Classification, Engine details, four- stroke/
two-stroke cycle Petrol/Diesel engines, Indicated power, Brake Power, Efficiencies.

UNIT - IV
Pumps: Types and operation of Reciprocating, Rotary and Centrifugal pumps, Priming
Air Compressors: Types and operation of Reciprocating and Rotary air compressors,
significance of Multistage.
314
 R16 B.TECH IT

Refrigeration & Air Conditioning: Refrigerant, Vapor compression refrigeration system,

vapor absorption refrigeration system, Domestic Refrigerator, Window and split air
conditioners.

UNIT - V
Couplings, Clutches and Brakes: Construction and applications of Couplings (Box; Flange;
Pin type flexible; Universal and Oldham), Clutches (Disc and Centrifugal), and Brakes
(Block; Shoe; Band and Disc).
Transmission of Motion and Power: Shaft and axle, Belt drive, Chain drive, Friction drive,
Gear drive.
Engineering Materials: Types and applications of Ferrous & Nonferrous metals, Timber,
Abrasive material, silica, ceramics, glass, graphite, diamond, plastic and polymer.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Basic Mechanical Engineering / Pravin Kumar/ Pearson
2. Introduction to Engineering Materials / B.K. Agrawal/ Mc Graw Hill

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Fundamental of Mechanical Engineering/ G.S. Sawhney/PHI
2. Thermal Science and Engineering / Dr. D.S. Kumar/ Kataria

315
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

WORLD CLASS MANUFACTURING
(Open Elective – II)

B.Tech. III Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: ME621OE 3 0/0/0 3

Pre-requisites: None

Course Objectives: To understand the concept of world class manufacturing, dynamics of

material flow, OPT and Lean manufacturing.

Course Outcomes: Students should be able to compare the existing industry with WCM
companies.

UNIT - I
Information Age and Global Competitiveness: The Emergence of Information Age;
Competition and Business Challenge; Operating Environment; Globalization and
International Business; Global Competitiveness and Manufacturing Excellence; World Class
Manufacturing and Information Age Competition; Manufacturing Challenges, Problems in
Manufacturing Industry.

UNIT - II
Cutting Edge Technology: Value Added Engineer in - Hall’s Framework; Schonberger’s
Framework of WCM; Gunn’s Model; Maskell’s Model.
Philosophy of World Class Manufacturing: Evolution of WCM; Ohno’s View on WCM;
Principles and Practices; Quality in WCM; Deming’s & Shingo’s Approach to Quality
Management; Culmination of WCM.

UNIT - III
System and Tools for World Class Manufacturing: The Integration Imperative; Overview
of Systems and Tools; Information Management Tools - Product and Process Design Tools,
Bar Code Systems, Kanban: A Lean Production Tool, Statistical Quality Control (SQC),
Material Processing, and Handling Tools; Assessment of Manufacturing Systems and Tools.
Labor and HRD Practices in WCM: Human Resource Dimensions in WCM; Morale and
Teamwork; High Employee Involvement; Cross Functional Teams; Work Study Methods;
Human Integration Management.

UNIT - IV
Competitive Indian Manufacturing: Manufacturing Performance and Competitiveness -
Indian Firms: Manufacturing Objectives and Strategy; Usage of Management Tools and
Technologies; Manufacturing Management Practices; IT Infrastructure and Practices;
Strategic Intent Framework; Breadth and Integration of IT Infrastructure.

316
 R16 B.TECH IT

Globalization and World Class Manufacturing: Generic Manufacturing Strategies for

Information Age; Planning Methodology and Issues in Strategic Planning of WCM;
Performance Measurement - PO-P System, TOPP System and Ambite System.

UNIT - V
The Future WCM: Manufacturing Strategy: Futile Search for an Elusive Link,
Manufacturing Strategic Intent Classification, Translating Intent into Action.
Case Studies: Accelerated Fermentation Process – Using World Class Enzymes; Birla
Cellulosic Kharach.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. World Class Manufacturing- A Strategic Perspective / BS Sahay, KBS Saxena &
Ashish Kumar / Macmillan
2. Making Common Sense Common Practice – Models for Manufacturing Excellence /
Ron Moore / Butter Worth Heinemann

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Managing Technology and Innovation for Competitive Advantage / V. K. Narayanan/
Prentice Hall
2. World Class Manufacturing - The Lesson of Simplicity / Richard J Schonberger / Free
Press

317
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

FUNDAMENTALS OF ROBOTICS
(Open Elective – II)

B.Tech. III Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: ME622OE 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives: The goal of the course is to familiarize the students with the concepts
and techniques in robotic engineering, manipulator kinematics, dynamics and control, chose,
and incorporate robotic technology in engineering systems.
 Make the students acquainted with the theoretical aspects of Robotics
 Enable the students to acquire practical experience in the field of Robotics through
design projects and case studies.
 Make the students to understand the importance of robots in various fields of
engineering.
 Expose the students to various robots and their operational details.

Course outcomes: After this completion of this course, the student should be able to
 Understand the basic components of robots.
 Differentiate types of robots and robot grippers.
 Model forward and inverse kinematics of robot manipulators.
 Analyze forces in links and joints of a robot.
 Programme a robot to perform tasks in industrial applications.
 Design intelligent robots using sensors.

UNIT - I
Robotics-Introduction-classification with respect to geometrical configuration (Anatomy),
Controlled system & chain type: Serial manipulator & Parallel Manipulator. Components of
Industrial robotics-precession of movement-resolution, accuracy & repeatability-Dynamic
characteristics- speed of motion, load carrying capacity & speed of response-Sensors-Internal
sensors: Position sensors,& Velocity sensors, External sensors: Proximity sensors, Tactile
Sensors, & Force or Torque sensors.

UNIT - II
Grippers - Mechanical Gripper-Grasping force-Engelberger-g-factors-mechanisms for
actuation, Magnetic gripper , vaccume cup gripper-considerations in gripper selection &
design . Industrial robots specifications. Selection based on the Application .

UNIT - III
Kinematics-Manipulators Kinematics, Rotation Matrix, Homogenous Transformation Matrix,
D-H transformation matrix, D-H method of assignment of frames. Direct and Inverse
Kinematics for industrial robots. Differential Kinematics for planar serial robots

318
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - IV
Trajectory planning: Joint space scheme- Cubic polynomial fit-Obstacle avoidance in
operation space-cubic polynomial fit with via point, bleding scheme. Introduction Cartesian
space scheme.
Control- Interaction control, Rigid Body mechanics, Control architecture- position, path
velocity, and force control systems, computed torque control, adaptive control, and Servo
system for robot control.

UNIT - V
Programming of Robots and Vision System-Lead through programming methods- Teach
pendent- overview of various textual programming languages like VAL etc.
Machine (robot) vision:

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Industrial Robotics / Groover M P /Mc Graw Hill
2. Introduction to Robotics / John J. Craig/ Pearson

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Theory of Applied Robotics /Jazar/Springer.
2. Robotics / Ghosal / Oxford

319
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

FABRICATION PROCESSES
(Open Elective –II)

B.Tech. III Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: ME623OE 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives: Understand the philosophies of various Manufacturing process.

Course Outcomes: For given product, one should be able identify the manufacturing
process.

UNIT – I
Casting: Steps involved in making a casting – Advantage of casting and its applications;
Patterns - Pattern making, Types, Materials used for patterns, pattern allowances and their
construction; Properties of moulding sands.
Methods of Melting - Crucible melting and cupola operation – Defects in castings;
Casting processes – Types – Sand moulding, Centrifugal casting, die- casting, Investment
casting, shell moulding; Principles of Gating – Requirements – Types of gates, Design of
gating systems – Riser – Function, types of Riser and Riser design.

UNIT – II
Welding: Classification – Types of welds and welded joints; Gas welding - Types, oxy-fuel
gas cutting. Arc welding, forge welding, submerged arc welding, Resistance welding,
Thermit welding.
Inert Gas Welding - TIG Welding, MIG welding, explosive welding, Laser Welding;
Soldering and Brazing; Heat affected zone in welding. Welding defects – causes and
remedies; destructive and non- destructive testing of welds.

UNIT – III
Hot working, cold working, strain hardening, recovery, recrystallisation, and grain growth.
Stamping, forming, and other cold working processes. Blanking and piercing – Bending and
forming – Drawing and its types – wire drawing and Tube drawing – coining – Hot and cold
spinning. Types of presses and press tools. Forces and power requirement in the above
operations.

UNIT – IV
Extrusion of Metals: Basic extrusion process and its characteristics. Hot extrusion and cold
extrusion - Forward extrusion and backward extrusion – Impact extrusion – Extruding
equipment – Tube extrusion and pipe making, Hydrostatic extrusion. Forces in extrusion

320
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT – V
Forging Processes: Forging operations and principles – Tools – Forging methods – Smith
forging, Drop Forging – Roll forging – Forging hammers : Rotary forging – forging defects –
cold forging, swaging, Forces in forging operations.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Manufacturing Technology / P.N. Rao / Mc Graw Hill
2. Manufacturing Engineering and Technology/Kalpakjin S/ Pearson.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Metal Casting / T.V Ramana Rao / New Age
2. Métal Fabrication Technology/ Mukherjee/PHI

321
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT
(Open Elective - III)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: ME831OE 3 0/0/0 3

UNIT - I
Introduction, The concept of TQM, Quality and Business performance, attitude, and
involvement of top management, communication, culture and management systems.
Management of Process Quality: Definition of quality, Quality Control, a brief history,
Product Inspection vs. Process Control, Statistical Quality Control, Control Charts and
Acceptance Sampling.

UNIT -II
Customer Focus and Satisfaction: Process vs. Customer, internal customer conflict, quality
focus, Customer Satisfaction, role of Marketing and Sales, Buyer – Supplier relationships.
Bench Marking: Evolution of Bench Marking, meaning of bench marking, benefits of bench
marketing, the bench marking procedure, pitfalls of bench marketing.

UNIT- III
Organizing for TQM: The systems approach, organizing for quality implementation,
making the transition from a traditional to a TQM organization, Quality Circles, seven Tools
of TQM: Stratification, check sheet, Scatter diagram, lshikawa diagram, paneto diagram,
Kepner &Tregoe Methodology.

UNIT- IV
The Cost of Quality: Definition of the Cost of Quality, Quality Costs, Measuring Quality
Costs, use of Quality Cost information, Accounting Systems and Quality Management.

UNIT -V
ISO9000: Universal Standards of Quality: ISO around the world, The ISO9000 ANSI/ASQC
Q- 90. Series Standards, benefits of ISO9000 certification, the third party audit,
Documentation ISO9000 and services, the cost of certification implementing the system.

TEXT BOOK:
1. Total Quality Management / Joel E. Ross/Taylor and Franscis Limited
2. Total Quality Management/P. N. Mukherjee/PHI

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Beyond TQM / Robert L.Flood
2. Statistical Quality Control / E.L. Grant.
3. Total Quality Management:A Practical Approach/H. Lal
4. Quality Management/Kanishka Bedi/Oxford University Press/2011
322
 R16 B.TECH IT

5. Total Engineering Quality Management/Sunil Sharma/Macmillan

B.TECH. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
INDUSTRIAL SAFETY, HEALTH, AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
(Open Elective - III)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: ME832OE 3 0/0/0 3

Pre-requisites: None

Course Objectives:
 To provide exposure to the students about safety and health provisions related to
hazardous processes as laid out in Factories act 1948.
 To familiarize students with powers of inspectorate of factories.
 To help students to learn about Environment act 1948 and rules framed under the act.
 To provide wide exposure to the students about various legislations applicable to an
industrial unit.

Course Outcomes:
 To list out important legislations related to Health , Safety and Environment
 To list out requirements mentioned in factories act for the prevention of accidents. To
understand the health and welfare provisions given in factories act.
 To understand the statutory requirements for an Industry on registration, license and
its renewal.
 To prepare onsite and offsite emergency plan.

UNIT - I
Factories Act – 1948 : Statutory authorities – inspecting staff, health, safety, provisions
relating to hazardous processes, welfare, working hours, employment of young persons –
special provisions – penalties and procedures-Telangana Factories Rules 1950 under Safety
and health chapters of Factories Act 1948

UNIT II
Environment Act – 1986: General Powers of the central government, prevention, control
and abatement of environmental pollution-Biomedical waste (Management and handling
Rules, 1989-The noise pollution (Regulation and control) Rules, 2000-The Batteries
(Management and Handling Rules) 2001- No Objection certificate from statutory authorities
like pollution control board. Air Act 1981 and Water Act 1974: Central and state boards for
the prevention and control of air pollution-powers and functions of boards – prevention and
control of air pollution and water pollution – fund – accounts and audit, penalties and
procedures.

323
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - III
Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous
Chemical Rules 1989 : Definitions – duties of authorities – responsibilities of occupier –
notification of major accidents –information to be furnished – preparation of offsite and
onsite plans – list of hazardous and toxic chemicals – safety reports – safety data sheets.
UNIT - IV
Other Acts and Rules : Indian Boiler Act 1923, static and mobile pressure vessel rules
(SMPV), motor vehicle rules, mines act 1952, workman compensation act, rules – electricity
act and rules – hazardous wastes (management7 and handling) rules, 1989, with amendments
in 2000- the building and other construction workers act 1996., Petroleum rules, Gas
cyclinder rules-Explosives Act 1983-Pesticides Act

UNIT - V
International Acts and Standards: Occupational Safety and Health act of USA (The
Williames-Steiger Act of 1970) – Helath and safety work act (HASAWA 1974, UK) –
OSHAS 18000 – ISO 14000 – American National Standards Institute (ANSI).

TEXT BOOKS:
1. The Factories Act 1948, Madras Book Agency, Chennai, 2000
2. The Environment Act (Protection) 1986, Commercial Law Publishers (India) Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi.
3. Industrial Safety, Health and Environment Management Systems / R. K. Jain, Sunil S.
Rao / Khanna Publishers.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Water (Prevention and control of pollution) act 1974, Commercial Law publishers
(India) Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
2. Air (Prevention and control of pollution) act 1981, Commercial Law Publishers
(India) Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
3. The Indian boilers act 1923, Commercial Law Publishers (India) Pvt. Ltd., Allahabad.
4. The Mines Act 1952, Commercial Law Publishers (India) Pvt. Ltd., Allahabad.
5. The manufacture, storage, and import of hazardous chemical rules 1989, Madras
Book Agency, Chennai.

324
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

BASICS OF THERMODYNAMICS
(Open Elective - III)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: ME833OE 3 0/0/0 3

Pre-requisite: Engineering Chemistry and Physics

Course Objective: To understand the treatment of classical Thermodynamics and to apply

the First and Second laws of Thermodynamics to engineering applications

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
 Understand and differentiate between different thermodynamic systems and processes
 Understand and apply the laws of Thermodynamics to different types of systems
undergoing various processes
 Understand and analyze the Thermodynamic cycles

UNIT – I
Introduction: Basic Concepts: System, Control Volume, Surrounding, Boundaries,
Universe, Types of Systems, Macroscopic and Microscopic viewpoints, Concept of
Continuum, Thermodynamic Equilibrium, State, Property, Process, Exact & Inexact
Differentials, Cycle, Reversibility – Quasi – static Process, Irreversible Process, Causes of
Irreversibility

UNIT - II
Types, Displacement & Other forms of Work, Heat, Point and Path functions, Zeroth Law of
Thermodynamics – Concept of Temperature – Principles of Thermometry – Reference
Points – Const. Volume gas Thermometer – Scales of Temperature, Ideal Gas Scale

UNIT – III
First and Second Laws of Thermodynamics: First Law: Cycle and Process, Specific Heats (cp
and cv), Heat interactions in a Closed System for various processes, Limitations of First Law,
Concept of Heat Engine (H.E.) and Reversed H.E. (Heat Pump and Refrigerator),
Efficiency/COP, Second Law: Kelvin-Planck and Clausius Statements, Carnot Cycle, Carnot
Efficiency, Statement of Clausius Inequality, Property of Entropy, T-S and P-V Diagrams

UNIT - IV
Mixtures of perfect Gases – Mole Fraction, Mass friction Gravimetric and volumetric
Analysis – Dalton’s Law of partial pressure, Avogadro’s Laws of additive volumes – Mole
fraction , Volume fraction and partial pressure, Equivalent Gas const.

325
 R16 B.TECH IT

Atmospheric air - Psychrometric Properties – Dry bulb Temperature, Wet Bulb

Temperature, Dew point Temperature, , Specific Humidity, Relative Humidity, saturated Air,
Vapour pressure, Degree of saturation – Adiabatic Saturation ,Psychrometric chart.

UNIT - V
Power Cycles: Otto, Diesel cycles - Description and representation on P–V and T-S diagram,
Thermal Efficiency, Mean Effective Pressures on Air standard basis
Refrigeration Cycles: Bell-Coleman cycle, Vapour compression cycle-performance
Evaluation.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Basic Engineering Thermodynamics / PK Nag / Mc Graw Hill
2. Engineering Thermodynamics / chattopadhyay/ Oxford

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Thermodynamics for Engineers / Kenneth A. Kroos , Merle C. Potter/ Cengage
2. Thermodynamics /G.C. Gupta /Pearson

326
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

RELIABILITY ENGINEERING
(Open Elective - III)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: ME834OE/AM852PE/EI862PE 3 0/0/0 3

Prerequisite: Mathematics III

Course Objectives:
 To introduce the basic concepts of reliability, various models of reliability
 To analyze reliability of various systems
 To introduce techniques of frequency and duration for reliability evaluation of
repairable systems.

Course Outcomes: After completion of this course, the student will be able to
 model various systems applying reliability networks
 evaluate the reliability of simple and complex systems
 estimate the limiting state probabilities of repairable systems
 apply various mathematical models for evaluating reliability of irrepairable systems

UNIT – I
Basic Probability Theory: Elements of probability, probability distributions, Random
variables, Density and Distribution functions- Binomial distribution- Expected value and
standard deviation - Binomial distribution, Poisson distribution, normal distribution,
exponential distribution, Weibull distribution.
Definition of Reliability: Definition of terms used in reliability, Component reliability,
Hazard rate, derivation of the reliability function in terms of the hazard rate. Hazard models -
Bath tub curve, Effect of preventive maintenance. Measures of reliability: Mean Time to
Failure and Mean Time Between Failures.

UNIT – II
Network Modeling and Evaluation Of Simple Systems: Basic concepts- Evaluation of
network Reliability / Unreliability - Series systems, Parallel systems- Series-Parallel systems-
Partially redundant systems- Examples.
Network Modeling and Evaluation of Complex systems: Conditional probability method-
tie set, Cutset approach- Event tree and reduced event tree methods- Relationships between
tie and cutsets- Examples.

UNIT – III
Time Dependent Probability: Basic concepts- Reliability function f(t). F(t), R(t) and h(t) -
Relationship between these functions.

327
 R16 B.TECH IT

Network Reliability Evaluation Using Probability Distributions: Reliability Evaluation of

Series systems, Parallel systems – Partially redundant systems- determination of reliability
measure- MTTF for series and parallel systems – Examples.

UNIT – IV
Discrete Markov Chains: Basic concepts- Stochastic transitional probability matrix- time
dependent probability evaluation- Limiting State Probability evaluation- Absorbing states –
Examples
Continuous Markov Processes: Modeling concepts- State space diagrams- Unreliability
evaluation of single and two component repairable systems

UNIT – V
Frequency and Duration Techniques: Frequency and duration concepts, application to
multi state problems, Frequency balance approach.
Approximate System Reliability Evaluation: Series systems – Parallel systems- Network
reduction techniques- Cut set approach- Common mode failures modeling and evaluation
techniques- Examples.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Roy Billinton and Ronald N Allan, Reliability Evaluation of Engineering Systems,
Plenum Press, 1983.
2. E. Balagurusamy, Reliability Engineering by Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company
Limited, 2002.

REFERENCE BOOK:
1. K. K. Agarwal, Reliability Engineering-Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1993.

328
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (MATERIAL SCIENCE AND

NANOTECHNOLOGY)
FABRICATION PROCESSES
(Open Elective - I)
B.Tech. III Year I Sem. L T P C
Course Code: NT511OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives: Understand the philosophies of various Manufacturing process.

Course Outcomes: For given product, one should be able identify the manufacturing
process.

UNIT – I
Casting: Steps involved in making a casting – Advantage of casting and its applications;
Patterns - Pattern making, Types, Materials used for patterns, pattern allowances and their
construction; Properties of moulding sands.
Methods of Melting - Crucible melting and cupola operation – Defects in castings;
Casting processes – Types – Sand moulding, Centrifugal casting, die- casting, Investment
casting, shell moulding; Principles of Gating – Requirements – Types of gates, Design of
gating systems – Riser – Function, types of Riser and Riser design.

UNIT – II
Welding: Classification – Types of welds and welded joints; Gas welding - Types, oxy-fuel
gas cutting. Arc welding, forge welding, submerged arc welding, Resistance welding,
Thermit welding.
Inert Gas Welding - TIG Welding, MIG welding, explosive welding, Laser Welding;
Soldering and Brazing; Heat affected zone in welding. Welding defects – causes and
remedies; destructive and non- destructive testing of welds.

UNIT – III
Hot working, cold working, strain hardening, recovery, recrystallisation, and grain growth.
Stamping, forming, and other cold working processes. Blanking and piercing – Bending and
forming – Drawing and its types – wire drawing and Tube drawing – coining – Hot and cold
spinning. Types of presses and press tools. Forces and power requirement in the above
operations.

UNIT – IV
Extrusion of Metals: Basic extrusion process and its characteristics. Hot extrusion and cold
extrusion - Forward extrusion and backward extrusion – Impact extrusion – Extruding
equipment – Tube extrusion and pipe making, Hydrostatic extrusion. Forces in extrusion

329
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT – V
Forging Processes: Forging operations and principles – Tools – Forging methods – Smith
forging, Drop Forging – Roll forging – Forging hammers : Rotary forging – forging defects –
cold forging, swaging, Forces in forging operations.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Manufacturing Technology / P.N. Rao / Mc Graw Hill
2. Manufacturing Engineering and Technology/Kalpakjin S/ Pearson.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Metal Casting / T. V Ramana Rao / New Age
2. Métal Fabrication Technology/ Mukherjee/PHI

330
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (MATERIAL SCIENCE AND

NANOTECHNOLOGY)
NON DESTRUCTIVE TESTING METHODS
(Open Elective - I)

B.Tech. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: NT512OE 3 0 0 3

Course overview: The aim is to introduce students the overview of the non destructive
testing methods of materials. The course covers NDE, Ultrasonic, MPI testing of metal parts.
It gives an idea about selection of the testing criteria. It briefly describe the thermo-graph and
radio graph methods of testing and provide selection properties for different tests.

Course Objectives: This course has the basic idea of the properties of steal and ferrous
metals. The objectives aim to:
 Identify the basic methods of testing.
 Understand the concept of non destructive testing.
 Describe the various types of NDT tests carried out on components.
 Describe ultrasonic method of testing the materials.
 Analyze the different types of test carried out on components and surfaces.
 Understand the properties of materials suitable for NDT test.
 Understand the radiography uses in engineering.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course the students are able to:
 Identify the requirements of testing criteria as per material composition.
 Understand the theory of non destructive testing methods is used.
 Determine the type of requirement of non destructive test.
 Distinguish between the various NDT test as Ultrasonic and Eddy current methods.
 Understand the properties of radiation used in engineering.
 Describe the various types of non destructive test used to determine the surface
cracks.

UNIT - I
Overview of NDT - NDT Versus Mechanical testing, Overview of the Non Destructive
Testing Methods for the detection of manufacturing defects as well as material
characterization. Relative merits and limitations, various physical characteristics of materials
and their applications in NDT, Visual inspection.

UNIT - II
Surface NDE Methods: Liquid Penetrant Testing – Principles, types and properties of liquid
penetrants, developers, advantages and limitations of various methods, Testing Procedure,
Interpretation of results. Magnetic Particle Testing- Theory of magnetism, inspection

331
 R16 B.TECH IT

materials Magnetization methods, Interpretation and evaluation of test indications, Principles

and methods of demagnetization, Residual magnetism.

UNIT - III
Thermography and Eddy Current Testing - Principles, Contact and non contact inspection
methods, Techniques for applying liquid crystals, Advantages and limitation – infrared
radiation and infrared detectors, Instrumentations and methods, applications. Eddy Current
Testing-Generation of eddy currents, Properties of eddy currents, Eddy current sensing
elements, Probes, Instrumentation, Types of arrangement, Applications, advantages,
Limitations, Interpretation/Evaluation.

UNIT - IV
Ultrasonic Testing and Acoustic Emission - Ultrasonic Testing-Principle, Transducers,
transmission and pulse-echo method, straight beam and angle beam, instrumentation, data
representation, A/Scan, B-scan, C-scan. Phased Array Ultrasound, Time of Flight Diffraction.
Acoustic Emission Technique IV Principle, AE parameters, Applications

UNIT - V
Radiography - Principle, interaction of X-Ray with matter, imaging, film and film less
techniques, types and use of filters and screens, geometric factors, Inverse square, law,
characteristics of films – graininess, density, speed, contrast, characteristic curves,
Penetrameters, Exposure charts, Radiographic equivalence. Fluoroscopy- Xero-Radiography,
Computed Radiography, Computed Tomography

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Baldev Raj, T. Jayakumar, M. Thavasimuthu, Practical Non-Destructive Testing¡¨,
Narosa Publishing House, 2009.
2. Ravi Prakash, Non-Destructive Testing Techniques¨, 1st revised edition, New Age
International Publishers, 2010

REFERENCES:
1. ASM Metals Handbook, ¨Non-Destructive Evaluation and Quality Control¨,
American Society of Metals, Metals Park, Ohio, USA, 200, Volume-17.
2. Paul E Mix, “Introduction to Non-destructive testing: a training guide”, Wiley, 2nd
Edition New Jersey, 2005
3. Charles, J. Hellier, Handbook of Non-destructive evaluation”, McGraw Hill, New
York 2001.

332
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (MATERIAL SCIENCE AND

NANOTECHNOLOGY)
FUNDAMENTALS OF ENGINEERING MATERIALS
(Open Elective - I)
B.Tech. III Year I Sem. L T P C
Course Code: NT513OE 3 0 0 3

Course Overview:
The aim is to introduce students the overview of the properties of materials used in
engineering manufacturing process. The course covers basic concept of ferrous, non-ferrous
metals and its alloys. It emphasizes on transformation of iron at various temperatures. It
briefly describes the heat treatment given to iron and its alloys. It gives the general overview
idea of composite materials.

Course Objectives: This course has the basic idea of the properties of steal and ferrous
metals. The objectives aim to:
 Identify the basic crystalline structure of steal.
 Understand the concept of TTT.
 Describe the various heat treatment methods to obtain the desired properties.
 Describe the composition of carbon contents in steel.
 Analyze the different forms of iron obtained during heating of steel.
 Understand the properties of non-ferrous alloys.
 Understand requirement.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course the students are able to:
 This subject gives student a technical knowledge about behavior of metals.
 Identify the crystalline structure of steel.
 Understand the theory of time temperature and transformation.
 Determination of different uses of heat treatment in steel.
 Distinguish between the various forms of steel.
 Understand the properties of non-ferrous alloys.
 Describe the various uses of composite materials.

UNIT – I
Structure of Metals: Crystallography, Miller’s indices, Packing Efficiency, Density
calculations. Grains and Grain Boundaries. Effect of grain size on the properties.
Determination of grain size by different methods. Constitution of Alloys: Necessity of
alloying, Types of solid solutions, Hume - Rothery rules, Intermediate alloy phases.

UNIT –II
Phase Diagrams: Construction and interpretation of phase diagrams, Phase rule. Lever rule.
Binary phase Diagrams, Isomorphous, Eutectic and Eutectoid transformations with examples.

333
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT – III
Steels: Iron-Carbon Phase Diagram and Heat Treatment: Study of Fe-Fe3C phase diagram.
Construction of TTT diagrams. Annealing, Normalizing, Hardening and Tempering of steels,
Hardenability. Alloy steels.

UNIT – IV
Cast Irons: Structure and properties of White Cast iron, Malleable Cast iron, Grey cast iron.
Engineering Materials-III: Non-ferrous Metals and Alloys: Structure and properties of copper
and its alloys, Aluminium and its alloys, Al-Cu phase diagram, Titanium and its alloys.

UNIT – V
Ceramics, Polymers and Composites: Crystalline ceramics, glasses, cermets: structure,
properties and applications. Classification, properties and applications of composites.
Classification, Properties and applications of Polymers.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Material Science and Metallurgy/ Kodgire
2. Essentials of Materials Science and engineering / Donald R. Askeland / Thomson.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Introduction to Physical Metallurgy / Sidney H. Avner.
2. Materials Science and engineering / William and callister.
3. Elements of Material science / V. Rahghavan

334
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (MATERIAL SCIENCE AND

NANOTECHNOLOGY)
INTRODUCTION TO MATERIALS HANDLING
(Open Elective – II)

B.Tech. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: NT621OE 3 0 0 3

Course Overview
Course covers a systems approach to managing activities associated with traffic,
transportation, inventory management, warehousing, packaging, order processing, and
materials handling. This course is designed to give students a comprehensive understanding
of the issues involved in the design of an industrial production system. It will cover the
problems in plant location, product analysis, process design, equipment selection, materials
handling, and plant layout.

Course Objectives:
 To develop competency for system visualization and design.
 To enable student to design cylinders and pressure vessels and to use IS code.
 To enable student select materials and to design internal engine components.
 To introduce student to optimum design and use optimization methods to design
mechanical components.
 To enable student to design machine tool gearbox.
 To enable student to design material handling systems.
 Ability to apply the statistical considerations in design and analyze the defects and
failure modes in

Course Outcomes:
 Demonstrate ability to successfully complete Fork Lift Certification to safely and
effectively operate in the manufacturing environment.
 Demonstrate proficiency in supply chain operations, utilizing appropriate methods to
plan and implement processes necessary for the purchase and conveyance of goods in
a timely and cost-effective manner
 It explains about the different types of material handling, advantages and
disadvantages. It also suggests the selection procedure for the material handling along
with its specifications.
 Need for Material handling also explained with different techniques like Automated
Material handling Design Program, Computerized material handling Planning will be
dealt.
 The Material handling is explained with models, selection procedure of material
handling is depending on different function oriented systems. This also related with
plant layout by which the minimization of the handling charges will come down.
 The ergonomics related to material handling equipment about design and
miscellaneous equipments.

335
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT – I
Types of intraplant transporting facility, principal groups of material handling equipments,
choice of material handling equipment, hoisting equipment, screw type, hydraulic and
pneumatic conveyors, general characteristics of hoisting machines, surface and overhead
equipments, general characteristics of surface and overhead equipments and their
applications. Introduction to control of hoisting equipments.

UNIT – II
Flexible hoisting appliances like ropes and chains, welded load chains, roller chains, selection
of chains hemp rope and steel wire rope, selection of ropes, fastening of hain sand ropes ,
different types of load suspension appliances, fixed and movable pulleys, different types of
pulley systems, multiple pulley systems . Chain and rope sheaves and sprockets.

UNIT – III
Load handling attachments, standard forged hook, hook weights, hook bearings, cross piece
and casing of hook, crane grab for unit and piece loads, carrier beams and clamps, load
platforms and side dump buckets, electric lifting magnets, grabbing attachments for loose
materials, crane attachments for handling liquid materials.

UNIT – IV
Arresting gear, ratchet type arresting gear, roller ratchet, shoe brakes and its different types
like electromagnetic, double shoe type, thruster operated, controller brakes, shoe brakes,
thermal calculations of shoe brakes and life of linings, safety handles, load operated constant
force and variable force brakes general theory of band brakes, its types and construction.

UNIT – V
Different drives of hosting gears like individual and common motor drive for several
mechanisms, traveling gear, traveling mechanisms for moving trolleys and cranes on runway
rails, mechanisms for trackless, rubber-tyred and crawler cranes motor propelled trolley
hoists and trolleys, rails and traveling wheels, slewing, jib and luffing gears. Operation of
hoisting gear during transient motion, selecting the motor rating and determining braking
torque for hoisting mechanisms, drive efficiency calculations, selecting the motor rating and
determining braking torque for traveling mechanisms, slewing mechanisms, jib and luffing
mechanisms. (Elementary treatment is expected)

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Materials Handling Equipment – N. Rudenko , Envee Publishers, New Delhi
2. Materials Handling Equipment – M.P. Alexandrov. Mie publications, Moscow

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Aspects of Material handling - Arora
2. Introduction to Material Handling- Ray
3. Plant Layout and Material Handling- Chowdary RB

336
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (MATERIAL SCIENCE AND

NANOTECHNOLOGY)
NON-CONVENTIONAL ENERGY SOURCES
(Open Elective – II)

B.Tech. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: NT622OE 3 0 0 3

Course Overview:
Non Conventional resources include solar energy, wind, falling water, the heat of the earth
(geothermal), plant materials (biomass), waves, ocean currents, temperature differences in the
oceans and the energy of the tides. Non Conventional energy technologies produce power,
heat or mechanical energy by converting those resources either to electricity orto motive
power. The policy maker concerned with development of the national grid system will focus
on those resources that have established themselves commercially and are cost effective for
on grid applications. Such commercial technologies include hydroelectric power, solar
energy, fuels derived from biomass, wind energy and geothermal energy. Wave, ocean
current, ocean thermal and other technologies that are in the research or early commercial
stage, as well as non-electric Non Conventional energy technologies, such as solar water
heaters and geothermal heat pumps, are also based on Non Conventional resources, but
outside the scope of this Manual.

Course Objectives:
 Graduates will demonstrate the ability to use basic knowledge in mathematics, science
and engineering and apply them to solve problems specific to mechanical engineering
(Fundamental engineering analysis skills).
 Graduates will demonstrate the ability to design and conduct experiments, interpret
and analyze data, and report results (Information retrieval skills).
 Graduates should be capable of self-education and clearly understand the value of
life-long learning (Continuing education awareness).
 Graduates will develop an open mind and have an understanding of the impact of
engineering on society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues (Social
awareness).
 Graduate will be able to design a system to meet desired needs within environmental,
economic, political, ethical health and safety, manufacturability and management
knowledge and techniques to estimate time, resources to complete project (Practical
engineering analysis skills).

Course Outcomes:
 Introduction to Renewable Energy Sources, Principles of Solar Radiation, Different
Methods of Solar Energy Storage and its Applications, Concepts of Solar Ponds, Solar
Distillation and Photo Voltaic Energy Conversion
 Introduction to Flat Plate and Concentrating Collectors ,Classification of
Concentrating Collectors
337
 R16 B.TECH IT

 Introduction to Wind Energy, Horizontal and Vertical Access Wind Mills, Bio-
Conversion
 Types of Bio-Gas Digesters and Utilization for Cooking Geothermal Energy
Resources
 Types of Wells and Methods of Harnessing the Energy, Ocean Energy and Setting of
OTEC Plants
 Tidal and Wave Energy and Mini Hydel Power Plant, Need and Principles of Direct
Energy Conversion
 Concepts of Thermo-Electric Generators and MHD Generators

UNIT - I
Statistics on conventional energy sources and supply in developing countries, Definition-
Concepts of NCES, Limitations of RES, Criteria for assessing the potential of NCES.
Classification of NCES - Solar, Wind, Geothermal, Bio-mass, Ocean Energy Sources,
comparison of these energy sources.

UNIT - II
Solar Energy-Energy available form Sun, Solar radiation data, Solar energy conversion into
heat, Flat plate and Concentrating collectors, Mathematical analysis of Flat plate collectors
and collector efficiency, Principle of Natural and Forced convection, Solar engines-Stirling,
Brayton engines, Photovoltaic, p-n junction, solar cells, PV systems, Stand-alone, Grid
connected solar power satellite.

UNIT - II
Wind energy conversion, General formula -Lift and Drag- Basis of wind energy conversion -
Effect of density, frequency variances, angle of attack, and wind speed. Windmill rotors-
Horizontal axis and vertical axis rotors. Determination of torque coefficient, Induction type
generators- working principle.

UNIT - IV
Nature of Geothermal sources, Definition and classification of resources, Utilization for
electric generation and direct heating, Well Head power generating units, Basic features-
Atmospheric exhaust and condensing, exhaust types of conventional steam turbines.
Pyrolysis of Biomass to produce solid, liquid and gaseous fuels, Biomass gasification,
Constructional details of gasifier, usage of biogas for chulhas, various types of chulhas for
rural energy needs.

UNIT - V
Wave, Tidal and OTEC energy- Difference between tidal and wave power generation,
Principles of tidal and wave power generation, OTEC power plants, Operational of small
cycle experimental facility, Design of 5 Mw OTEC pro-commercial plant, Economics of
OTEC, Environmental impacts of OTEC. Status of multiple product OTEC systems.

TEXT BOOKS:
338
 R16 B.TECH IT

1. Ashok V Desai, Non-Conventional Energy, Wiley Eastern Ltd, New Delhi, 2003
2. K M, Non-Conventional Energy Systems, Wheeler Publishing Co. Ltd, New Delhi,
2003.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Ramesh R & Kumar K U, Renewable Energy Technologies, Narosa Publishing
House, New Delhi, 2004
2. Wakil MM, Power Plant Technology, Mc Graw Hill Book Co, New Delhi, 2004.
3. Non - Conventional Energy Sources. Rai

339
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (MATERIAL SCIENCE AND

NANOTECHNOLOGY)
ROBOTICS
(Open Elective – II)

B.Tech. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: NT623OE 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites: Basic principles of Kinematics and mechanics

Course Objectives: The goal of the course is to familiarize the students with the concepts
and techniques in robotic engineering, manipulator kinematics, dynamics and control, chose,
and incorporate robotic technology in engineering systems.
 Make the students acquainted with the theoretical aspects of Robotics
 Enable the students to acquire practical experience in the field of Robotics through
design projects and case studies.
 Make the students to understand the importance of robots in various fields of
engineering.
 Expose the students to various robots and their operational details.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to understand the basic
components of robots. Differentiate types of robots and robot grippers. Model forward and
inverse kinematics of robot manipulators. Analyze forces in links and joints of a robot.
Programme a robot to perform tasks in industrial applications. Design intelligent robots using
sensors.

UNIT – I
Introduction: Automation and Robotics, CAD/CAM and Robotics – An over view of
Robotics – present and future applications.
Components of the Industrial Robotics: common types of arms. Components,
Architecture, number of degrees of freedom – Requirements and challenges of end effectors,
Design of end effectors, Precision of Movement: Resolution, Accuracy and Repeatability,
Speed of Response and Load Carrying Capacity.

UNIT – II
Motion Analysis: Basic Rotation Matrices, Equivalent Axis and Angle, Euler Angles,
Composite Rotation Matrices. Homogeneous transformations as applicable to rotation and
translation – problems.
Manipulator Kinematics-H notation-H method of Assignment of frames-H Transformation
Matrix, joint coordinates and world coordinates, Forward and inverse kinematics – problems
on Industrial Robotic Manipulation.

340
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT – III
Differential transformation of manipulators, Jacobians – problems. Dynamics: Lagrange –
Euler and Newton – Euler formations – Problems.

Trajectory planning and avoidance of obstacles, path planning, Slew motion, joint
interpolated motion – straight line motion.

UNIT IV
Robot actuators and Feedback components:
Actuators: Pneumatic, Hydraulic actuators, electric & stepper motors, comparison of
Actuators, Feedback components: position sensors – potentiometers, resolvers, encoders –
Velocity sensors, Tactile and Range sensors, Force and Torque sensors.

UNIT V
Robot Application in Manufacturing:
Material Transfer - Material handling, loading and unloading- Processing - spot and
continuous arc welding & spray painting - Assembly and Inspection.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Industrial Robotics / Groover M P /Mc Graw Hill
2. Introduction to Industrial Robotics / Ramachandran Nagarajan / Pearson

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Robot Dynamics and Controls / Spony and Vidyasagar / John Wiley
2. Robot Analysis and control / Asada , Slotine / Wiley Inter-Science

341
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (MATERIAL SCIENCE AND

NANOTECHNOLOGY)
CONCEPTS OF NANO SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
(Open Elective - III)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: NT831OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 Beginners will be able to acquaint themselves with the excited subject though they are
novice, whereas advanced learners will equip themselves to solve the complicated
issues further.
 To know the importance of the synthesis method addressed in the material properties
and give practical experience of nanomaterials synthesis/properties and
characterization; investigations into the various factors influence the properties of
nanomaterials, optimizing the procedures, and implementations to the new designs
 To provide a sound understanding of the various concepts involved in fabrication of
device architectures’ and able to evaluate them in advance

Course Outcome: The intended course covers the whole spectrum of nanomaterials ranging
from introduction, classification, synthesis, properties, and characterization tools of
nanophase materials to application including some new developments in various aspects.

UNIT - I
Introduction to Nano: Importance, Definition and scope, Nano size, challenges,
applications. Electrons, Other Materials, Nano magnetism as a case study; Fundamental terms
(Physics & Chemistry) in nano-science and technology; Feynman’s perspective; Scaling laws
pertaining to mechanics, optics, electromagnetism; Importance of Quantum mechanics,
statistical mechanics and chemical kinetics in nano-science and technology;

UNIT - II
Classification of nano materials: Scientific basis for top-down and bottom-up approaches to
synthesize Nanomaterials; How to characterize Nanomaterials?

UNIT - III
Tools for Nanoscience and Technology: Tools for measuring properties of Nanostructures,
Tools to Make Nanostructures. Nano scale Bio-structures, modelling

UNIT - IV
Nano-Biotechnology: Bio-molecules; Biosensors; Nanomaterials in drug delivery; Working
in clean room environments; Safety and related aspects of Nanomaterials;

342
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT – V
Carbon Nanomaterials and Applications: Carbon Nano structures and types of Carbon
Nano tubes, growth mechanisms of carbon nanotubes. Carbon clusters and Fullerenes,
Lithium & Hydrogen adsorption & storages, Fuel cell applications and energy storage,
Chemical Sensors applications of CNTs

TEXT BOOKS AND REFERENCES:

1. Textbook of Nanoscience and Nanotechnology – B. S. Murthy, P. Shankar, Baldev
Raj, B. B. Rath and James Murday, University Press-IIM Series in Metallurgy and
Materials Science.
2. A Textbook of Nanoscience and Nanotechnology – T. Pradeep, Tata McGraw Hill
edition.
3. Nanotechnology Fundamentals and Applications- by Manasi Karkare I. K
International
4. Nanoscience and Nanotechnology in engineering – by Vijay K Varadan A Sivathanu
pillai Word scientific
5. Nanotechnology Applications To Telecommunications And Networking By Daniel
Minoli, Wiley Interscience
6. Nanotechnology Principles and Applications by Sulabha Kulkarni

343
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (MATERIAL SCIENCE AND

NANOTECHNOLOGY)
SYNTHESIS OF NANOMATERIALS
(Open Elective - III)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: NT832OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To provide knowledge about top-down and bottom-up approaches for the synthesis of
nanomaterials.
 To enhance the various nanosynthesis techniques and to identify and solve problems
 To design and conduct experiments relevant to nanochemistry, as well as to analyze
the results.
 To improve usage of synthesis methods for modern technology

Course Outcome: To provide abundant knowledge on various synthesis methods of

nanomaterials.

UNIT - I
Introduction, Bottom-up approach: Sol-gel method, emulsion and Top-down: ball milling
approach with examples.

UNIT - II
Physical methods: Inert gas condensation, Arc discharge, plasma synthesis, electric explosion
of wires, molecular beam epitaxy, Physical Vapour Deposition, thermal evaporation,
lithography and sputtering.

UNIT - III
Chemical methods: Nanocrystals by chemical reduction, photochemical synthesis,
electrochemical synthesis, co-precipitation method. Semiconductor nanocrystals by arrested
precipitation, sonochemical routes

UNIT - IV
Biological methods – use of bacteria, fungi, actinomycetes for nano-particle synthesis nano-
particles Solvated metal atom dispersion, Template based synthesis of nanomaterials.

UNIT - V
Thermolysis route - spray pyrolysis, solvothermal and hydrothermal routes, solution
combustion synthesis, Chemical vapor deposition

344
 R16 B.TECH IT

TEXTBOOKS:
1. Textbook of Nanoscience and Nanotechnology – B. S. Murthy, P. Shankar, Baldev
Raj, B. B .Rath and James Murday, University Press-IIM Series in Metallurgy and
Materials Science.
2. A Textbook of Nanoscience and Nanotechnology – T. Pradeep, Tata McGraw Hill
edition.
3. Nanostructures and Nanomaterials by Guozhong Cao
4. Inorganic Materials Synthesis and Fabrication by J.N. Lalena, D.A. Cleary, E.E.
Carpenter, N.F. Dean, John Wiley & Sons Inc.
5. Introduction to Nano Technology by Charles P. Poole Jr and Frank J. Owens. Wiley
India Pvt Ltd.
6. The Chemistry of nanomaterials: Synthesis, Properties and Applications, Vol-I by
C.N.R. Rao, A. Muller and A.K. Cheetham
7. The Physics of Micro/Nano- Fabrication by Ivor Brodie and Julius J.Muray

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Encyclopedia of Nanotechnology by M. Balakrishna Rao and K. Krishna Reddy, Vol
I to X, Campus books.
2. Encyclopedia of Nanotechnology by H.S. Nalwa
3. Nano: The Essentials – Understanding Nano Science and Nanotechnology – by T.
Pradeep, Tata McGraw Hill

345
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (MATERIAL SCIENCE AND

NANOTECHNOLOGY)
CHARACTERIZATION OF NANOMATERIALS
(Open Elective - III)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: NT833OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To develop ability to understand modern characterization techniques especially
utilized to probe in nanoscopic regime
 To elucidate on application of standard spectroscopy, microscopy techniques for
element analysis, structure analysis, depth profiling, topography imaging, as well as
surface and interface analysis
 To provide overview of principles underlying the characterization methods and basic
theory for analysis of the data obtained from the instrument
 The objective of this course is to make the students understand the principles
underlying various spectroscopies and instrumentations specific to nanomaterials

UNIT - I
Fundamentals of Electron Microscopy: Advantages of Electron Microscope over Optical
Microscope (Magnification, Resolution, Depth of field). Theory and principle of Electron
Microscope, Electron sources, Electron lenses (Electrostatic and Electromagnetic).

UNIT - II
Scanning Electron Microscopy: SEM: Theory of operation, Specimen-Beam interactions
Importance of beam spot size, Machine variables, Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM).
Specimen Preparation in SEM: Special methods for various sample types – Biological
sample preparation, Applications of SEM

UNIT - III
Transmission Electron Microscopy: TEM: Theory of operation, Modes of operation,
Transmission Electron Microscope (TEM),Bright field Imaging, Electron diffraction, Dark
field imaging, High Resolution TEM (HRTEM), Applications of TEM.

UNIT - IV
Atomic Force Microscopy: AFM: Basic concepts – Interactive forces, Principle and
instrumentation, Force curves and force measurements, Modes of imaging: Tapping, contact
and non-contact, Probes, Tip functionalization,

346
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - V
X-Ray Diffraction and Spectroscopic methods:
X-ray diffraction–Powder method, Single crystal diffraction technique -Determination of
crystal strucures – Nanostructural analysis – Profile analysis (peak broadening and micro
strain) – Crystallite size analysis using Scherer formula and Williamson – Hall equation. UV
Spectroscopy, IR Spectroscopy and Raman Spectroscopy

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Nanotechnology: Principles and Practices – Sulabha K. Kulkarni – Capital Publishing
Company
2. 2. Nano: The Essentials – Understanding Nanoscience and Nanotechnology by T.
Pradeep. Tata McGraw Hill
3. 3. Introduction to Nano Technology by Charles. P. Poole Jr and Frank J. Owens,
Wiley India Pvt Ltd.
4. A practical approach to X-Ray diffraction analysis by C. Suryanarayana

REFERENCES:
1. Haynes. R, Woodruff. D. P. and Talchar, T.A., optical Microscopy of Materials
Cambridge University press, 1986.
2. Flegler, S.L., Heckman, J.W. and Klomparens, K.L., scanning and Transmission
Electron Microscopy: A Introduction WH Freeman & Co, 1993.
3. Paul E. West, introduction to Atomic Force Microscopy Theory Practice Applications
4. Julian Chen N, C., introduction to Scanning Tunneling Microscopy, Oxford
University Press, Inc., 1993.
5. Magonov, S.M., and Whangbo, M-H., surface Analysis with STM and AFM:
Experimental and Theoretical Aspects of Image Analysis VCH Publishers, Inc., New
York 1996.
6. Goldstein, J., Newbury, D.E., Joy, D.C., and Lym, C.E., scanning Electron
Microscopy and X-ray Microanalysis, 2003.

347
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (MECHATRONICS)

ANALOG AND DIGITAL IC APPLICATIONS
(OPEN ELECTIVE – I)

B.Tech. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: MT511OE 3 0 0 3

UNIT - I
Integrated Circuits : Classification, chip size and circuit complexity, basic information of
Op amp, ideal and practical Op-amp, internal circuits, Op-amp characteristics, DC and AC
characteristics, 741 op-amp and its features, modes of operation-inverting, non-inverting,
differential.
OP-AMP Applications: Basic application of Op-amp, instrumentation amplifier, ac
amplifier, V to I and I to V converters, sample & hold circuits, multipliers and dividers,
Differentiators and Integrators, Comparators.

UNIT - II
Schmitt trigger, Multivibrators, introduction to voltage regulators, features of 723.
Active Filters & Oscillators: Introduction, 1st order LPF, HPF filters. Band pass, Band
reject, and all pass filters. Oscillator types and principle of operation – RC, Wien, and
quadrature type, waveform generators – triangular, saw tooth, square wave and VCO.

UNIT - III
Timers & Phase Locked Loops: Introduction to 555 timer, functional diagram, monostable
and astable operations, and applications, Schmitt Trigger. PLL - introduction, block
schematic, principles, and description of individual blocks of 565.
D-A and A- D Converters : Introduction, basic DAC techniques, weighted resistor DAC, R-
2R ladder DAC, inverted R-2R DAC, and IC 1408 DAC, Different types of ADCs - parallel
comparator type ADC, counter type ADC, successive approximation ADC and dual slope
ADC. DAC and ADC specifications.

UNIT - IV
Classification of Integrated circuits, comparison of various logic families, standard TTL
NAND Gate- Analysis& characteristics, TTL open collector O/Ps, Tristate TTL, MOS &
CMOS open drain and tristate outputs, CMOS transmission gate, IC interfacing- TTL driving
CMOS & CMOS driving TTL.
Design using TTL-74XX & CMOS 40XX series, code converters, decoders, Demultiplexers,
decoders, & drives for LED & LCD display. Encoder, priority Encoder, multiplexers, & their
applications, priority generators/checker circuits. Digital arithmetic circuits-parallel binary
adder/subtractor circuits using 2’s, Complement system. Digital comparator circuits.

348
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - V
Sequential Circuits: Flip-flops & their conversions. Design of synchronous counters.
Decade counter, shift registers, & applications, familiarities with commonly available 74XX
& CMOS 40XX series of IC counters.
Memories: ROM architecture, types, & applications, RAM architecture, Static & Dynamic
RAMs, synchronous DRAMs.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Linear Integrated Circuits –D. Roy Choudhury, New Age International (p) Ltd, 2nd
Ed., 2003.
2. Op-Amps & Linear ICs – Ramakanth A. Gayakwad, PHI, 1987.

REFERENCES:
1. Operational Amplifiers & Linear Integrated Circuits – R.F. Coughlin & Fredrick F.
Driscoll, PHI, 1977.
2. Operational Amplifiers & Linear Integrated Circuits: Theory & Applications –Denton
J. Daibey, TMH.
3. Design with Operational Amplifiers & Analog Integrated Circuits-Sergio Franco,
McGraw Hill, 3rd Ed., 2002.
4. Digital Fundamentals – Floyd and Jain, Pearson Education, 8th Edition, 2005.

349
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (MECHATRONICS)

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
(Open Elective – I)

B.Tech. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: MT512OE 3 0 0 3

UNIT – I
Introduction to Intellectual property: Introduction, types of intellectual property,
international organizations, agencies and treaties, importance of intellectual property rights.

UNIT – II
Trade Marks: Purpose and function of trademarks, acquisition of trade mark rights,
protectable matter, selecting, and evaluating trade mark, trade mark registration processes.

UNIT – III
Law of copy rights : Fundamental of copy right law, originality of material, rights of
reproduction, rights to perform the work publicly, copy right ownership issues, copy right
registration, notice of copy right, international copy right law.
Law of patents: Foundation of patent law, patent searching process, ownership rights, and
transfer

UNIT – IV
Trade Secrets: Trade secrete law, determination of trade secrete status, liability for
misappropriations of trade secrets, protection for submission, trade secrete litigation.
Unfair competition: Misappropriation right of publicity, false advertising.

UNIT – V
New development of intellectual property: new developments in trade mark law; copy right
law, patent law, intellectual property audits.
International overview on intellectual property, international – trade mark law, copy right
law, international patent law, and international development in trade secrets law.

TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES:

1. Intellectual property right, Deborah. E. Bouchoux, Cengage learning.
2. Intellectual property right – Unleashing the knowledge economy, prabuddha ganguli,
Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing company ltd.,

350
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (MECHATRONICS)

COMPUTER ORGANIZATION
(Open Elective – I)

B.Tech. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: MT513OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To understand basic components of computers.
 To understand the architecture of 8086 processor.
 To understand the instruction sets, instruction formats and various addressing modes
of 8086.
 To understand the representation of data at the machine level and how computations
are performed at machine level.
 To understand the memory organization and I/O organization.
 To understand the parallelism both in terms of single and multiple processors.

Course Outcomes:
 Able to understand the basic components and the design of CPU, ALU and Control
Unit.
 Ability to understand memory hierarchy and its impact on computer
cost/performance.
 Ability to understand the advantage of instruction level parallelism and pipelining for
high performance Processor design.
 Ability to understand the instruction set, instruction formats and addressing modes of
8086.
 Ability to write assembly language programs to solve problems.

UNIT - I
Digital Computers: Introduction, Block diagram of Digital Computer, Definition of
Computer Organization, Computer Design and Computer Architecture.
Basic Computer Organization and Design: Instruction codes, Computer Registers,
Computer instructions, Timing and Control, Instruction cycle, Memory Reference
Instructions, Input – Output and Interrupt, Complete Computer Description.
Micro Programmed Control: Control memory, Address sequencing, micro program
example, design of control unit.

UNIT - II
Central Processing Unit: The 8086 Processor Architecture, Register organization, Physical
memory organization, General Bus Operation, I/O Addressing Capability, Special Processor
Activities, Minimum and Maximum mode system and timings.
8086 Instruction Set and Assembler Directives-Machine language instruction formats,
Addressing modes, Instruction set of 8086, Assembler directives and operators.

351
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - III
Assembly Language Programming with 8086- Machine level programs, Machine coding the
programs, Programming with an assembler, Assembly Language example programs.
Stack structure of 8086, Interrupts and Interrupt service routines, Interrupt cycle of 8086,
Interrupt programming, Passing parameters to procedures, Macros, Timings and Delays.

UNIT - IV
Computer Arithmetic: Introduction, Addition and Subtraction, Multiplication Algorithms,
Division Algorithms, Floating - point Arithmetic operations.
Input-Output Organization: Peripheral Devices, Input-Output Interface, Asynchronous
data transfer, Modes of Transfer, Priority Interrupt, Direct memory Access, Input –Output
Processor (IOP),Intel 8089 IOP.

UNIT - V
Memory Organization: Memory Hierarchy, Main Memory, Auxiliary memory, Associate
Memory, Cache Memory.
Pipeline and Vector Processing: Parallel Processing, Pipelining, Arithmetic Pipeline,
Instruction Pipeline, RISC Pipeline, Vector Processing, Array Processors.
Multi Processors: Characteristics of Multiprocessors, Interconnection Structures, Inter
processor arbitration, Inter processor communication, and synchronization.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Computer System Architecture, M. Moris Mano, Third Edition, Pearson. (UNITS- I
, IV , V)
2. Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals, K M Bhurchandi, A.K Ray ,3rd edition,
McGraw Hill India Education Private Ltd. (UNITS - II, III).

REFERENCES:
1. Microprocessors and Interfacing, D V Hall, SSSP Rao, 3rd edition, McGraw Hill
India Education Private Ltd.
2. Carl Hamacher, Zvonko Vranesic, Safwat Zaky: Computer Organization, 5th
Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2002
3. Computer Organization and Architecture, William Stallings, 9th Edition, Pearson.
4. David A. Patterson, John L. Hennessy: Computer Organization and Design – The
Hardware / Software Interface ARM Edition, 4th Edition, Elsevier, 2009.

352
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (MECHATRONICS)

DATA STRUCTURES
(Open Elective – II)

B.Tech. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EM614PE/MT621OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To understand the basic concepts such as Abstract Data Types, Linear, and Non
Linear Data structures.
 To understand the notations used to analyze the Performance of algorithms.
 To understand the behavior of data structures such as stacks, queues, trees, hash
tables, search trees, Graphs and their representations.
 To choose the appropriate data structure for a specified application.
 To understand and analyze various searching and sorting algorithms.
 To write programs in C to solve problems using data structures such as arrays, linked
lists, stacks, queues, trees, graphs, hash tables, search trees.

Course Outcomes:
 Learn how to use data structure concepts for realistic problems.
 Ability to identify appropriate data structure for solving computing problems in
respective language.
 Ability to solve problems independently and think critically.

UNIT - I
Basic concepts- Algorithm Specification-Introduction, Recursive algorithms, Data
Abstraction Performance analysis- time complexity and space complexity, Asymptotic
Notation-Big O, Omega, and Theta notations, Introduction to Linear and Non Linear data
structures.
Singly Linked Lists-Operations-Insertion, Deletion, Concatenating singly linked lists,
circularly linked lists-Operations for Circularly linked lists, Doubly Linked Lists- Operations-
Insertion, Deletion.
Representation of single, two dimensional arrays, sparse matrices-array and linked
representations.

UNIT - II
Stack ADT, definition, operations, array and linked implementations in C, applications-infix
to postfix conversion, Postfix expression evaluation, recursion implementation, Queue ADT,
definition and operations ,array and linked Implementations in C, Circular queues-Insertion
and deletion operations, Deque (Double ended queue)ADT, array and linked implementations
in C.

353
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - III
Trees – Terminology, Representation of Trees, Binary tree ADT, Properties of Binary Trees,
Binary Tree Representations-array and linked representations, Binary Tree traversals,
threaded binary trees, Max Priority Queue ADT-implementation-Max Heap-Definition,
Insertion into a Max Heap, Deletion from a Max Heap.
Graphs – Introduction, Definition, Terminology, Graph ADT, Graph Representations-
Adjacency matrix, Adjacency lists, Graph traversals - DFS and BFS.

UNIT - IV
Searching - Linear Search, Binary Search, Static Hashing-Introduction, hash tables, hash
functions, Overflow Handling. Sorting-Insertion Sort, Selection Sort, Radix Sort, Quick sort,
Heap Sort, Comparison of Sorting methods.

UNIT - V
Search Trees-Binary Search Trees, Definition, Operations- Searching, Insertion and Deletion,
AVL Trees-Definition and Examples, Insertion into an AVL Tree ,B-Trees, Definition, B-
Tree of order m, operations-Insertion and Searching, Introduction to Red-Black and Splay
Trees(Elementary treatment-only Definitions and Examples), Comparison of Search Trees.
Pattern matching algorithm- The Knuth-Morris-Pratt algorithm, Tries (examples only).

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Fundamentals of Data structures in C, 2nd Edition, E. Horowitz, S. Sahni and Susan
Anderson-Freed, Universities Press.
2. Data structures A Programming Approach with C, D. S. Kushwaha and A.K. Misra,
PHI.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Data structures: A Pseudo code Approach with C, 2nd edition, R. F. Gilberg And B. A.
Forouzan, Cengage Learning.
2. Data structures and Algorithm Analysis in C, 2nd edition, M. A. Weiss, Pearson.
3. Data Structures using C, A.M. Tanenbaum, Y. Langsam, M. J. Augenstein, Pearson.
4. Data structures and Program Design in C, 2nd edition, R. Kruse, C. L. Tondo and B.
Leung, Pearson.
5. Data Structures and Algorithms made easy in JAVA, 2nd Edition, Narsimha
Karumanchi, Career Monk Publications.
6. Data Structures using C, R. Thareja, Oxford University Press.
7. Data Structures, S. Lipscutz, Schaum’s Outlines, TMH.
8. Data structures using C, A. K. Sharma, 2nd edition, Pearson..
9. Data Structures using C & C++, R. Shukla, Wiley India.
10. Classic Data Structures, D. Samanta, 2nd edition, PHI.
11. Advanced Data structures, Peter Brass, Cambridge.

354
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (MECHATRONICS)

ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORKS
(Open Elective – II)
B.Tech. III Year II Sem. L T P C
Course Code: MT622OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To understand the biological neural network and to model equivalent neuron models.
 To understand the architecture, learning algorithm and issues of various feed forward
and feedback neural networks.

Course Outcomes: By completing this course the student will be able to:
 Create different neural networks of various architectures both feed forward and feed
backward.
 Perform the training of neural networks using various learning rules.
 Perform the testing of neural networks and do the perform analysis of these networks
for various pattern recognition applications.

UNIT - I
Introduction: A Neural Network, Human Brain, Models of a Neuron, Neural Networks
viewed as Directed Graphs, Network Architectures, Knowledge Representation, Artificial
Intelligence and Neural Networks
Learning Process: Error Correction Learning, Memory Based Learning, Hebbian Learning,
Competitive, Boltzmann Learning, Credit Assignment Problem, Memory, Adaption,
Statistical Nature of the Learning Process

UNIT - II
Single Layer Perceptron: Adaptive Filtering Problem, Unconstrained Organization
Techniques, Linear Least Square Filters, Least Mean Square Algorithm, Learning Curves,
Learning Rate Annealing Techniques, Perceptron –Convergence Theorem, Relation Between
Perceptron and Bayes Classifier for a Gaussian Environment
Multilayer Perceptron: Back Propagation Algorithm XOR Problem, Heuristics, Output
Representation and Decision Rule, Computer Experiment, Feature Detection

UNIT - III
Back Propagation: Back Propagation and Differentiation, Hessian Matrix, Generalization,
Cross Validation, Network Pruning Techniques, Virtues, and Limitations of Back
Propagation Learning, Accelerated Convergence, Supervised Learning

UNIT - IV
Self-Organization Maps (SOM): Two Basic Feature Mapping Models, Self-Organization
Map, SOM Algorithm, Properties of Feature Map, Computer Simulations, Learning Vector
Quantization, Adaptive Patter Classification

355
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - V
Neuro Dynamics: Dynamical Systems, Stability of Equilibrium States, Attractors, Neuro
Dynamical Models, Manipulation of Attractors as a Recurrent Network Paradigm
Hopfield Models – Hopfield Models, Computer Experiment

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Neural Networks a Comprehensive Foundations, Simon Haykin, PHI edition.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Artificial Neural Networks - B. Yegnanarayana Prentice Hall of India P Ltd 2005
2. Neural Networks in Computer Inteligance, Li Min Fu TMH 2003
3. Neural Networks -James A Freeman David M S Kapura Pearson Education 2004.
4. Introduction to Artificial Neural Systems Jacek M. Zurada, JAICO Publishing House
Ed. 2006.

356
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (MECHATRONICS)

INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT
(Open Elective – II)

B.Tech. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: MT623OE 3 0 0 3

UNIT - I
Introduction to Management: Entrepreneurship and organization - Nature and Importance
of Management, Functions of Management, Taylor’s Scientific Management Theory, Fayol’s
Principles of Management, Maslow’s Theory of Human Needs, Douglas McGregor’s Theory
X and Theory Y, Herzberg’s Two-Factor Theory of Motivation, Systems Approach to
Management, Leadership Styles, Social responsibilities of Management

UNIT - II
Designing Organizational Structures: Departmentation and Decentralization, Types of
Organization structures - Line organization, Line and staff organization, functional
organization, Committee organization, matrix organization, Virtual Organization, Cellular
Organization, team structure, boundary less organization, inverted pyramid structure, lean
and flat organization structure and their merits, demerits and suitability.

UNIT - III
Operations Management: Objectives- product design process- Process selection-Types of
production system (Job, batch and Mass Production),-Plant location-factors- Urban-Rural
sites comparison- Types of Plant Layouts-Design of product layout- Line balancing(RPW
method)
Value analysis-Definition-types of values- Objectives- Phases of value analysis- Fast diagram

UNIT - IV
Work Study: Introduction – definition – objectives – steps in work study – Method study –
definition – objectives – steps of method study. Work Measurement – purpose – types of
study – stop watch methods – steps – key rating – allowances – standard time calculations –
work sampling.
Statistical Quality Control: variables-attributes, Shewart control charts for variables- X
chart, R chart, - Attributes-Defective-Defect- Charts for attributes-p-chart -c chart (simple
Problems), Acceptance Sampling- Single sampling- Double sampling plans-OC curves.

UNIT - V
Job Evaluation: methods of job evaluation – simple routing objective systems –
classification method – factor comparison method – point method – benefits of job evaluation
and limitations.
Project Management (PERT/CPM): Network Analysis, Programme Evaluation and
Review Technique (PERT), Critical Path Method (CPM), Identifying critical path,

357
 R16 B.TECH IT

Probability of Completing the project within given time, Project Cost Analysis, Project
Crashing. (simple problems)

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Industrial Engineering and Management/O.P. Khanna/Khanna Publishers
2. Industrial Engineering and Management Science/T.R. Banga and S. C. Sarma/Khanna
Publishers

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Motion and Time Study by Ralph M Barnes/ John Willey & Sons Work Study by ILO
2. Human factors in Engineering & Design/Ernest J McCormick / TMH
3. Production & Operation Management /Paneer Selvam /PHI
4. Industrial Engineering Management/NVS Raju/Cengage Learning
5. Industrial Engineering Hand Book /Maynard
6. Industrial Engineering Management / Ravi Shankar/ Galgotia

358
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (MECHATRONICS)

RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES
(Open Elective – III)
B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T P C
Course Code: MT831OE/ME853PE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To explain the concepts of Non-renewable and renewable energy systems
 To outline utilization of renewable energy sources for both domestic and industrial
applications
 To analyse the environmental and cost economics of renewable energy sources in
comparison with fossil fuels.

Course Outcomes:
 Understanding of renewable energy sources
 Knowledge of working principle of various energy systems
 Capability to carry out basic design of renewable energy systems

UNIT-I
Global and National Energy Scenario: Over view of conventional & renewable energy
sources, need & development of renewable energy sources, types of renewable energy
systems, Future of Energy Use, Global and Indian Energy scenario, Renewable and Non-
renewable Energy sources, Energy for sustainable development, Potential of renewable
energy sources, renewable electricity and key elements, Global climate change, CO2
reduction potential of renewable energy- concept of Hybrid systems.

UNIT-II
Solar Energy: Solar energy system, Solar Radiation, Availability, Measurement and
Estimation, Solar Thermal Conversion Devices and Storage, Applications Solar Photovoltaic
Conversion solar photovoltaic, solar thermal, applications of solar energy systems.

UNIT-III
Wind Energy: Wind Energy Conversion, Potential, Wind energy potential measurement,
Site selection, Types of wind turbines, Wind farms, wind Generation and Control. Nature of
the wind, power in the wind, factors influencing wind, wind data and energy estimation, wind
speed monitoring, classification of wind, characteristics, applications of wind turbines,
offshore wind energy – Hybrid systems, wind resource assessment, Betz limit, site selection,
wind energy conversion devices. Wind mill component design, economics and demand side
management, energy wheeling, and energy banking concepts. Safety and environmental
aspects, wind energy potential and installation in India.

359
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT-IV
Biogas: Properties of biogas (Calorific value and composition), biogas plant technology and
status, Bio energy system, design and constructional features. Biomass resources and their
classification, Biomass conversion processes, Thermo chemical conversion, direct
combustion, biomass gasification, pyrolysis and liquefaction, biochemical conversion,
anaerobic digestion, types of biogas Plants, applications, alcohol production from biomass,
bio diesel production, Urban waste to energy conversion, Biomass energy programme in
India.

UNIT-V
Ocean Energy: Ocean wave energy conversion, principle of Ocean Thermal Energy
Conversion (OTEC), ocean thermal power plants, tidal energy conversion, Tidal and wave
energy its scope and development, Scheme of development of tidal energy.
1. Small hydro Power Plant: Importance of small hydro power plants and their
Elements, types of turbines for small hydro, estimation of primary and secondary
power.
2. Geothermal Energy: Geothermal power plants, various types, hot springs and steam
ejection.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Non-Conventional Energy Sources by G.D Rai
2. Twidell, J.W. and Weir, A., Renewable Energy Sources, EFN Spon Ltd., 1986.
3. Kishore VVN, Renewable Energy Engineering and Technology, Teri Press, New
Delhi, 2012
4. Godfrey Boyle, Renewable Energy, Power for a Sustainable Future, Oxford
University Press, U.K, 1996.

360
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (MECHATRONICS)

PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL
(Open Elective – III)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: MT832OE/ME854PE 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites: Management Science & Productivity.

Course Objectives: Understand the importance of Production planning & control. Learning
way of carrying out various functions it so as to produce right product, right quantity at right
time with minimum cost.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to, Understand
production systems and their characteristics. Evaluate MRP and JIT systems against
traditional inventory control systems. Understand basics of variability and its role in the
performance of a production system. Analyze aggregate planning strategies. Apply
forecasting and scheduling techniques to production systems. Understand theory of
constraints for effective management of production systems.

UNIT – I
Introduction: Definition – Objectives of Production Planning and Control – Functions of
production planning and control - Types of production systems - Organization of production
planning and control department.
Forecasting – Definition- uses of forecast- factors affecting the forecast- types of
forecasting- their uses - general principle of forecasting. Forecasting techniques- quantitative
and qualitative techniques. Measures of forecasting errors.

UNIT – II
Inventory management – Functions of inventories – relevant inventory costs – ABC
analysis – VED analysis – Basic EOQ model- Inventory control systems –continuous review
systems and periodic review systems, MRP I, MRP II, ERP, JIT Systems - Basic Treatment
only. Aggregate planning – Definition – aggregate-planning strategies – aggregate planning
methods – transportation model.

UNIT – III
Line Balancing: Terminology, Methods of Line Balancing, RPW method, Largest Candidate
method and Heuristic method.
Routing – Definition – Routing procedure – Factors affecting routing procedure, Route Sheet.

UNIT – IV
Scheduling –Definition – Scheduling Policies – types of scheduling methods – differences
with loading – flow shop scheduling – job shop scheduling, line of balance (LOB) –
objectives - steps involved.
361
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT – V
Dispatching: Definition – activities of dispatcher – dispatching procedures – various forms
used in dispatching.
Follow up: definition – types of follow up – expediting – definition – expediting procedures-
Applications of computers in planning and control.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Operations management – Heizer- Pearson.
2. Production and Operations Management / Ajay K Garg / Mc Graw Hill.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Production Planning and Control- Text & cases/ SK Mukhopadhyaya /PHI.
2. Production Planning and Control- Jain & Jain – Khanna publications

362
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (MECHATRONICS)

ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND SMALL BUSINESS ENTERPRISES
(Open Elective – III)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CE833OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objective: The aim of this course is to have a comprehensive perspective of

inclusive learning, ability to learn and implement the Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship.

Course Outcome: It enables students to learn the basics of Entrepreneurship and

entrepreneurial development which will help them to provide vision for their own Start-up.

Unit – 1: Entrepreneurial Perspectives:

Evolution, Concept of Entrepreneurship, Types of Entrepreneurs, Entrepreneurial
Competencies, Capacity Building for Entrepreneurs.
Entrepreneurial Training Methods; Entrepreneurial Motivations; Models for Entrepreneurial
Development, The process of Entrepreneurial Development.

Unit – 2: New Venture Creation:

Introduction, Mobility of Entrepreneurs, Models for Opportunity Evaluation; Business plans
– Purpose, Contents, Presenting Business Plan, Procedure for setting up Enterprises, Central
level - Startup and State level - T Hub, Other Institutions initiatives.

Unit – 3: Management of MSMEs and Sick Enterprises

Challenges of MSMEs, Preventing Sickness in Enterprises – Specific Management Problems;
Industrial Sickness; Industrial Sickness in India – Symptoms, process and Rehabilitation of
Sick Units.

Units – 4: Managing Marketing and Growth of Enterprises:

Essential Marketing Mix of Services, Key Success Factors in Service Marketing, Cost and
Pricing, Branding, New Techniques in Marketing, International Trade.

Units – 5: Strategic perspectives in Entrepreneurship:

Strategic Growth in Entrepreneurship, The Valuation Challenge in Entrepreneurship, The
Final Harvest of New Ventures, Technology, Business Incubation, India way –
Entrepreneurship; Women Entrepreneurs – Strategies to develop Women Entrepreneurs,
Institutions supporting Women Entrepreneurship in India.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Entrepreneurship Development and Small Business Enterprises, Poornima
M.Charantimath, 2e, Pearson, 2014.
2. Entrepreneurship, A South – Asian Perspective, D.F.Kuratko and T.V.Rao, 3e,
Cengage, 2012.
363
 R16 B.TECH IT

REFERENCES:
1. Entrepreneurship, Arya Kumar, 4 e, Pearson 2015.
2. The Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development and Management, Vasant Desai,
Himalaya Publishing House, 2015.

364
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING

MATERIAL CHARACTERIZATION TECHNIQUES
(OPEN ELECTIVE –I)

B.Tech. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: MM511OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objective: This course is intended to give an exposure to evaluation of special

characteristics of materials (Structural, Mechanical & Thermal etc.) in order to understand
their suitability in Engineering Applications

Course Outcome: At the end of the course the student will be able to characterize, identify,
and apply the material to the concerned application.

UNIT-I
X-Ray Diffraction: Introduction, Production and properties of x-rays, Bragg’s law of
diffraction. Experimental Methods of Diffraction, Intensity of Diffracted beams - Scattering
by an electron by an atom, by a unit cell, structure-factor calculations; factors affecting
Diffraction Intensities.
Application of XRD: Orientation of single crystals, Effect of plastic deformation, the
structure of polycrystalline Aggregates, Determination of crystal structure, Precise lattice
parameter measurements, Phase - diagram determination, Order-disorder transformation,
Chemical analysis by Diffraction, Stress measurement

UNIT-II
Elements of Quantitative Metallography and Image Processing.
Scanning Electron Microscopy: Principle, Interaction of electron beams with matter,
Construction and Working principle Scanning Electron Microscopy, Working Distance,
Depth of field, Depth of focus and Spot Size, Specimen preparation for Scanning Electron
Microscopy, Different types of modes used in Scanning Electron Microscopy (Secondary
Electron and Backscatter Electron) and their applications, Advantages, limitations and
applications of Scanning Electron Microscopy, Electron Backscattered Diffraction.

UNIT-III
Transmission Electron Microscopy: Principle, Construction and Working principle of
Transmission Electron Microscopy, Resolving power and Magnification, Depth of field and
Depth of focus, Bright and dark field, Specimen preparation for the Transmission Electron
Microscopy: Selected Area Diffraction, Applications of Transmission Electron Microscopy,
Advantage and Limitations of Transmission Electron Microscopy.

UNIT-IV
Spectroscopy – Energy Dispersive Spectroscopy, Wavelength Dispersive Spectroscopy,
Electron Probe Microanalyzer,

365
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT-V
Principles, Instrumentation, operation and application of thermal analysis,
Thermogravimetric Analysis, TGA, Differential Scanning Calorimetry, Differential thermal
analysis, Dynamic Mechanical Analysis, Dialatometry.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Material Characterization: Introduction to Microscopic and Spectroscopic Methods –
Yang Leng – John Wiley & Sons (Asia) Pvt. Ltd. 2008
2. Microstructural Characterization of Materials - David Brandon, Wayne D Kalpan,
John Wiley & Sons Ltd., 2008.

REFERENCES:
1. Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy – IV Ed. – Colin Neville Banwell and
Elaine M. McCash, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008.
2. Elements of X-ray diffraction – Bernard Dennis Cullity & Stuart R Stocks, Prentice
Hall , 2001 – Science

366
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING

SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY OF NANO MATERIALS
(OPEN ELECTIVE - II)
B.Tech. III Year II Sem. L T P C
Course Code: MM621OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objective: This course is intended to expose the students to the most exciting area of
nano materials. This would emphasize the classification, synthesis and applications of these
materials.

Course Outcome: The student will be able to design a component/material that would
provide us a ‘better tomorrow’ via nanotechnology.

UNIT-I
Introduction: History and Scopy, classification of nanostructural materials, Applications,
Challenges and future prospects

UNIT-II
Unique properties of nano-materials, microstrucutre and defects in nano-crystalline materials,
effect of nano-dimension on material behaviours

UNIT-III
Synthesis Routes: Bottom up approaches, top down approaches, consolidation of nano-
powders.

UNIT-IV
Application of nano-materials: Nano-electronics, Micro and Nano-electromechanical
systems, nano-sensors, Nano-catalyst, Structure and engineering, Automotive, Nano-medical,
water and environment treatment, energy, defence and space, textile and paints.

UNIT-V
Nanostructured materials with high application potential: Quantum dots, Carbon nanotubes,
GaN Nanowires, Nanocrystalline Zno, Nanocrystalline Tio2, Multilayered films

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Text book of Nano Science and Technology: B S Murthy, Universities press-IIM
series in Metallurgy and Material Sciene
2. Nano Essentials: T Pradeep / TMH
REFERENCES:
1. Springer Handbook of Nanotechnology
2. Nano Materials Synthersis, Properties and applications, 1996 Edlstein and
Cammarate.
3. Nano Materials A.K. Bandyopadyay/ New age Publications

367
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING

METALLURGY FOR NON METALLURGISTS
(OPEN ELECTIVE - II)

B.Tech. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: MM622OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To describe the basic principles of metallurgy and the importance of metallurgy in
various discipline of engineering.
 Gain a thorough knowledge about heat treatment of steels.
 Gain knowledge about properties and uses of cast irons and non ferrous metals.
 Gain a working knowledge of basic testing methods for metals.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course Student would be able

 To use and apply metallurgy in his own branch of engineering.
 The student will be able to justify the various testing methods adopted for metals.

UNIT-I
Introduction: Crystal structure and defects, Crystal structure of metals, Classification of
steels, Carbon steels

UNIT-II
Heat Treatment of Steels: The Iron carbon systems, Common phases in steels, Annealing,
Normalizing, Hardening and tempering

UNIT-III
Cast irons: Properties and applications of Ductile irons, Malleable irons, Compacted
graphite iron.

UNIT-IV
Non Ferrous Metals: Properties and applications of Light Metals (Al, Be, Mg, Ti), Super
alloys

UNIT-V
Testing of Metals: Hardness testing, Tensile Testing, Impact Testing, Fatigue Testing.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Materials Science and Engineering, An introduction. WD Callister, Jr., Adapted by R.
Balasubramaniam, John Wiley & Sons, NY, Indian edition, 2007
2. Introduction to Physical Metallurgy – SH Avner, TATA Mc GRAW HILL ,1997
3. Mechanical Metallurgy – G. E. Dieter

368
 R16 B.TECH IT

REFERENCES:
1. Engineering Physical Metallurgy and Heat treatment – Y Lakhtin
2. C. Suryanarayana, Experimental Techniques in Mechanics and Materials, John
Wiley, John Wiley, NJ, USA, 2006
3. Foundations of Materials Science and Engineering – WF Smith

369
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING

DESIGN AND SELECTION OF ENGINEERING MATERIALS
(OPEN ELECTIVE - III)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: MM831OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objective: This course aims at making student to understand and design a material
for a given application considering the composition, manufacturing process and properties
that are required in service.

Course Outcome: Understand the Relationship between materials selection, processing and
applications.

UNIT-I
Materials selection process: Criteria for selection of materials

UNIT-II
Effect of composition, processing and structure on materials properties: Concepts in the
design of industrial components

UNIT-III
Properties vs Performance materials: Aerospace and defense applications: design and alloy
based on LCF, TMF, Creep fatigue interaction, hot corrosion resistance, role of DBTT for
Naval applications, Intermetallics, Aluminides

UNIT-IV
Nuclear Material: Manufacturing aspects of design
Nuclear application: radiation damage, effect of radiation damage on YS, UTS, DBTT,
design of alloy for fission and fusion reactors

UNIT-V
Special Materials: Manufacturing aspects of design
Selection and design of ceramics composites and polymers for specific applications,

TEXT BOOKS
1. M.F. Ashby, Materials Selection in Mechanical Design, Pergamon Press, 1992
2. G.E. Dieter, Engineering Design, A Materials and Processing Approach, 2nd ed.,
McGraw-Hill, 1991

REFERENCES
1. T.H. Courtney, Mechanical Behavior of Materials, McGraw-Hill, 1990
2. J.R. Dixon and C. Poli, Engineering Design and Design for Manufacturing, Field
Stone Publishers, 1995
370
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. MINING ENGINEERING

INTRODUCTION TO MINING TECHNOLOGY
(Open Elective - I)

B.Tech. III Year I Sem L T P C

Course Code: MN511OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives: The student is expected to learn the fundamentals of mining engineering
so as to encourage multi-disciplinary research and application of other branches of
engineering to mining technology.

Course Outcomes: Upon completion of the course, the student shall be able to understand
various stages in the life of the mine, drilling , blasting and shaft sinking.

UNIT-I
Introduction: Distribution of mineral deposits in India and other countries, mining
contributions to civilization, mining terminology,

UNIT-II
Stages in the life of the mine - prospecting, exploration, development, exploitation, and
reclamation. Access to mineral deposit- selection, location, size and shape (incline, shaft and
adit), brief overview of underground and surface mining methods.

UNIT-III
Drilling: Types of drills, drilling methods, electric, pneumatic and hydraulic drills, drill steels
and bits, drilling rigs, and jumbos.

UNIT-IV
Explosives: Classification, composition, properties and tests, fuses, detonators, blasting
devices and accessories, substitutes for explosives, handling and storage, transportation of
explosives.; Rock blasting: Mechanism of rock blasting, blasting procedure, and pattern of
shot holes.

UNIT-V
Shaft sinking: Ordinary and special methods, problems, and precautions, shaft supports and
lining.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. R. P. Pal, Rock blasting effect and operation, A. A. Balkema, 1st Ed, 2005.
2. D. J. Deshmukh, Elements of mining technology, Vol. 1, Central techno, 7th Ed, 2001

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. C. P. Chugh, Drilling technology handbook, Oxford and IBH, 1st Ed, 1977.
2. R. D. Singh, Principles and practices of modern coal mining, New age international,
1st Ed, 1997.

371
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. MINING ENGINEERING

COAL GASIFICATION, COAL BED METHANE AND SHALE GAS
(Open Elective - II)

B.Tech. III Year II Sem L T P C

Course Code: MN621OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives: To specialize the students with additional knowledge on geological and
technological factors of coal gasification industry mining methods of underground coal
gasification, linkage techniques etc.

Course Outcomes; Student can get specialized in the underground coal gasification
concepts, application and future scope in various geomining conditions.

UNIT-I
Underground Coal Gasification (UCG) Concept; Chemistry, conditions suitable for UCG,
Principles of UCG., Merits and Demerits.

UNIT-II
UCG Process Component factors: Technology of UCG, opening up of coal seam for UCG.

UNIT-III
Mining methods of UCG: Chamber method, Stream method, Borehole procedure method,
Blind bore hole method.

UNIT-IV
Non-Mining methods of UCG: Level seams, Inclined seams.

UNIT-V
Linkage Techniques: Pekcolation linkage, Electro linkage, Boring linkage, compressed-air-
linkage, Hydraulic fracture linkage. Future Scope and Development: Innovations.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Underground Coal Mining Methods – J.G. SINGH
2. Winning and Working Coal in India Vol.II- R. T. Deshmukh and D.J.Deshmukh.

REFERENCE BOOK:
1. Principles and Practices of Modern Coal Mining – R.D. SINGH

372
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. MINING ENGINEERING

SOLID FUEL TECHNOLOGY
(Open Elective - III)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem L T P C

Course Code: MN831OE 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites: Under graduate Physics and Chemistry

Course Objectives: Understand coal formation, properties, and their evaluation along with
various issues of coal washing

Course Outcomes: Students can understand the fundamentals of

Processes of formation of coal, properties and evaluation and coal preparation and
washability characteristics of coal

UNIT-I
Introduction: Processes of formation of coal, Theories of origin of coal, Eras of coal
formation, Indian Coalfields and its subsidiaries: Occurrence and distribution, coal bearing
formations, coal type and rank variation, Characteristics of major coalfields, Coal production
from different sectors.

UNIT-II
Coal petrography: Macro and micro lithotypes, Composition of macerals, application of coal
petrography, Mineral matter in coal: Origin and chemical composition, Impact of mineral
matter in coal process industry.

UNIT-III
Coal properties and their evaluation: proximate and ultimate analysis, calorific value,
crossing and ignition point temperature, plastic properties (free swelling index, Caking index,
Gray King Low Temperature Assay, Roga index, plastometry, dilatometry).

UNIT-IV
Physical properties like specific gravity, hard groove grindability index, heat of wetting,
crossing point temperature of coal, Behavior of coal at elevated temperatures and products of
thermal decomposition, Classification of coal - International and Indian classification,
grading of Indian coals.

UNIT-V
Coal Washing: Principles, objectives, coal preparation, washability characteristics; Selection,
testing, storage and utilization of coking and non-coking coal, Use of coal by different
industries.

373
 R16 B.TECH IT

TEXT BOOKS:
1. S. Sarkar, Fuels and Combustion, Orient Longman Private Ltd., 2nd edition, 1990
2. O. P. Gupta, Elements of Fuels, Furnaces and Refractories, Khanna Publication, 3rd
Edition, 1996.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. M. A. Elliot, Chemistry of Coal Utilization, Wiley, 1981.
2. D. Chandra, R. M. Singh, and M. P. Singh, Text Book of Coal, Tara Book Agency,
2000.

374
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. MINING ENGINEERING

HEALTH AND SAFETY IN MINES
(Open Elective - III)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem L T P C

Course Code: MN832OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives: To brief mining students in health and safety engineering concepts,
causes of accident, training, human behavioral approach in safety etc.

Course Outcomes: student will gain knowledge and able to understand the importance of
health and safety including the role of safety risk assessment in mining industry

UNIT-I
Introduction to accidents, prevention, health and safety in industry : Terminology, reason for
preventing accidents – moral and legal.
Safety scenario in Indian mines, Accidents in Indian mines, Measurement of safety
performance. Classification of accidents as per Mining legislation/law and general
classification of accidents.

UNIT-II
Causes and preventive measures of accidents in underground and opencast mines i.e., due to
fall of roof and sides, transportation of machinery, haulage and winding, drilling and blasting,
movement of machinery in opencast mines and electricity etc., ; accident analysis and report,
cost of accidents, statistical analysis of accidents and their importance for promotion of
safety.

UNIT-III
System engineering approach to safety, techniques used in safety analysis, generic approach
to loss control within mining operations. Concept of ZAP and MAP.

UNIT-IV
Risk management, Risk identification, Risk estimation and evaluation, Risk minimization
techniques in mines. Risk analysis using FTA, HAZOP, ETA etc; health risk assessment and
occupational diseases in mining.

UNIT-V
Development of safety consciousness, publicity and propaganda for safety; training of
workmen, Human Behavioral approach in safety, safety polices and audio-visual aids, safety
drives campaigns, safety audit. Safety management and organization; Internal safety
organization

375
 R16 B.TECH IT

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Occupational Safety and Health in Industries and Mines by C.P. Singh
2. S.K. Das, Mine Safety and Legislation. Lovely Prakashan, Dhanbad, 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. N.J. Bahr, System Safety Engineering, and Risk Assessment: A Practical Approach,
Taylor and Francis, NY, 1997.
2. Indian Mining Legislation – A Critical Appraisal by Rakesh & Prasad

376
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. PETROLEUM ENGINEERING

MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING
(Open Elective - I)

B.Tech. III Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: PE511OE 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives: This subject is intended to:

 Provide all the technical/engineering inputs to the learner to choose or select suitable
materials of construction of chemical/petrochemical process equipment, piping and
internals.
 Import expertise to the material so that it meets the specific life expectancy, by
reducing the shutdown frequency.
 Learn the techniques in minimizing equipment breakdown and increasing the on-
stream factor.
 To gain knowledge in choosing/selecting the material such that it withstands the
severe process operating conditions such as cryogenic, high temperature, high
pressure, acidic, basic, stress induced chemical/petrochemical environments keeping
view the reliability and safety of the process equipment.

Course Outcome: After the course, the students will be to

 Equipped with knowledge to prepare material selection diagram, evaluation of
equipment life and prediction of life of the equipment.
 Acquiring the abilities to carryout reliability studies.
 Ready to carryout equipment failure analysis and propose the remedial measures.

UNIT - I
Classification of engineering materials, Levels of Structure, Structure-Property relationships
in materials, Crystal Geometry and non-crystalline(amorphous) states. Lattice –Bravais
lattices, crystal systems with examples. Lattice co-ordinates, Miller and Miller- Bravais
Indices for directions and places: ionic, covalent and metallic solids; packing factors and
packing efficiency, ligancy and coordination number. Structure determination by Brag’s X-
ray diffraction method.

UNIT - II
Crystal Imperfections-classification-point defects-estimation of point defects-Dislocations-
classification(edge and screw)-surface defects -dislocation motion and its relevance to
mechanical and chemical properties –stress-strain relationship and diagrams for different
materials(metals, non-metals, rubbers and plastics and polymers)-elastic and plastic
deformation-slip -stress required to move a dislocation. Multiplication of dislocations –
dislocation reactions, effect on mechanical behavior of materials. Strain hardening/work
hardening –dynamic recovery and recrystallization.

377
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - III
Fracture and failure of materials: ductile fracture analysis-brittle fracture analysis-fracture
toughness-ductile-brittle transition-fatigue fracture-theory, creep and mechanism –methods to
postpone the failure and fracture of materials and increase the life of the engineering
components /structures.

UNIT - IV
Solid –liquid and solid-solid Equilibria for metals and alloys. Phase rule-phase diagram for
pure metals (single component system),alloys(binary systems)-micro structural changes
during cooling-Lever rule and its applications-typical phase diagrams-homogeneous and
heterogeneous systems, formation of Eutectic, Eutectoid mixtures- non-equilibrium cooling.
Binary Systems(phase diagrams) for study: Cu-Ni/Bi-Cd/Pb-Sn/ Fe-C /Al-Cu
Materials for chemical and petrochemical industrial process equipment- Effect of alloying on
mechanical and chemical behavior of materials, applications of heat treatment methods for
strengthening of engineering materials.

UNIT - V
Composite structures and their advantages over conventional materials–Matrix-reinforcement
properties and evaluation of strength properties with different orientation of reinforcement-
applications –Nano materials –synthesis and characterization.
Stability criteria of materials in chemical/petrochemical industrial environments. Corrosion
and Oxidation of materials –basic mechanisms-types of corrosion, Corrosion testing and
evaluation Prevailing methods to combat corrosion. Coatings –metallic non-metallic,
passivity, cathodic protection.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Materials Science and Engineering, Raghavan, V., 5th Edition, PHI, New Delhi, 2009.
2. Material Science and Engineering, Ravi Prakash, William F. Smith, and Javed
Hashemi, 4th Edition, Tata-McGraw Hill, 2008.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1 Elements of Material Science and Engineering, Lawrence H. Van Vlack, 6th Edition,
Pearson, 2002.
2 Materials Science and Engineering, Balasubramaniam, R., Callister’s, Wiley, 2010.
3. Corrosion Engineering, Mars G. Fontana, Tata-McGraw Hill, 2005.

378
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. PETROLEUM ENGINEERING

RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES
(Open Elective - I)

B.Tech. III Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: PE512OE 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives:
 To explain the concepts of Non-renewable and renewable energy systems
 To outline utilization of renewable energy sources for both domestic and industrial
applications
 To analyse the environmental and cost economics of renewable energy sources in
comparison with fossil fuels.

Course Outcomes:
 Understanding of renewable energy sources
 Knowledge of working principle of various energy systems
 Capability to carry out basic design of renewable energy systems

UNIT-I
Global and National Energy Scenario: Over view of conventional & renewable energy
sources, need & development of renewable energy sources, types of renewable energy
systems, Future of Energy Use, Global and Indian Energy scenario, Renewable and Non-
renewable Energy sources, Energy for sustainable development, Potential of renewable
energy sources, renewable electricity and key elements, Global climate change, CO2
reduction potential of renewable energy- concept of Hybrid systems.

UNIT-II
Solar Energy: Solar energy system, Solar Radiation, Availability, Measurement and
Estimation, Solar Thermal Conversion Devices and Storage, Applications Solar Photovoltaic
Conversion solar photovoltaic, solar thermal, applications of solar energy systems.

UNIT-III
Wind Energy: Wind Energy Conversion, Potential, Wind energy potential measurement,
Site selection, Types of wind turbines, Wind farms, wind Generation and Control. Nature of
the wind, power in the wind, factors influencing wind, wind data and energy estimation, wind
speed monitoring, classification of wind, characteristics, applications of wind turbines,
offshore wind energy – Hybrid systems, wind resource assessment, Betz limit, site selection,
wind energy conversion devices. Wind mill component design, economics and demand side
management, energy wheeling, and energy banking concepts. Safety and environmental
aspects, wind energy potential and installation in India.

379
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT-IV
Biogas: Properties of biogas (Calorific value and composition), biogas plant technology and
status, Bio energy system, design and constructional features. Biomass resources and their
classification, Biomass conversion processes, Thermo chemical conversion, direct
combustion, biomass gasification, pyrolysis and liquefaction, biochemical conversion,
anaerobic digestion, types of biogas Plants, applications, alcohol production from biomass,
bio diesel production, Urban waste to energy conversion, Biomass energy programme in
India.

UNIT-V
Ocean Energy: Ocean wave energy conversion, principle of Ocean Thermal Energy
Conversion (OTEC), ocean thermal power plants, tidal energy conversion, Tidal and wave
energy its scope and development, Scheme of development of tidal energy.
1. Small hydro Power Plant: Importance of small hydro power plants and their
Elements, types of turbines for small hydro, estimation of primary and secondary
power.
2. Geothermal Energy: Geothermal power plants, various types, hot springs and steam
ejection.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Non-Conventional Energy Sources by G.D Rai
2. Twidell, J.W. and Weir, A., Renewable Energy Sources, EFN Spon Ltd., 1986.
3. Kishore VVN, Renewable Energy Engineering and Technology, Teri Press, New
Delhi, 2012
4. Godfrey Boyle, Renewable Energy, Power for a Sustainable Future, Oxford
University Press, U.K, 1996.

380
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. PETROLEUM ENGINEERING

ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
(Open Elective - I)

B.Tech. III Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: PE513OE 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives: This subject provides the knowledge of water sources, water treatment,
design of distribution system waste water treatment, and safe disposal methods. The topics of
characteristics of waste water, sludge digestion are also included.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Analyze characteristics of water and wastewater
 Estimate the quantity of drinking water and domestic wastewater generated
 Design components of water supply systems Design sewerage system

UNIT – I
Introduction: Waterborne diseases – protected water supply – Population forecasts, design
period – types of water demand – factors affecting – fluctuations – fire demand – water
quality and testing – drinking water standards: sources of water - Comparison from quality
and quantity and other considerations – intakes – infiltration galleries.

UNIT – II
Layout and general outline of water treatment units – sedimentation – principles – design
factors – coagulation-flocculation clarifier design – coagulants - feeding arrangements.
Filtration – theory – working of slow and rapid gravity filters – multimedia filters – design of
filters – troubles in operation - comparison of filters – disinfection – theory of chlorination,
chlorine demand - other disinfection practices- Miscellaneous treatment methods.

UNIT – III
Distribution systems requirement –method and layouts -Design procedures- Hardy Cross and
equivalent pipe methods pipe – joints, valves such as sluice valves, air valves, scour valves
and check valves water meters – laying and testing of pipe lines – pump house - Conservancy
and water carriage systems – sewage and storm water estimation – time of concentration –
storm water overflows combined flow

UNIT - IV
characteristics of sewage – cycles of decay – decomposition of sewage, examination of
sewage – B.O.D. Equation – C.O.D. Design of sewers – shapes and materials – sewer
appurtenances manholes – inverted siphon – catch basins – flushing tanks – ejectors, pumps
and pump houses – house drainage – components requirements – sanitary fittings-traps – one
pipe and two pipe systems of plumbing – ultimate disposal of sewage – sewage farming –
dilution.

381
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT – V
Waste water treatment plant – Flow diagram - primary treatment Design of screens – grit
chambers – skimming tanks – sedimentation tanks – principles of design – Biological
treatment – trickling filters – standard and high rate – Construction and design of oxidation
ponds. Sludge digestion – factors effecting – design of Digestion tank – Sludge disposal by
drying – septic tanks working principles and design – soak pits.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Environmental Engineering by H.S Peavy, D. R. Rowe, G. Tchobanog lous, McGraw
Hill Education (India) Pvt Ltd, 2014
2. Environmental Engineering by D. P. Sincero and G.A Sincero, Pearson 2015.
3. Water Supply & Environmental Engineering by A.K. Chatterjee.
4. Water Supply and sanitary Engineering by G.S. Bindi, Dhanpat Rai & Sons
Publishers.

REFERENCES:
1. Water and Waste Water Technology by Steel, Wiley
2. Waste water engineering by Metcalf and Eddy, McGraw Hill, 2015.
3. Water and Waste Water Engineering by Fair Geyer and Okun, Wiley, 2011
4. Water and Waste Water Technology by Mark J Hammar and Mark J. Hammar
Jr.Wiley, 2007.

382
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. PETROLEUM ENGINEERING

ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND CONSERVATION
(Open Elective - II)

B.Tech. III Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: PE621OE 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives: To acquaint the student with the conventional energy sources and their
utilization. To understand the importance of heat recovery and energy conservation methods
and energy audit.

Course Outcomes: Students would have a good knowledge about conventional energy
sources and their audit. Ability to apply the fundamentals of energy conservation and
management.

UNIT-I
Global & Indian Energy Scenario-Classification of Energy sources-Energy needs of growing
economy-Energy sector reform, Energy and Environment: Global Environmental Concerns ,
Basics of Energy and its various forms.

UNIT-II
Energy Audit: Types of energy audit, Energy management (audit) approach-understanding
energy costs, Bench marking, Energy performance, Matching energy use to requirement,
Maximizing system efficiencies, Optimizing the input energy requirements, Fuel and energy
substitution, Energy audit instruments. Material and Energy balance: Facility as an energy
system, Methods for preparing process flow, Material and energy balance diagrams,

UNIT-III
Energy Action Planning, Financial Management: Financial analysis techniques- Risk and
sensitivity analysis- Financing options, Energy performance contracts and role of ESCOs-
Energy Monitoring and Targeting: Elements of monitoring & targeting, Data and
information-analysis, Techniques -energy consumption, Production, Cumulative sum of
differences (CUSUM).

UNIT-IV
Building Envelope – principles of analysis – Envelope performance -Envelope analysis of
Existing and new buildings – Building standards for new and Existing constructions.
HVAC Systems types – Energy conservation opportunities – cooling equipment – Domestic
hot water Estimating HVAC Energy consumption.

UNIT-V
Principles of Electric Energy Management, Energy Management control systems – Energy
systems maintenance. Energy management in water and waste water treatment – solid waste
treatment- air pollution control systems .
383
 R16 B.TECH IT

Energy Management in Boilers and Fired systems – Steam and condensate systems –
cogeneration – Waste Heat recovery. Energy Management in Process Industries, Energy
Security, Codes, Standards, Electricity Act, Energy Conservation Act.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Energy Management by Murfy
2. General Aspects of Energy Management and Audit, National Productivity Council of
India, Chennai (Course Material- National Certification Examination for Energy
Management)

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Energy Management Handbook, W.C. Turner, 5th Edition, Marcel Dekker, Inc, New
York, 2005.
2. Guide to Energy Management, B. L. Capehart, W. C. Turner, W. J. Kennedy, CRC
Press, New York, 2005.
3. Energy Management by O.P. Collagan

384
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. PETROLEUM ENGINEERING

OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES
(Open Elective - II)

B.Tech. III Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: PE622OE 3 0/0/0 3

Prerequisite: Mathematics –I & Mathematics –II

Course Objectives:
 To introduce various optimization techniques i.e classical, linear programming,
transportation problem, simplex algorithm, dynamic programming
 Constrained and unconstrained optimization techniques for solving and optimizing an
electrical and electronic engineering circuits design problems in real world situations.
 To explain the concept of Dynamic programming and its applications to project
implementation.

Course Outcomes: After completion of this course, the student will be able to
 explain the need of optimization of engineering systems
 understand optimization of electrical and electronics engineering problems
 apply classical optimization techniques, linear programming, simplex algorithm,
transportation problem
 apply unconstrained optimization and constrained non-linear programming and
dynamic programming
 Formulate optimization problems.

UNIT – I
Introduction and Classical Optimization Techniques: Statement of an Optimization
problem – design vector – design constraints – constraint surface – objective function –
objective function surfaces – classification of Optimization problems.
Classical Optimization Techniques: Single variable Optimization – multi variable
Optimization without constraints – necessary and sufficient conditions for
minimum/maximum – multivariable Optimization with equality constraints.
Solution by method of Lagrange multipliers – Multivariable Optimization with inequality
constraints – Kuhn – Tucker conditions.

UNIT – II
Linear Programming: Standard form of a linear programming problem – geometry of linear
programming problems – definitions and theorems – solution of a system of linear
simultaneous equations – pivotal reduction of a general system of equations – motivation to
the simplex method – simplex algorithm.

385
 R16 B.TECH IT

Transportation Problem: Finding initial basic feasible solution by north – west corner rule,
least cost method and Vogel’s approximation method – testing for optimality of balanced
transportation problems.

UNIT – III
Unconstrained Nonlinear Programming: One dimensional minimization methods,
Classification, Fibonacci method and Quadratic interpolation method
Unconstrained Optimization Techniques: Univariant method, Powell’s method and
steepest descent method.

UNIT – IV
Constrained Nonlinear Programming: Characteristics of a constrained problem -
classification - Basic approach of Penalty Function method - Basic approach of Penalty
Function method - Basic approaches of Interior and Exterior penalty function methods -
Introduction to convex programming problem.

UNIT – V
Dynamic Programming: Dynamic programming multistage decision processes – types –
concept of sub optimization and the principle of optimality – computational procedure in
dynamic programming – examples illustrating the calculus method of solution - examples
illustrating the tabular method of solution.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Singiresu S. Rao, Engineering Optimization: Theory and Practice by John Wiley and
Sons, 4th edition, 2009.
2. H. S. Kasene & K. D. Kumar, Introductory Operations Research, Springer (India),
Pvt. Ltd., 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. George Bernard Dantzig, Mukund Narain Thapa, “Linear programming”, Springer
series in operations research 3rd edition, 2003.
2. H.A. Taha, “Operations Research: An Introduction”, 8th Edition, Pearson/Prentice
Hall, 2007.
3. Kalyanmoy Deb, “Optimization for Engineering Design – Algorithms and Examples”,
PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2005.

386
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. PETROLEUM ENGINEERING

ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND SMALL BUSINESS ENTERPRISES
(Open Elective – II)

B.Tech. III Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: PE623OE 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objective: The aim of this course is to have a comprehensive perspective of

inclusive learning, ability to learn and implement the Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship.

Course Outcome: It enables students to learn the basics of Entrepreneurship and

entrepreneurial development which will help them to provide vision for their own Start-up.

Unit – 1: Entrepreneurial Perspectives:

Evolution, Concept of Entrepreneurship, Types of Entrepreneurs, Entrepreneurial
Competencies, Capacity Building for Entrepreneurs.
Entrepreneurial Training Methods; Entrepreneurial Motivations; Models for Entrepreneurial
Development, The process of Entrepreneurial Development.

Unit – 2: New Venture Creation:

Introduction, Mobility of Entrepreneurs, Models for Opportunity Evaluation; Business plans
– Purpose, Contents, Presenting Business Plan, Procedure for setting up Enterprises, Central
level - Startup and State level - T Hub, Other Institutions initiatives.

Unit – 3: Management of MSMEs and Sick Enterprises

Challenges of MSMEs, Preventing Sickness in Enterprises – Specific Management Problems;
Industrial Sickness; Industrial Sickness in India – Symptoms, process and Rehabilitation of
Sick Units.

Units – 4: Managing Marketing and Growth of Enterprises:

Essential Marketing Mix of Services, Key Success Factors in Service Marketing, Cost and
Pricing, Branding, New Techniques in Marketing, International Trade.

Units – 5: Strategic perspectives in Entrepreneurship:

Strategic Growth in Entrepreneurship, The Valuation Challenge in Entrepreneurship, The
Final Harvest of New Ventures, Technology, Business Incubation, India way –
Entrepreneurship; Women Entrepreneurs – Strategies to develop Women Entrepreneurs,
Institutions supporting Women Entrepreneurship in India.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Entrepreneurship Development and Small Business Enterprises, Poornima M.
Charantimath, 2e, Pearson, 2014.
2. Entrepreneurship, A South – Asian Perspective, D. F. Kuratko and T.V. Rao, 3e,
Cengage, 2012.
387
 R16 B.TECH IT

REFERENCES:
1. Entrepreneurship, Arya Kumar, 4 e, Pearson 2015.
2. The Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development and Management, Vasant Desai,
Himalaya Publishing House, 2015.

388
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. PETROLEUM ENGINEERING

DISASTER MANAGEMENT
(Open Elective – III)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: PE831OE 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives: The subject provides different disasters, tools, and methods for disaster
management.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Understanding Disasters, man-made Hazards and Vulnerabilities
 Understanding disaster management mechanism
 Understanding capacity building concepts and planning of disaster managements

UNIT - I
Understanding Disaster: Concept of Disaster - Different approaches- Concept of Risk -
Levels of Disasters - Disaster Phenomena and Events (Global, national and regional)
Hazards and Vulnerabilities: Natural and man-made hazards; response time, frequency and
forewarning levels of different hazards - Characteristics and damage potential or natural
hazards; hazard assessment - Dimensions of vulnerability factors; vulnerability assessment -
Vulnerability and disaster risk - Vulnerabilities to flood and earthquake hazards

UNIT - II
Disaster Management Mechanism: Concepts of risk management and crisis managements -
Disaster Management Cycle - Response and Recovery - Development, Prevention, Mitigation
and Preparedness - Planning for Relief

UNIT - III
Capacity Building: Capacity Building: Concept - Structural and Nonstructural Measures
Capacity Assessment; Strengthening Capacity for Reducing Risk - Counter-Disaster
Resources and their utility in Disaster Management - Legislative Support at the state and
national levels

UNIT - IV
Coping with Disaster: Coping Strategies; alternative adjustment processes - Changing
Concepts of disaster management - Industrial Safety Plan; Safety norms and survival kits -
Mass media and disaster management

UNIT - V
Planning for disaster management: Strategies for disaster management planning - Steps for
formulating a disaster risk reduction plan - Disaster management Act and Policy in India -

389
 R16 B.TECH IT

Organizational structure for disaster management in India - Preparation of state and district
disaster management plans

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Manual on Disaster Management, National Disaster Management, Agency Govt of
India.
2. Disaster Management by Mrinalini Pandey Wiley 2014.
3. Disaster Science and Management by T. Bhattacharya, McGraw Hill Education
(India) Pvt Ltd Wiley 2015

REFERENCES:
1. Earth and Atmospheric Disasters Management, N. Pandharinath, CK Rajan, BS
Publications 2009.
2. National Disaster Management Plan, Ministry of Home affairs, Government of India
(http://www.ndma.gov.in/images/policyplan/dmplan/draftndmp.pdf)

390
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. PETROLEUM ENGINEERING

FUNDAMENTALS OF LIQUEFIED NATURAL GAS
(Open Elective – III)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: PE832OE 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives: The students will be able to:

 Gain basic knowledge of LNG and its prospective.
 Learn different liquefaction technologies of LNG.
 Have knowledge on different functional units on receiving terminals
 Analyze transportation of LNG and regasification.
 Understand HSE of LNG industry.

Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
 Have good knowledge on LNG process.
 Classify different liquefaction techniques.
 Understand different units in LNG processing and transportation.
 Have knowledge associated with safety aspects of LNG.

UNIT-I
Introduction: Overview of LNG industry: History of LNG industry – Base load LNG –
Developing an LNG Project – World and Indian Scenario – Properties of LNG.

UNIT-II
Liquefaction Technologies: Propane precooled mixed refrigerant process – Description of
Air products C3MR LNG process – Liquefaction – LNG flash and storage.
Cascade process: Description of ConocoPhillips optimized cascade (copoc) process –
Liquefaction – LNG flash and storage.
Other Liquefaction Processes: Description of Linde MFC LNG process- Precooling and
Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG) recovery – Liquefaction and subcooling- Trends in LNG
train capacity – strategy for grassroots plant- offshore LNG production.

UNIT-III
Supporting Functional Units in LNG Plants: Gas pretreatment: Slug catcher – NGL
stabilization column – Acid gas removal unit – Molecular sieve dehydrating unit – Mercury
and sulphur removal unit – NGL recovery – Nitrogen rejection – Helium recovery.

UNIT-IV
Receiving Terminals: Receiving terminals in India – Main components and description of
marine facilities – storage capacity – Process descriptions.
Integration with adjacent facilities – Gas inter changeability – Nitrogen injection – Extraction
of C2+ components.

391
 R16 B.TECH IT

LNG Shipping Industry & Major Equipment in LNG Industry: LNG Shipping Industry:
LNG fleet – Types of LNG ships – Moss – Membrane – prismatic; Cargo measurement and
calculations

UNIT-V
Major equipment in LNG industry: Cryogenic heat exchangers: Spiral – Wound heat
exchangers – Plate-fin heat exchangers – Cold boxes; Centrifugal compressors – Axial
compressors – Reciprocating compressors. LNG pumps and liquid expanders – Loading
Arms and gas turbines.
Vaporizers: Submerged combustion vaporizers- Open rack vaporizers – Shell and tube
vaporizers: direct heating with seawater, and indirect heating with seawater. Ambient air
vaporizers: Direct heating with ambient air – Indirect heating with ambient air.; LNG tanks.
Safety, Security and Environmental Issues: Safety design of LNG facilities – Security
issues for the LNG industry – Environmental issues – Risk based analysis of an LNG plant.

TEXT BOOK:
1. LNG: Basics of Liquefied Natural Gas, I st Edition, Stanley Huang, Hwa Chiu and
Doug Elliot, PETEX, 2007.
(https://ceonline.austin.utexas.edu/petexonline/file.php/1/ebook_demos/lng/HTML/index.htm
l.)

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Marine Transportation of LNG (Liquefied) and related products, Richard G. Wooler,
Gornell Marine Press, 1975.
2. Marine Transportation of Liquefied Natural Gas, Robert P Curt, Timothy D. Delaney,
National Maritime Research Centre, 1973.
3. Natural Gas: Production, Processing and Transport, Alexandre Rojey, Editions
OPHRYS, 1997.

392
 R16 B.TECH IT

B.TECH. PETROLEUM ENGINEERING

HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT IN PETROLEUM INDUSTRY
(Open Elective - III)

B.Tech. IV Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: PE833OE 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives:
 Knowledge of environment issues and all related Acts.
 Knowledge of drilling fluids and its toxic effects with environment.
 Proper disposal of drilling cutting after appropriate treatment.
 Treatment of produced water and makeup water and its disposal as per state pollution
control board norms.
 Knowledge of oil mines regulations and proper implementation in drilling &
production mines as per Act.
 Knowledge of Hazop in drilling rigs & production installations.
 Knowledge of disaster management to fight any fire accident at drilling rig/
production installation/production platform.

Course Outcomes:
 The student can have the knowledge of various Acts related to safety, Health and
environment in petroleum industry.
 The student can have the knowledge of various drilling fluids handling and safe
disposal such toxic products.
 Knowledge of disaster management to fight any crisis.
 Knowledge of Hazard studies and occupational health hazards in the industry.

UNIT - I
Introduction to environmental control in the petroleum industry: Overview of
environmental issues- A new attitude.
Drilling and production operations: Drilling- Production- Air emissions.

UNIT - II
The impact of drilling and production operations: Measuring toxicity- Hydrocarbons-
Salt- Heavy metals- Production chemicals- Drilling fluids- Produced water- Nuclear
radiation- Air pollution- Acoustic impacts- Effects of offshore platforms- Risk assessment.
Environmental transport of petroleum wastes: Surface paths- Subsurface paths-
Atmospheric paths. Planning for Environmental protection.
Waste treatment methods: Treatment of water- Treatment of solids- Treatment of air
emissions-Waste water disposal: surface disposal.

393
 R16 B.TECH IT

UNIT - III
Oil mines regulations: Introduction-Returns, Notices and plans- Inspector, management and
duties- Drilling and workover- Production- Transport by pipelines- Protection against gases
and fires- Machinery, plants and equipment- General safety provisions- Miscellaneous-
Remediation of contaminated sites- Site assessment-Remediation process.

UNIT- IV
Toxicity, physiological, asphyxiation, respiratory, skin effect of petroleum hydrocarbons and
their mixture- Sour gases with their threshold limits- Guidelines for occupational health
monitoring in oil and gas industry. Corrosion in petroleum industry- Additives during
acidizing, sand control and fracturing.

UNIT - V
Hazard identification- Hazard evaluation- Hazop and what if reviews- Developing a safe
process and safety management- Personal protection systems and measures.
Guidelines on internal safety audits (procedures and checklist)- Inspection & safe practices
during electrical installations- Safety instrumentation for process system in hydrocarbon
industry- Safety aspects in functional training-Work permit systems.
Classification of fires- The fire triangle- Distinction between fires and explosions-
Flammability characteristics of liquids and vapors- Well blowout fires and their control- Fire
fight equipment- Suppression of hydrocarbons fires.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Environmental Control in Petroleum Engineering, John C. Reis, Gulf Publishing
Company, 1996.
2. Application of HAZOP and What if Reviews to the Petroleum, Petrochemical and
Chemical Process Industries, Dennis P. Nolan, Noyes Publications, 1994.
3. Oil Industry Safety Directorate (OISD) Guidelines, Ministry of Petroleum & Natural
Gas, Government of India and Oil Mines Regulations-1984, Directorate General of
Mines Safety, Ministry of Labor and Employment, Government of India.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Guidelines for Process Safety Fundamentals in General Plant Operations Centre for
Chemical Process Safety, American Institute of Chemical Engineers, 1995.
2. Guidelines for Fire Protection in Chemical, Petrochemical and Hydrocarbon Processing
Facilities, Centre for Chemical Process Safety, American Institute of Chemical
Engineers, 2003.
3. Guidelines for Hazard Evaluation Procedures Centre for Chemical Safety, Wiley-
AIChE, 3rdEdition, 2008.
4. Guideline for Process Safety Fundamentals in General Plant Operations, Centre for
Chemical Process Safety, AIChE, 1995.
5. Chemical Process Industry Safety, K S N Raju, McGraw Hill, 2014.

394